Traffic Rules and Signs

8/8/2019 Traffic Rules and Signs

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/traffic-rules-and-signs 1/240

LLR Test Question & Answer

LLR TEST Question & Answer




Sl.No Question 1 YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT AT A JUNCTION BUT

YOU THINK THAT YOUR INDICATORS CANNOT BE SEEN CLEARLY .WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* GET OUT AND CHECK IF YOUR INDICATORS CAN BESEEN. Correct Answer * STAY IN THE LEFT HAND LANE. Give an arm signal as well as an indicator

signal * KEEP WELL OVER TO THE RIGHT. Explanation * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL AS WELL AS AN INDICATORSIGNAL You should always ensure that other road

users are aware of your intentions. If youfeel your indicator might not be seen thengive an arm signal as well.

2 YOU HAVE TO MAKE A JOURNEY IN FOGGYCONDITIONS. YOU SHOULD

* FOLLOW CLOSELY OTHER VEHICLE'S TAIL LIGHTS Correct Answer * NEVER USE DEMISTERS AND WINDSCREEN WIPERS Leave plenty of time for your journey. * LEAVE PLENTY OF TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY Explanation * KEEP SAFE DISTANCE OF TWO SECONDS If you are planning to make a journey in

foggy condition don't drive if visibility ispoor or if your journey is not necessary. If you do travel, leave plenty of time for your

journey. 3 DRIVING IS A REPETITION OF THREE THINGS.

WHICH ARE THEY IN CORRECT ORDER?

* THINK, DO AND SEE Correct Answer * DO, THINK AND SEE See, think and do * SEE, THINK AND DO Explanation * SEE, DO AND THINK Driving involves three things

1.See – See the traffic around you.2.Think – Think about the course of actionyou have to take while driving.3.Do- Manoeuvre your vehicle accordingly.

4 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE DONECONTINUOUSLY WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE?




Sl.No Question * CHECKING LEVEL OF FUEL TANK Correct Answer * ASSESSING ROAD CONDITIONS AHEAD Assessing road conditions ahead * ADJUSTING VEHICLE CONTROLS FOR SMOOTHRUNNING Explanation * MAKING A VISUAL CHECK FOR ALL CONTROLS To be safe on the road, it is important to

be aware of the shortcomings, to anticipateroad users behaviour and to keep yourvehicle in control. This strategy of expecting the unexpected in behavioursand situations and to know how to keepyourself safe and in control, is calleddefensive driving.

5 YOU START TO FEEL TIRED WHILE DRIVING.WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* INCREASE YOUR SPEED SLIGHTLY Correct Answer * DECREASE YOUR SPEED SLIGHTLY Pull over at a safe place to rest. * FIND A LESS BUSY ROUTE Explanation * PULL OVER AT A SAFE PLACE TO REST If you do feel tired, pull over at a safe

place, take fresh air, make yourself comfortable and take a short break. Makeyourself mentally & physically fit for therest of the journey.

6 A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT MEANS

* YOU MUST STOP BEHIND THE WHITE STOP LINE Correct Answer * YOU MAY GO STRAIGHT ON IF THERE IS NO OTHERTRAFFIC You must stop behind the white stop line. * YOU MAY TURN LEFT IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO Explanation * YOU MUST SLOW DOWN AND PREPARE TO STOP IFTRAFFIC HAS STARTED TO CROSS The white line is positioned so that

pedestrians have room to cross in front of waiting traffic. If pedestrians are crossingmake sure your brakes are on.

7 YOU NOTICE HORSE RIDERS IN FRONT . WHATSHOULD YOU DO FIRST?

* PULL OUT TO THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD Correct Answer * BE PREPARED TO SLOW DOWN Be prepared to slow down. * ACCELERATE AROUND THEM Explanation * SIGNAL RIGHT When overtaking animals slow down, leave

plenty of room. Don't drive close behind oralongside them, this could disturb them.




Sl.No Question 8 BE EXTRA CAUTIOUS WHILE OVERTAKING

* 'L' MARK VEHICLES. Correct Answer * SLOW SPEED VEHICLES. 'L' mark vehicles. * OLD VEHICLES. Explanation * LIGHT VEHICLES. Learners might not have confidence when

they first start to drive. Allow them plentyof room and don‟t react adversely to theirhesitation. We all learn from experience,but new drivers will have had less practicein dealing with all the situations that mightoccur.

9 BE CAREFUL WHILE OVERTAKING 'L' MARK(LEARNER DRIVER) VEHICLE BECAUSE

* THEIR INTENTION IS ALWAYS TO DRIVE IN RIGHTHAND LANE. Correct Answer * THIS WILL REDUCE THEIR CONFIDENCE. They may get nervous and it may lead to

an accident. * THEY MAY GET NERVOUS AND IT MAY LEAD TO ANACCIDENT. Explanation * GENERALLY THEY ARE NOT MEDICALLY FIT. Driver with „learner‟ mark on their vehicle

may be inexperienced fresh drivers. Theymay have lack of confidence to drive onthe road. Therefore always take care whilepassing them. They may take wrongdecisions by getting nervous.

10 WHILE DRIVING, AVOID

* REACTING TO WRONG BEHAVIOUR OF OTHERDRIVERS. Correct Answer * GETTING DISTRACTED BY HOARDINGS Both of the above. * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. Explanation * OBSERVING DASH BOARD GAUGES BECAUSE THIS

WILL AFFECT YOUR CONCENTRATION. There are occasions when other road users

make a misjudgment or a mistake. If thishappens try not to let it worry you. Don‟treact by showing anger. Sounding thehorn, flashing the headlamps or shoutingwon‟t help the situation. Good anticipationwill help prevent these incidents becomingaccidents. Beware of the lights from thehoarding, they may dazzle you and lead toan accident.




Sl.No Question 11 TO HELP CONCENTRATION ON LONG JOURNEYS

YOU SHOULD STOP FREQUENTLY AND

* HAVE A REST Correct Answer * FILL UP WITH FUEL Have a rest * EAT A MEAL Explanation * HAVE A DRINK Plan your journey to include suitable rest

stops. You should take all precautionsagainst feeling sleepy whilst driving. Anylack of concentration could have direconsequences.

12 WE ARE MEETING AT 4 P.M. ONCE A WEEK; IT ISA 20-MINUTE DRIVE FROM OUR HOUSE/OFFICE.WE SHOULD-

* LEAVE AT 2 P.M. BECAUSE SOMETIMES WE FORGETHOW TO GET THERE Correct Answer * LEAVE 25 OR 30 MINUTES EARLY TO ALLOW FORPOSSIBLE DELAYS Leave 25 or 30 minutes early to allow for

possible delays. * LEAVE EXACTLY 20 MINUTES TO FOUR AND TRY TOMAKE IT ON TIME Explanation * LEAVE AT 3.50 AND SEE HOW FAST WE CAN GETTHERE. Always plan your journey. Keep some time

in your hand to tackle situations like traffic jams and bad weather.

13 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF GLASSESSHOULD NOT BE WORN WHEN DRIVING ATNIGHT?

* HALF-MOON Correct Answer * ROUND Tinted. * BI-FOCAL Explanation * TINTED If you are driving or riding at night or in

poor visibility, tinted lenses will reduce theefficiency of your vision, by reducing theamount of available light reaching youreyes.

14 OBJECTS HANGING FROM YOUR INTERIOR

MIRROR MAY

* RESTRICT YOUR VIEW & DISTRACT YOURATTENTION Correct Answer * IMPROVE YOUR DRIVING Restrict your view & distract your attention * HELP YOUR CONCENTRATION Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Ensure that you can see clearly through

the windscreen of your vehicle. Stickers orhanging objects could affect your field of vision or draw your eyes away from theroad.

15 YOU ARE FOLLOWING THIS TWO WHEELER ON A

POOR ROAD SURFACE. YOU SHOULD

* MAKE SURE YOU STAY WELL BACK Correct Answer * LOOK OUT AS THEY MAY WOBBLE All of the above * BE AWARE THEY MAY SUDDENLY SWERVE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE On a poor road surface, the rider may need

to move out to avoid pot holes. You maynot always get much warning, look out forsigns that the rider may be about to moveout. You should also keep a watch on theroad surface yourself, to try and predictwhat path the rider may take. While theroad conditions persist, you should staywell back, allowing the rider plenty of room.

16 WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO PREVENT FATIGUEWHEN DRIVING ?

* AVOID NIGHT DRIVING Correct Answer * STOP FOR REST Stop for rest. * DON'T CARRY ANY LOAD Explanation * DRINK TWO PEGS OF GOOD QUALITY WHISKY When you are tired, fatigue can creep up

on you without warning. Anything canhappen if you fall asleep causing danger toyour own life, your passengers and otherroad users. As soon as you are tired orsleepy, stop at a rest area or off the roadand take a short walk. If that does notwork, find a place to rest.

17 YOU SHOULD NOT OVERTAKE WHEN

* INTENDING TO TURN LEFT SHORTLY AFTERWARDS Correct Answer * APPROCHING A JUNCTION All of the above. * THE VIEW AHEAD IS BLOCKED Explanation




Sl.No Question * ALL OF THE ABOVE Never commit your self to an overtaking

manoeuvre unless you are absolutelycertain that you have the time and spaceto make it through. Don‟t take unnecessaryrisks which endanger other road users.

18 YOUR OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE WILL BE

MUCH LONGER WHEN DRIVING

* IN RAIN Correct Answer * IN FOG In rain. * AT NIGHT Explanation * IN STRONG WINDS Extra care should be taken in wet weather.

Wet road will affect the time it takes you tostop. Your stopping distance could be atleast doubled.

19 YOU APPROACH A JUNCTION. THE TRAFFICLIGHTS ARE NOT WORKING. A POLICE OFFICER GIVES THIS SIGNAL. YOU SHOULD-

* TURN LEFT ONLY Correct Answer * TURN RIGHT ONLY Stop before the stop line. * STOP LEVEL WITH THE OFFICER'S ARM Explanation * STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE If a police officer or traffic warden is

directing traffic you must obey them. Learnwhat these mean and act accordingly.

20

WHICH ARM SIGNAL TELLS YOU THAT THE CAR YOU ARE FOLLOWING IS GOING TO TURN LEFT?

* A Correct Answer * B A * C Explanation * D There may be occasions when drivers need

to give an arm signal in addition to anindicator to confirm their intentions.

21 WHEN YOU APPROACH A BUS SIGNALLING TOMOVE OFF FROM A BUS STOP, YOU SHOULD

* GET PAST BEFORE IT MOVES Correct Answer * ALLOW IT TO PULL AWAY, IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO Allow it to pull away, if it is safe to do so. * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS YOU APPROACH Explanation




Sl.No Question * SIGNAL LEFT AND WAVE THE BUS TO MOVE ON Give way to buses whenever you can do so

safely, especially when they signal to pullaway from bus stops. Look out for peoplewho've got off the bus and may try tocross the road. Don't try to accelerate pastbefore it moves away.

22 YOU TAKE THE WRONG ROUTE AND FIND YOUARE ON A ONE-WAY STREET. YOU SHOULD

* REVERSE OUT OF THE ROAD Correct Answer * TURN ROUND IN A SIDE ROAD Continue to the end of the road. * CONTINUE TO THE END OF THE ROAD Explanation * REVERSE INTO A DRIVEWAY Never reverse or turn your vehicle around

in a one-way street. This is highlydangerous. Carry on and find anotherroute, checking the direction signs as youdrive.

23 YOU HAVE JUST BEEN OVERTAKEN BY THISMOTORCYCLIST WHO IS CUTTING IN SHARPLY.YOU SHOULD

* SOUND THE HORN Correct Answer * BRAKE FIRMLY Keep a safe gap. * KEEP A SAFE GAP Explanation * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS You need to take your foot off the

accelerator and drop back to allow a safe

separation distance, try not to react bybraking sharply as you could lose control.Any vehicle behind you will have to react inthe same way, and it could lead to anaccident.

24 YOU MUST OBEY SIGNS GIVING ORDERS. THESESIGNS ARE MOSTLY IN

* BLACK TRIANGLES Correct Answer * RED TRIANGLES Red / blue circles. * BLUE RECTANGLES Explanation * RED / BLUE CIRCLES Traffic signs can be divided into three

classes. Those giving orders -mandatory,those warning -cautionary, and thoseinforming -informatory. On the road, eachclass of sign is identified by a differentshape. Mandatory signs give orders thatmust be obeyed to prevent legal action.




Sl.No Question 25 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* CYCLE PROHIBITED Correct Answer * TRUCK PROHIBITED Right turn prohibited * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED Explanation * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

at places, where vehicles are not allowedto make a turn to the right .

26 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* LEFT TURN PROHIBITED Correct Answer * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED U-turn prohibited * U-TURN PROHIBITED Explanation * OVERTKING PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

at the places where vehicles are forbiddento make a turn to reverse direction of travel between the sign and the nextintersection beyond it. The sign is erectedat the start and at intervals along sectionof a road on which the controlling authorityhas authorised the prohibition.


* OVERTAKING PROHIBITED Correct Answer * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED Overtaking prohibited. * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED Explanation * VEHICLE PROHIBITED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

erected at the beginning of such sectionsof highways where sight distance isrestricted and overtaking ishazardous.Overtaking is also prohibited onbridges,narrow roads,railwaycrossing,intersections,on bends and wherethere is a no overtaking road sign.


* NO SMOKING Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED Horn prohibited. * CYCLE PROHIBITED Explanation * HORN PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

on stretches of the road where sounding of horn is not allowed, such as near schools,hospitals and in silence zones and withinan area of 100 m of red light.


* LENGTH LIMIT Correct Answer * SPEED LIMIT Length limit. * LOAD LIMIT Explanation * HEIGHT LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

erected where entry of vehicles exceedinga particular length is prohibited..


* COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD Correct Answer * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD Compulsory turn left ahead. * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT Explanation * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT This is a mandatory sign


* COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT Correct Answer * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT Compulsory ahead or turn left. * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD Explanation * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD This is a mandatory sign


* COMPULSORY TURN LEFT Correct Answer * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT Compulsory ahead or turn right. * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT Explanation




Sl.No Question * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT This is a mandatory sign


* COMPULSORY CYCLE TRACK Correct Answer * CYCLE PROHIBITED Cycle crossing. * HAND CART PROHIBITED Explanation * CYCLE CROSSING This is a cautionary sign, erected at

uncontrolled cycle crossings 34 SIGNS OF THIS SHAPE ARE -

* MANDATORY Correct Answer * INFORMATORY Informatory. * WARNING Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Informatory signs give you information

about the facilities on the road sides. Theyalso guide you on the road.

35 SIGNS OF THIS SHAPE ARE -

* CAUTIONARY. Correct Answer * INFORMATORY. Mandatory. * MANDATORY. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Mandatory signs are those signs which

have to be compulsorily followed. 36 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* STOP Correct Answer * ONE WAY SIGN Stop. * NO PARKING Explanation * NO STOPPING This is a mandatory sign. The octagonal

shape distinguishes it from all other signs.This sign is placed at a junction with alimited zone of vision as well as atintersections where a minor road meets amajor road.





* RIGHT HAND CURVE Correct Answer * LEFT REVERSE BEND Right reverse bend. * RIGHT REVERSE BEND Explanation * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected where curves in opposite directionare separated by a tangent less than 120metre in length in plains and 30 metre inhills. The sign may also be erected wherein the opinion of the controlling authoritythe nature of the reverse bend is notobvious to approaching drivers andconstitutes a hazard. If the first curve is tothe right, a right reverse bend sign is used.


* STEEP DESCENT Correct Answer * STEEP ASCENT Steep ascent. * SLIPPERY ROAD Explanation * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

before a steep upgrade where the erectingauthority considers that the steepness of

the upgrade warrants a warning to theroad users. A gradient of 10 per cent andabove is considered steep gradient for thispurpose. The sign is not used unless thegradient continues for a length of about ½to 1 km.


* STEEP ASCENT Correct Answer * STEEP DESCENT Steep decent. * NARROW ROAD AHEAD Explanation




Sl.No Question * NARROW BRIDGE This is a cautionary sign . The sign is used

before a steep downgrade, where theerecting authority considers that thesteepness of a grade may constitute ahazard to traffic. A gradient of 10 per centand above may be considered as a steep

gradient for this purpose. The sign is notused unless the gradient continues for alength of about ½ km.


* NARROW ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * WIDE ROAD AHEAD Narrow road ahead. * NARROW BRIDGE Explanation * SLIPPERY ROAD This is a cautionary sign . This sign is

erected on such sections of roads in areaswhere in the opinion of the controllingauthority a sudden reduction in width of road causes a danger to traffic.

41 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* FALLING ROCKS Correct Answer * STEEP ASCENT Falling rocks. * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD Explanation * LOOSE GRAVEL This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected wherever rocks are liable to fall onthe road either seasonally or through-outthe year.


* BARRIED AHEAD Correct Answer * ROUND ABOUT Cross road. * CROSS ROAD Explanation * RAILWAY CROSSING AHEAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected in advance of the cross road wherein the opinion of the controlling authority asufficiently large volume of entering traffictogether with restricted sight distance islikely to constitute a hazard.




Sl.No Question 43 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* GAP IN THE MEDIAN Correct Answer * SIDE ROAD RIGHT Gap in median. * SIDE ROAD LEFT Explanation * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

installed ahead of a gap in the median of adivided carriageway, other than at anintersection.


* STAGGERED INTERSECTION Correct Answer * ROUNDABOUT Roundabout. * CROSS ROAD Explanation * SIDE ROAD LEFT This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

to indicate the approach to a roundabout . 45 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* DANGEROUS DIP

Correct Answer

* STAGGERED INTERSECTION Major road ahead. * Y-INTERSECTION Explanation * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected in advance of crossing with amajor road, where in the opinion of thecontrolling authority a sufficiently largevolume of traffic together with restrictedsight distance is likely to constitute ahazard.


* DANGEROUS DIP Correct Answer * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD Dangerous dip. * Y-INTERSECTION Explanation




Sl.No Question * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign .The sign is

erected where a sharp dip in the profile of the road or a causeway is likely to causeconsiderable discomfort to traffic.

47 A DOTTED WHITE CENTRAL LINE ON THE ROADMEANS THAT YOU MAY…

* CROSS IT WHENEVER YOU FEEL Correct Answer * CROSS IT WHEN THERE IS NO TRAFFIC COMINGFROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION Cross it when it is safe to do so but should

come back to your lane after overtaking. * NOT CROSS IT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Explanation * CROSS IT WHEN IT IS SAFE TO DO SO BUTSHOULD COME BACK TO YOUR LANE AFTEROVERTAKING

Separation of lanes on which travel is inthe same direction, where overtaking fromone lane to other is permitted.

48 A CONTINUOUS YELLOW OR WHITE LINE IN THECENTER OF THE ROAD INDICATES THAT YOUMAY CROSS IT..... * WHENEVER YOU FEEL IT IS SAFE TO DO SO Correct Answer * WHEN THERE IS NO TRAFFIC COMING FROM THEOPPOSITE DIRECTION Under no circumstances. * UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES Explanation * BUT AVOID AS FAR AS POSSIBLE This line is found on busy main roads and

traffic intersection. Here crossing this lineand overtaking is prohibited.

49 TWO CONTINUOUS LINES IN THE MIDDLE OF

THE ROAD INDICATE THAT....

* OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINESPERMITTED BUT DISCOURAGED Correct Answer * OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES NOTPERMITTED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Overtaking and right turn manoeuvre

across these lines not permitted. * OVERTAKING AND RIGHT TURN MANOEUVREACROSS THESE LINES NOT PERMITTED Explanation * OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES NOTPERMITTED BUT RIGHT TURN MANOEUVREPERMITTED

Separation of lanes where overtaking isprohibited in both directions. Right turnmanoeuvre across this marking are not

permitted. 50 WHEN YOU HAVE APPROACHED ANINTERSECTION, THE GREEN SIGNAL HAS JUSTCHANGED INTO AMBER, YOU SHOULD.…

* HURRY UP AND CROSS Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * APPLY BRAKES AND CROSS See, If you have crossed the stop line or

are so close to it that you cannot stopsafely, cross the intersection with caution.

* SEE, IF YOU HAVE CROSSED THE STOP LINE ORARE SO CLOSE TO IT THAT YOU CANNOT STOPSAFELY, CROSS THE INTERSECTION WITH CAUTION

Explanation * SEE, IF THERE IS NO POLICEMAN, CROSS,OTHERWISE STOP Amber means caution. You may only move

on if the amber appears after you havealready crossed the stop line or when youare so close to the stop line that if youstop, it may cause an accident. However,you must continue driving very carefully.

51 WHICH OF THESE LIGHTS WILL COME AFTER AMBER AT A TRAFFIC LIGHT?

* RED Correct Answer * GREEN

Red

* BLUE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE At junctions controlled by traffic lights you

must stop behind the stop line until thelights change to green.Don‟t :-

1 .Proceed when the light is green if yourexit road is blocked.If you‟re approaching traffic lights that arevisible from a distance and the light hasbeen green for some time it‟s likely tochange. Try to anticipate this. Be ready toslow down and stop.

52 AS YOU APPROACH THE STOP LINE AT AN

INTERSECTION YOU SEE THE LIGHT TURNAMBER. YOU SHOULD-

* PREPARE TO GO Correct Answer * GO IF THE WAY IS CLEAR Get ready to stop before the stop line. * GO IF NO PEDESTRIANS ARE CROSSING Explanation * GET READY TO STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE. If the lights have been on green for a while

they‟re likely to change to red as youapproach. Anticipate this so that you‟re able to stop in time.

53

WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING MAY HELP TODETER A THIEF FROM STEALING YOUR CAR?

* ALWAYS KEEPING THE HEADLIGHTS ON Correct Answer * FITTING REFLECTIVE GLASS WINDOWS Etching the car number on the windows.




Sl.No Question * ALWAYS KEEPING THE INTERIOR LIGHT ON Explanation * ETCHING THE CAR NUMBER ON THE WINDOWS Having your car registration number

etched on all your windows is a cheap andeffective way to deter professional carthieves.

54 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD NOT BEKEPT IN YOUR VEHICLE?

* A FIRST AID KIT Correct Answer * A ROAD ATLAS Inflammable material. * INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL Explanation * TOOL KIT If could be dangerous and may result in

fire. 55 YOUR MOBILE PHONE RINGS WHILE YOU ARE

TRAVELLING. YOU SHOULD

* STOP IMMEDIATELY Correct Answer * ANSWER IT IMMEDIATELY Pull up at a suitable place. * PULL UP AT A SUITABLE PLACE Explanation * PULL UP AT THE NEAREST KERB Always use the safe option. It is not worth

taking the risk of endangering other roadusers. Make sure that you pull up in aplace that does not obstruct other roadusers.

56 YOU ARE MOST LIKELY TO LOSECONCENTRATION WHEN DRIVING IF YOU

* SWITCH ON THE A.C. Correct Answer * USE A MOBILE PHONE Use a mobile phone * LOOK AT THE REAR VIEW MIRRORS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Distractions like attending a phone call,

talking to passengers on rear seat or usingyour hand free set while driving are very

dangerous. You should be in full control of your vehicle at all times. 57 YOU ARE APPROACHING A ZEBRA CROSSING.

PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING TO CROSS. YOUSHOULD

* GIVE WAY TO THE ELDERLY AND INFIRM ONLY Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP Slow down and be prepared to stop. * USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO INDICATE THAT THEYCAN CROSS Explanation * WAVE AT THEM TO CROSS THE ROAD Be courteous and prepare to stop. Do not

wave people across as this could be

dangerous if another vehicle is approachingthe crossing.

58 ON A THREE LANE MOTORWAY WHICH SIDESHOULD A CAR DRIVER NORMALLY USE?

* LEFT Correct Answer * RIGHT Centre * CENTRE Explanation * EITHER THE RIGHT OR CENTRE On a three lane motorway you should

travel in the centre lane unless you‟reovertaking. This applies regardless of thespeed you are travelling at .

59 WHEN MAY YOU STOP ON A MOTORWAY?

* IF TRAFFIC SIGNAL IS RED. Correct Answer * WHEN TOLD BY THE POLICE All of the above. * IN AN EMERGENCY OR A BREAKDOWN Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Other than the conditions described, avoid

stopping on a motorway to prevent traffic jam/accidents.

60 AS A PROVISIONAL LICENCE-HOLDER YOUSHOULD NOT DRIVE A CAR

* UPTO 50 KMPH Correct Answer * AT NIGHT On the motorway without a permanent

licence holder. * ON THE MOTORWAY WITHOUT A PERMANENTLICENCE HOLDER. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. As a learner is not confident/skilled enough

to drive on motorway, so he should alwaysbe accompained by permanent licenceholder, who can supervise him.

61 IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOTPARK OR WAIT?




Sl.No Question * AT A BUS STOP Correct Answer * OPPOSITE A TRAFFIC ISLAND All of the above * IN FRONT OF SOMEONE ELSE'S GATE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE It may be tempting to park where you

shouldn‟t while you run a quick errand.Careless parking is a selfish act & couldendanger other road users.

62 WHAT IS THE RIGHT HAND LANE USED FOR ONA THREE-LANE MOTORWAY?

* EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY Correct Answer * OVERTAKING Overtaking * VEHICLES TOWING TRAILERS Explanation * COACHES ONLY You should drive in the middle lane and

only use the right hand lane if you arepassing slower moving traffic.

63 WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE WHERE SHOULDYOU PARK IF POSSIBLE?

* OPPOSITE A TRAFFIC ISLAND Correct Answer * IN A SECURE CAR PARK In a secure car park * ON A BEND Explanation * NEAR A TUNNEL Whenever possible leave your car in asecure car park. Never park your car where

it can cause obstruction/danger to otherroad users.

64 IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOTPARK?

* NEAR A SHOPPING MALL Correct Answer * AT OR NEAR A BUS STOP All of the above. * WITHIN 10 METRES (32 FEET) OF A JUNCTION Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Other traffic will have to pull out to pass

you. This might mean they have to use theother side of the road where there mightbe oncoming traffic. Parking near a

junction could restrict the view foremerging traffic.




Sl.No Question 65 IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOT

PARK?

* NEAR A SCHOOL ENTRANCE Correct Answer * NEAR A POLICE STATION Near a school entrance. * ON A SIDE ROAD Explanation * ON A ONE-WAY STREET It may be tempting to park where you

shouldn‟t while you run a quick errand.Careless parking is a selfish act & couldendanger other road users.

66 WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE UNATTENDEDFOR A FEW MINUTES YOU SHOULD

* LOCK IT AND REMOVE THE KEY. Correct Answer * LEAVE THE ENGINE RUNNING. Lock it and remove the key. * SWITCH THE ENGINE OFF BUT LEAVE THE KEY IN. Explanation * PARK NEAR A TRAFFIC POLICEMAN Always switch off the engine, remove the

key and lock your vehicle, even if you areonly leaving it for a few minutes .

67 AT A CROSSROAD THERE ARE NO SIGNS OR ROAD MARKINGS. TWO VEHICLES APPROACH.WHICH HAS PRIORITY?

* NEITHER VEHICLE Correct Answer * THE VEHICLE TRAVELLING THE FASTEST Vehicle approaching from the right. * THE VEHICLE ON THE WIDEST ROAD Explanation * VEHICLE APPROACHING FROM THE RIGHT At crossroad when there are no „give way‟

signs or road markings, be very careful.Vehicle from the right has priority.

68 ON WHICH OF THESE OCCASIONS MUST YOUSTOP YOUR VEHICLE?

* WHEN INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT Correct Answer * AT A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT All of the above. * WHEN SIGNALLED TO DO SO BY A POLICE OFFICER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You may only stop on the carriageway of a

motorway.

1.When told to do so by the police.2.In a traffic jam, emergency or breakdown.




Sl.No Question 69 PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING TO CROSS AT A

ZEBRA CROSSING. THEY ARE STANDING ON THEPAVEMENT. YOU SHOULD NORMALLY

* GO ON QUICKLY BEFORE THEY STEP ONTO THECROSSING Correct Answer * STOP ON THE ZEBRA CROSSING AND LET THEMCROSS Stop before the stop line, let them cross,

wait patiently * STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE, LET THEM CROSS,WAIT PATIENTLY Explanation * IGNORE THEM AS THEY ARE STILL ON THEPAVEMENT The pedestrians are showing an intention

to cross. If you are looking well down theroad you will give yourself enough time toslow down & stop correctly. Don‟t forget tocheck your mirrors before slowing down.

70 THE RULE OF PROVISION OF SEAT BELT INVEHICLES APPLY TO VEHICLES MANUFACTURED

* BEFORE 1990 Correct Answer * AFTER 1993 After 1994 * BEFORE 2002 Explanation * AFTER 1994 Vehicles manufactured after 1994 should

have a provision of seat belts for the driverand front seat passenger. This law cameinto effect from 1st Jan. 2002.

71 YOU MUST NOT REVERSE

* ON A BUSY ROAD Correct Answer * ON A ONE WAY ROAD All of the above * ON A ROUND ABOUT Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You may decide to turn your vehicle

around by reversing into an opening orside road. When you reverse, always lookbehind & watch for pedestrians.Don‟t-1.Reverse for longer than necessary

2.Reverse from a side road into a mainroad.3.Don't reverse on a busy road, one wayroad & on a round about.

72 WHEN YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT IT IS SAFE TOREVERSE YOUR VEHICLE YOU SHOULD




Sl.No Question * USE YOUR HORN Correct Answer * REV YOUR ENGINE Get out and check. * GET OUT AND CHECK Explanation * REVERSE SLOWLY If you can‟t see all around your vehicle, get

out and have a look. You could also asksomeone outside the vehicle to guide you.A small child could easily be hidden directlybehind you. Don‟t take risks.

73 HOW MUCH DISTANCE SHOULD YOU KEEP FROMA VEHICLE TRAVELLING IN FRONT OF YOU?

* 15 METRES Correct Answer * 10 METRES A distance sufficient to avoid collision if the

vehicle in front of you suddenly slows downor stops.

* DEPENDS ON THE SPEED OF THE VEHICLETRAVELLING IN FRONT OF YOU Explanation * A DISTANCE SUFFICIENT TO AVOID COLLISION IFTHE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU SUDDENLY SLOWSDOWN OR STOPS

One useful method of checking that you‟veallowed enough room between you and thevehicle in front is the “ two-second rule”.You should allow a two-second time gap asa safe separation distance. Begin by sayingthat „only a fool breaks the two-secondrule‟ when the vehicle in front passes afixed point. You shouldn‟t reach that pointbefore you finish saying this. If you do,you‟re travelling too close and should dropback.

74 WHEN TURNING YOUR VEHICLE ON THE ROAD

YOU SHOULD

* CHECK ALL AROUND FOR OTHER ROAD USERS Correct Answer * USE A DRIVEWAY IF POSSIBLE Check all around for other road users. * KEEP YOUR HAND ON THE HANDBRAKETHROUGHOUT Explanation * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS To turn right, on a one-way road, you

should be on the extreme right of the roadand in case of two-way traffic, you shouldbe on the immediate left of the central

verge. Before turning use rear view mirror,give proper indicator & hand signal & checkall around for other road users.

75 YOU ARE REVERSING INTO A SIDE ROAD. WHILEREVERSING YOU SHOULD MAINLY LOOK




Sl.No Question * IN THE REAR VIEW MIRROR Correct Answer * THROUGH THE REAR WINDSCREEN Through the rear windscreen. * IN THE SIDE VIEW MIRROR NEAREST THE KERB Explanation * IN THE SIDE VIEW MIRROR AWAY FROM THE KERB If you can‟t see all around your vehicle

with the help of rear wind screen or rearview mirrors, get out and have a look. Youcould also ask someone outside the vehicleto guide you. A small child could easily behidden directly behind you. Don‟t takerisks.

76 TO MOVE OFF SAFELY FROM A PARKEDPOSITION YOU SHOULD

* USE YOUR MIRRORS AND LOOK AROUND FOR AFINAL CHECK Correct Answer * SIGNAL FOR OTHER DRIVERS TO SLOW DOWN Use your mirrors and look around for a

final check. * NOT LOOK AROUND IF THERE IS A PARKEDVEHICLE CLOSE IN FRONT OF YOU. Explanation * GIVE A HAND SIGNAL AS WELL AS USE YOURINDICATOR Look at both sides for traffic as well as

pedestrians and cyclists. Upon clear trafficsituations, indicate and move out.

77 WHEN APPROACHING THESE ROADWORKS, YOUSHOULD NOT

* START TO OVERTAKE & INCREASE SPEED Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Start to overtake & increase speed * GIVE ANY SIGNALS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Slow down and look out for warning signs.

Always obey speed limits at roadworks.Look for workmen stepping into the road.Don't use the size of your vehicle to forceyour way through. If the obstruction is onyour side of the road, give way tooncoming traffic.

78 DOES THE LAW ALLOW YOU TO STOP YOUR VEHICLE ABRUPTLY WHILE DRIVING?

* UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SINCE YOU MAY BEHIT BY A VEHICLE FOLLOWING YOU Correct Answer * ONLY IN AN EMERGENCY FOR SAFETY REASONS Only in an emergency, if there is no vehicle

following you closely. * ONLY IN AN EMERGENCY, IF THERE IS NO VEHICLEFOLLOWING YOU CLOSELY Explanation




Sl.No Question * WHEN YOU HAVE COME ON TO A WRONG ROAD Try to use the brakes judiciously because

emergency braking can result in rearcollision.

79 WHAT IS THE CORRECT PROCEDURE IF YOU

WANT TO STOP?

* APPLY BRAKES GRADUALLY AFTER GIVING ASIGNAL FOR STOPPING Correct Answer * GIVE APPROPRIATE SIGNAL, SLOW DOWN ANDSTOP ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD Check rear-view mirror & look over your

shoulder and if it is safe to do so, giveappropriate signal, slow down and stop onthe left side of the road.

* CHECK REAR-VIEW MIRROR & LOOK OVER YOURSHOULDER AND IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO, GIVEAPPROPRIATE SIGNAL, SLOW DOWN AND STOP ONTHE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD

Explanation

* CHECK REAR-VIEW MIRROR, SLOW DOWN AND

STOP ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD Before pulling up you should check for

following traffic. Also assess what is aheadand give the correct signal if it helpsanother road user.

80 WHICH IS THE BEST REASON FOR NOTFOLLOWING OTHER VEHICLES TOO CLOSELY?

* TO AVOID EXHAUST FUMES Correct Answer * TO AVOID GETTING DIRTY FROM WHEEL SPRAY To get increased angle of vision of traffic

conditions ahead and to avoid hittingvehicles in front, if they stop suddenly.

* TO GET INCREASED ANGLE OF VISION OF TRAFFICCONDITIONS AHEAD AND TO AVOID HITTINGVEHICELS IN FRONT, IF THEY STOP SUDDENLY Explanation

* AS IT WILL REQUIRE LESS ATTENTION FOR THEOPERATION OF YOUR VEHICLE Following the other vehicles too closely can

hamper the skill of the driver to anticipateany emergency halting of the front vehicle.

81 WHEN APPROACHING FROM THE REAR WHERETWO LANES OF TRAFFIC HAVE STOPPED AT ASIGNAL, YOU SHOULD

* PASS ALL THE VEHICLES AND STOP IN FRONT OFTHEM Correct Answer * PASS BETWEEN ALL THE VEHICLES STANDING INTHE TWO LANES Stop behind the last vehicle in theappropriate lane. * STOP BEHIND THE LAST VEHICLE IN THEAPPROPRIATE LANE Explanation * STOP ANYWHERE You should stop your vehicle in the your

lane in which you were driving prior to thesignal to avoid any traffic jam and chaos.




Sl.No Question 82 YOU MUST NOT USE YOUR HORN WHEN YOU ARE

STATIONARY

* UNLESS A MOVING VEHICLE MAY CAUSE YOUDANGER Correct Answer * AT ANY TIME WHATSOEVER Unless a moving vehicle may cause you

danger. * UNLESS IT IS USED ONLY BRIEFLY Explanation * EXCEPT FOR SIGNALLING THAT YOU HAVE JUSTARRIVED Do this only if you think that there is a risk

of an accident. Don‟t use it for attractingthe attention of others for social reasons.

83 WHEN OTHER DRIVERS FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTS AT YOU IT MEANS

* THAT THERE IS A RADAR SPEED TRAP AHEAD Correct Answer * THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU That they are warning you of their

presence * THAT THEY ARE WARNING YOU OF THEIRPRESENCE Explanation * THAT THERE IS SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOURVEHICLE If other drivers flash their headlights this

isn‟t a signal to show priority. The flashingof headlights has the same meaning assounding the horn – it‟s a warning of theirpresence.

84 YOU HAVE A VALID LEARNER'S LICENCE TODRIVE A CAR, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO

* DRIVE ONLY AT DAYTIME Correct Answer * PRACTICE DRIVING ON ROADS THAT HAVE VERYLITTLE TRAFFIC Drive at any time, any place provided there

is a permanent licence holder with you whocan control the vehicle in case of emergency.

* DRIVE AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACE Explanation * DRIVE AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACE PROVIDED THEREIS A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER WITH YOU WHOCAN CONTROL THE VEHICLE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

It allows you to learn to drive with aregular and experienced driver of yourchoice. If you want to drive a motor car ora two-wheeler, this would have to be along

with a friend, relative or an instructor of adriving school as long as he/she holds avalid driving licence.

85 IF YOU HAVE A VALID DRIVING LICENCE FOR A

LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLE, WHAT ARE YOUALLOWED TO DRIVE?




Sl.No Question * MOTOR CAR ONLY Correct Answer * MOTOR CAR AND MOTORCYCLE ABOVE 50 CC Motor car only. * EVERY MOTOR VEHICLE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section-3, the necessity of driving

licence says that no person shall drive amotor vehicle in any public place unless heholds a valid driving licence issued to him,authorising him to drive that particularvehicle for which he holds that licence.

86 IF YOU MEET WITH AN ACCIDENT WHILEDRIVING A VEHICLE, WITHOUT A VALIDDRIVING LICENCE, THE INSURANCE COMPANYWILL- * COMPENSATE PARTLY FOR DAMAGES Correct Answer * COMPENSATE FULLY FOR DAMAGES Not compensate for damages. * NOT COMPENSATE FOR DAMAGES Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE If there has been breach of a condition in

which the driver who was driving thevehicle is not duly licensed, in that case nosum shall be paid as compensation to thevehicle owner.

87 WHICH AGE GROUP OF DRIVERS IS MOSTLIKELY TO BE INVOLVED IN A ROAD ACCIDENT?

* 36 TO 45 YEAR OLD Correct Answer * 55 YEAR OLD AND OVER 17-25 * 46 TO 55 YEAR OLD Explanation * 17 TO 25 YEAR OLD Statistics show that if you are between 17

-25, you are most likely to be involved in aroad accident. There are several reasonscontributing to this, but in most casesaccidents occur due to driver or rider error.

88 YOU SHOULD NOT USE A MOBILE PHONEWHILST DRIVING

* UNTIL YOU ARE SATISFIED THAT NO OTHERTRAFFIC IS NEAR Correct Answer * UNLESS YOU ARE ABLE TO DRIVE ONE HANDED Because it might distract your attention

from the road ahead * BECAUSE IT MIGHT DISTRACT YOUR ATTENTIONFROM THE ROAD AHEAD Explanation




Sl.No Question * BECAUSE RECEPTION IS POOR WHEN THE ENGINEIS RUNNING Driving requires all your attention and

concentration at all times. Don't bedistracted by phone calls. Be safe, switchoff your phone while driving.

89 YOU ARE TAKING DRUGS THAT ARE LIKELY TOAFFECT YOUR DRIVING. WHAT SHOULD YOU

DO? * SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE BEFORE DRIVING. Correct Answer * LIMIT YOUR DRIVING TO ESSENTIAL JOURNEYS Seek medical advice before driving. * ONLY DRIVE IF ACCOMPANIED BY A PERMANENTLICENCE HOLDER Explanation * DRIVE ONLY FOR SHORT DISTANCES Check with your doctor or pharmacist if

you think that the drugs you‟re taking arelikely to make you feel drowsy.

90 WHILE DRIVING YOU APPROACH A LARGEPUDDLE THAT IS CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HANDKERB. PEDESTRIANS ARE CLOSE TO THE WATER.YOU SHOULD- * IGNORE THE PUDDLE Correct Answer * BRAKE SUDDENLY AND SOUND YOUR HORN Slow down before the puddle & try to avoid

splashing the pedestrians * SLOW DOWN BEFORE THE PUDDLE & TRY TO AVOIDSPLASHING THE PEDESTRIANS Explanation * WAVE AT THE PEDESTRIANS TO KEEP BACK. The effect of your vehicle driving through a

puddle will be to throw water onto thepavement. If there are pedestrians closeby they could be splashed with the water.

Be considerate. If possible avoid drivingthrough it.

91 WHAT ACTION WOULD YOU TAKE WHENELDERLY PEOPLE ARE CROSSING THE ROAD?

* WAVE THEM ACROSS SO THEY KNOW THAT YOUHAVE SEEN THEM. Correct Answer * BE PATIENT AND GIVE THEM SUFFICIENT TIME TOCROSS. Be patient and give them sufficient time to

cross. * REV THE ENGINE TO LET THEM KNOW THAT YOUARE WAITING. Explanation * TAP THE HORN IN CASE THEY ARE HARD OFHEARING. Don‟t hurry elderly people across the road

by getting too close to them or revving theengine. Be aware that they might takelonger to cross. They might also be hard of hearing and not be able to hear yourapproach.




Sl.No Question 92 AS A NEW DRIVER, HOW CAN YOU DECREASE

YOUR RISK OF ACCIDENTS ON THE MOTORWAY?

* BY KEEPING UP WITH THE CAR IN FRONT. Correct Answer * BY NEVER DRIVING OVER 45 KMPH. By taking further training. * BY DRIVING ONLY IN THE NEARSIDE LANE. Explanation * BY TAKING FURTHER TRAINING. You are more likely to have an accident in

the first year after taking your test. Lack of experience means that you might not reactto hazards as quickly as a moreexperienced person. Further training willhelp you to become safer on the roads.

93 YOU SEE A PEDESTRIAN WITH A STICK ANDDARK GLASSES TRYING TO CROSS THE ROAD.WHAT DO YOU INTERPRET?

* THE PERSON IS DUMB Correct Answer * THE PERSON IS DEAF The person is blind. * THE PERSON IS NORMAL Explanation * THE PERSON IS BLIND If a person is deaf as well as blind the stick

will have a red reflective band. You cannottell if a pedestrian is deaf. Don‟t assumeeveryone can hear you approaching.

94 YOU HAVE BEEN INVOLVED IN AN ARGUMENTBEFORE STARTING YOUR JOURNEY. THIS HASMADE YOU FEEL ANGRY. YOU SHOULD

* START TO DRIVE, BUT OPEN A WINDOW Correct Answer * DRIVE SLOWER THAN NORMAL AND TURN YOURRADIO ON Calm down before you start to drive * HAVE AN ALCOHOLIC DRINK TO HELP YOU RELAXBEFORE DRIVING Explanation * CALM DOWN BEFORE YOU START TO DRIVE If you are feeling irritated or angry you

should wait until you have calmed downbefore setting out on a journey.

95 A DRIVER'S BEHAVIOUR HAS UPSET YOU. ITMAY HELP IF YOU

* STOP AND TAKE A BREAK Correct Answer * SHOUT ABUSIVE LANGUAGE Stop and take a break. * GESTURE TO THEM WITH YOUR HAND Explanation




Sl.No Question * FOLLOW THEIR CAR, FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS Tiredness may make you more irritable

than you would be normally. You mightreact differently to situations because of it.If you feel yourself becoming tense, take abreak.

96 A MOTOR DRIVING LICENCE ISSUED IN ANY

STATE OF INDIA

* IS VALID THROUGHOUT INDIA. Correct Answer * IS VALID THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. Is valid throughout India. * IS VALID ONLY IN THAT STATE. Explanation * NOT VALID ANYWHERE. Any licence issued by any authority of

India, irrespective of the state from whereit is issued, is valid throughout India.

97 WHAT SHOULD YOU USE YOUR HORN FOR ?

* TO ALERT OTHERS OF YOUR PRESENCE Correct Answer * TO ALLOW YOU RIGHT OF WAY To alert others of your presence * TO GREET OTHER ROAD USERS Explanation * TO SIGNAL YOUR ANNOYANCE Don‟t use it to

1.Greet others2.Show impatience

3.Give or claim priorityYour horn shouldn‟t be used between

11.30 P.M. and 7 A.M. in a built up area orwhen your vehicle is stationary-unless amoving vehicle poses a danger.

98 BEFORE DRIVING A NEW VEHICLE THE DRIVER SHOULD -

* BE FAMILIAR WITH THE POSITION OF CONTROLS Correct Answer * TAKE A BATH AND MAKE HIMSELF FIT FORDRIVING. Be familiar with the position of controls * ALWAYS USE CHOKE BEFORE STARTING. Explanation * CHECK ITS NUMBER PLATES. It is necessary to familiarise yourself with

the position of controls to avoid anyconfusion related to controls while driving.Otherwise, this can lead to an accident.

99 THE FIRST THING THAT ALCOHOL AFFECTS IS:




Sl.No Question * VISION. Correct Answer * SPEECH. Judgement. * BALANCE. Explanation * JUDGEMENT. Alcohol adversely affects the decision

making power of the person. He is not ableto judge the difficult and dangeroussituations.

100 THE MINIMUM AGE TO OBTAIN A CAR DRIVINGLICENCE IS

* 20 YEARS Correct Answer * 15 YEARS * 16 YEARS Explanation * 18 YEARS Section 4 of the motor vehicle act clearly

states that no person under the age of 18years shall drive a motor vehicle in anypublic place.

101 HAND BRAKE IS TO BE USED TO

* REDUCE SPEED Correct Answer * PARK THE VEHICLE * BRAKE SUDDENLY Explanation * CONTROL A SKID The hand brake must be engaged while

parking the vehicle. 102 YOU ARE DRIVING UPTO AN INTERSECTION

WHERE THERE IS NO SIGNAL, PEOPLE ARECROSSING IN FRONT OF YOUR CAR, YOUSHOULD * CONTINUE DRIVING INTO THE INTERSECTIONWITHOUT REDUCING SPEED. Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND BE CAREFUL * STOP AND ALLOW PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS Explanation * SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY Stop and give way to pedestrians.

103 YOU WISH TO TAKE A "U" TURN AT ANINTERSECTION CONTROLLED BY A TRAFFICLIGHT, YOU SHOULD

* DRIVE TO ANOTHER INTERSECTION THAT HAS NOTRAFFIC LIGHT Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT TURNS GREEN BEFOREMAKING THE "U" TURN * MAKE THE "U" TURN IF THERE IS A POLICEMAN ATTHE INTERSECTION. Explanation * AVOID MAKING A 'U' TURN The green signal indicates that it is safe to

move now.

104 YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS AN INTERSECTIONWHERE THERE IS A FLASHING YELLOW TRAFFICLIGHT, YOU SHOULD

* SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED WITH CAUTION Correct Answer * STOP, IF POSSIBLE TO DO SO SAFELY * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED Explanation * RUSH PAST THE SIGNAL Where there is flashing yellow signal, slow

down and proceed with caution. 105 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A TWO-LANE STREET, THE

VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU IS MOVING VERYSLOWLY, AND THE ROAD AHEAD IS CLEAR FOR OVERTAKING, YOU SHOULD * PASS THE VEHICLE FROM LEFT HAND SIDE Correct Answer * PASS THE VEHICLE FROM RIGHT HAND SIDE * PASS THE VEHICLE FROM ANY CONVENIENT SIDE Explanation * NOT OVERTAKE AT ALL. Overtaking should always be done from the

right hand side. 106 YOUR CAR IS INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT

HURTING PEOPLE, YOU SHOULD

* REPORT TO THE NEAREST POLICE STATION ANDTAKE THE PERSONS TO THE HOSPITAL Correct Answer * NEED NOT REPORT TO THE POLICE STATION * NEED NOT REPORT TO THE POLICE STATION BUTSHOULD TAKE THE PERSONS TO THE HOSPITAL. Explanation * RUN AWAY As per section 134 of the MV Act , it is the

responsibility of the driver to report theaccident to the nearest police station andsecure medical attention to the injured

107 WHILE DRIVING, TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN, THEPROPER HAND SIGNAL IS

* EXTEND RIGHT PALM IN A HORIZONTAL POSITIONOUTSIDE OF AND TO THE RIGHT OF VEHICLE WITHPALM OF THE HAND TURNED TO THE FRONT

Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * EXTEND RIGHT ARM AND ROTATE IN ANTI-CLOCKWISE DIRECTION * EXTEND RIGHT ARM WITH PALM DOWNWARD ANDMOVE UP AND DOWN SEVERAL TIMES. Explanation * SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY Turn indicatiions must always be given by

using the indicators of the vehicle andusing hand signals. 108 A PEDESTRIAN IS CROSSING THE STREET AT AN

INTERSECTION IN AN UNMARKED CROSS-WALK,YOU SHOULD

* YIELD TO THE PEDESTRIAN THE "RIGHT OF WAY" Correct Answer * PROCEED WITH CARE. * REDUCE SPEED AND WARN THE PEDESTRIAN. Explanation * WAVE TO THE PEDESTRIAN TO CROSS QUICKLY. Always give right of way to pedestrians &

slow moving vehicles. 109 WHILE DRIVING, YOU WISH TO CHANGE FROM

ONE LANE TO ANOTHER, YOU SHOULD

* GIVE THE PROPER TURN SIGNAL Correct Answer * CHANGE LANES ONLY WHEN IT IS SAFE TO DO SOBY GIVING THE PROPER TURN SIGNAL * NEVER CHANGE LANES AS IT IS AGAINST THE LAW. Explanation * LANE SHOULD NOT BE CHANGED Always look into the rear view miror and

keep view of other traffic before changing

lanes. Lane changing must be accompaniedby proper signal. 110 YOU APPROACH AN INTERSECTION THAT IS NOT

HAVE TRAFFIC LIGHTS, A POLICEMAN OR TRAFFIC SIGNS, YOU SHOULD

* SLOW DOWN AND USE CAUTION Correct Answer * COME TO A FULL STOP * NOT CHANGE SPEED IF THE WAY IS CLEAR. Explanation * WAIT FOR THE POLICEMAN TO ARRIVE Slow down and proceed with caution so

that safety of any road user is not

compromised. 111 DO YOU HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILIES WHEN

OPENING A VEHICLE DOOR ON A ROADWAY?

* THE DRIVER MAY OPEN HIS DOOR WHEN EVER HEWISHES TO. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * NO, ANY FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MUST STOP IF THEDOOR INTERFERES WITH PROGRESS. * NO, THERE IS NO REGULATION TO COVER THISSITUATION. Explanation * YES, YOU MUST NOT OPEN A DOOR IF YOU ARE

LIKELY TO CAUSE DANGER TO ROAD USERS ORIMPEDE TRAFFIC. Our own safety as well as the safety of

other road users is put at risk if the dooris suddenly opened on a roadway 112 WHEN DRIVING AT SUNSET OR DAWN ON A

DARK DAY. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* Correct Answer * KEEP YOUR SUNGLASSES ON TO CUT DOWNHEADLIGHT GLARE. * TURN ON YOUR LIGHTS ON LOW BEAM. Explanation * TURN ON YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS. Keep the lights on low beam to avoid

dazzling other road users and the lightreflecting back to your eyes.

113 IS IT AN OFFENCE TO OBSTRUCT CLEAR VISIONOF YOUR NUMBER PLATES?

* DEPENDS ON THE TYPE OF OBSTRUCTION Correct Answer * YES, AT ANY TIME. * NO, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO COVER YOUR NUMBERPLATES IF YOU WANT TO. Explanation * YES, BUT IT IS LEGAL FOR A TOWBAR OR BICYCLE

RACK TO COVER THE REAR NUMBER PLATE. It is an offence to obstruct clear vision of

your number plate. 114 WHAT MUST YOU DO IF YOU MISS YOUR EXIT

ON A FREEWAY?

* CONTINUE UNTILL YOU REACH THE NEXTAPPROPRIATE EXIT. Correct Answer * STOP, AND REVERSE BACK ALONG THE FREEWAYTO THE EXIT YOU MISSED. * STOP IMMEDIATELY AND TURN AROUND. Explanation * LOOK INTO THE REAR VIEW MIRROR AND

REVERSE. In case you miss the exit, continue to drive

untill the next appropriate exit. 115 YOU BORROW A FRIEND'S CAR AND FIND THAT

THE POSITION OF THE DRIVER'S SEAT PUTS YOU SITTING A LONG WAY FROM THE STEERINGWHEEL AND CONTROLS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO? * YOU SHOULD NEVER BORROW ANOTHER PERSON'SVEHICLE Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * PUT UP WITH THE DISCOMFORT; YOU SHOULD NOTADJUST ANOTHER PERSON'S SEAT. * ADJUST THE SEAT FORWARD SO THAT IT'S RIGHTFOR YOU. Explanation * ASK YOUR FRIEND FOR A CUSHION TO PLACE

BEHIND YOUR BACK. The seat must be adjusted so that you can

comfortable reach all controls.

116 GENERALLY, IF YOU HEAR THE SIREN OF ANEMERGENCY VEHICLE YOU SHOULD

* SOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * IMMEDIATELY COME TO A STOP. * LET THE EMERGENCY VEHICLE PASS AND FOLLOWIT CLOSELY BEHIND. Explanation * PULL OVER TO THE LEFT UNTILL THE EMERGENCYVEHICLE PASSES. Emergency vehicles should be given

priority. 117 ARE YOU ALLOWED TO USE A HAND-HELD

MOBILE PHONE WHILE DRIVING A CAR?

* YES, BUT ONLY WHEN YOU STOP ATINTERSECTIONS. Correct Answer * NO * YES, BUT YOU MUST HOLD THE STEERING WHEELWITH AT LEAST ONE HAND. Explanation * ONLY AT NIGHT The law prohibits use of mobile phone

while driving as it can distract attention

leading to accidents. 118 TO DRIVE SAFELY, YOU NEED TO CONCENTRATEAND BE ABLE TO MONITOR EVERYTHING THATIS HAPPENING ON THE ROAD. TO DO THIS, YOUNEED TO * KEEP THE WIDOWS OPEN. Correct Answer * TURN ALL YOUR ATTENTION ONLY TO THE ROADAHEAD. * CONTINUALLY SCAN THE ROAD, LOOKING AHEAD,TO THE SIDES, CHECKING SIDE AND REAR MIRRORSAND ANTICIPATE WHAT MAY HAPPEN.

Explanation * ASK OTHER OCCUPANTS IN THE VEHICLE TOWATCH OUT FOR POSSIBLE DANGERS. Continually scan the road, looking ahead,

to the sides, checking side and rear mirrorsand anticipate what may happen.Also keepa check on the meters and gauges.

119 AS YOU APPROACH AN INTERSECTION, YOUSHOULD CHECK FOR TRAFFIC ON YOUR LEFTAND RIGHT




Sl.No Question * AT ALL TIMES BEFORE ENTERING THEINTERSECTION. Correct Answer * ONLY WHEN THE TRAFFIC IS HEAVY. * ONLY WHEN YOU APPROACH A STOP SIGN. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE You must check traffic from left and right

when approaching an intersection. 120 BEFORE CHANGING LANES YOU SHOULD

* NOT SIGNAL Correct Answer * SPEED UP SO THAT YOU ARE GOING FASTER THATTHE TRAFFIC IN THE OTHER LANE. * SIGNAL IN PLENTY OF TIME, CHECK YOUR MIRRORSAND LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER FOR OTHERVEHICLES.

Explanation * SIGNAL FOR AT LEAST TWO SECONDS ANDQUICKLY CHANGE LANES. Always give other road users plenty of tme

to judge your action and plan their actionsaccordingly. Also, look into the rear viewmirror and over the shoulder to makesafety checks.

121 WHEN DRIVING NEAR CHILDREN PLAYING OR WALKING NEAR THE EDGE OF THE ROAD, YOUSHOULD

* WAIT FOR THEM TO FINISH THEIR GAME Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN TO WARN THEM OF YOUR

PRESENCE. * SLOW DOWN, AND BE READY TO MAKE A SAFESTOP. Explanation * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED AND DRIVEAROUND THEM. Children can be very unpredictable. Hence

drive very slowly be ready to stop. 122 WHEN DRIVING IN AN AREA WHERE THERE ARE

MANY PEDESTRIANS (E.G. A BUS STOP) IT ISIMPORTANT TO

* SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY Correct Answer * PUT YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON HIGH BEAM SO THEY

CAN SEE YOU BETTER.

* INCREASE YOUR SPEED TO AVOID THE CHANCE OFHITTING THEM. Explanation * SLOW DOWN AND WATCH FOR AN INDICATIONTHAT THEY WILL ENTER THE ROAD. Always give priority to pedestrians




Sl.No Question 123 THE MOST EFFECTIVE DEVICE FOR PROTECTING

PASSENGERS WHEN IN AN ACCIDENT IS

* SEAT BELTS. Correct Answer * SAFETY DOOR LATCHES. * PADDED INSTRUMENT PANELS. Explanation * NONE OF THESE Seat belts can be very effective in reducing

the chances of injury in case of accidents. 124 IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT WHAT NO. WILL

YOU DIAL TO GET ASSISTANCE FROM THEPOLICE?

* 197 Correct Answer * 102 100 * 101 Explanation * 100 Inform the police control room by phone (

tel no. 100 generally ) or otherwise, asquickly as possible whether it is your faultor not.

125 YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF A MOTORCYCLEACCIDENT. NO OTHER VEHICLE IS INVOLVED.THE RIDER IS UNCONSCIOUS, LYING IN THEMIDDLE OF THE ROAD. THE FIRST THING YOUSHOULD DO IS TO * MOVE THE RIDER OUT OF THE ROAD

Correct Answer

* WARN OTHER TRAFFIC Warn other traffic. * CLEAR THE ROAD OF DEBRIS Explanation * GIVE THE RIDER REASSURANCE The motorcyclist is in an extremely

vulnerable position, exposed to furtherdanger from traffic. The traffic needs toslow down and be aware of the hazard ingood time.

126 COASTING YOUR VEHICLE WHILST DRIVING

WILL..

* INCREASE THE CONTROL YOU HAVE OVER THEVEHICLE Correct Answer * DECREASE THE CONTROL YOU HAVE OVER THEVEHICLE * MAKE THE CAR USE MORE FUEL Explanation




Sl.No Question * REDUCE THE VEHICLE'S BRAKING DISTANCE This term describes a vehicle travelling in

neutral or with the clutch pressed down.Do not coast, whatever the drivingconditions. It reduces driver controlbecause:-'engine braking is eliminated

'-vehicle speed downhill will increasequickly'-increased use of the footbrake can reduceits effectiveness'-steering response will be affectedparticularly on bends and corners'-it may be more difficult to select theappropriate gear when needed.

127 WHILST DRIVING ON THE MOTORWAY YOUHAVE TO SLOW DOWN QUICKLY DUE TO AHAZARD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* SOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHT * SWITCH ON YOUR FOG LIGHT Explanation * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHT TO FUL BEAM Swithing on the hazard light will warn the

drivers behind of the hazard ahead 128 AT ROAD JUNCTIONS WHICH OF THE

FOLLOWING ARE MOST VUNERABLE?

* MOTORCYCLISTS Correct Answer * CYCLISTS * PEDESTRIANS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians are

most vulnerable on the road. 129 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS THE MAIN CAUSE

OF REAR-END COLLISIONS?

* PEDESTRIANS CROSSING THE ROADUNEXPECTEDLY Correct Answer * TRAFFIC LIGHTS * DRIVING TOO CLOSE TO THE VEHICLE IN FRONT Explanation * WET ROAD SURFACE It is important to maintain safe distance

from the vehicle ahead. Driving too closeto the vehicle in front is called tailgatingand can result rear end collission.




Sl.No Question 130 YOU ARE DRIVING IN TORRENTIAL RAIN AND

YOUR VEHICLE BEGINS TO SLIDE. WHAT IS THISCALLED?

* GHOSTING Correct Answer * COASTING * AQUAPLANING Explanation * SKING Aquaplaning is a phenomenon in which the

tyres of a vehicle cease to make directcontact with the road surface, owing to thepresence of a thin film of water. As aresult, the vehicle can go out of control.

131 WHAT IS THE MAIN CAUSE OF SKIDDING?

* DAMAGED BRAKES Correct Answer * DRIVING TOO FAST * THE WEATHER Explanation * THE DRIVER Skidding is one of the major causes of

accidents, most of them arising from lackof anticipation and knowledge of skidprevention resulting in dangerouslyexcessive speeds relative to prevailingconditions. A very small percentage of skids are due to circumstances that noreasonable driver could have anticipated.

132 YOU SHOULD NEVER ATTEMPT TO OVERTAKE ACYCLIST

* WHEN APPROACHING A ROUNDABOUT Correct Answer * ON A NARROW ROAD * JUST BEFORE YOU TURN LEFT Explanation * ON A RIGHT HAND BEND Do not overtake a cyclist if you are going

to turn left a short way ahead. Rememberthat you will have to slow for the cornerand manouvre the turn keeping yourvehicle close to the kerb.

133 IN WHAT SITUATION ARE OTHER DRIVERSALLOWED TO FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTS ATYOU?

* TO WARN YOU OF THEIR PRESENCE Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * TO WARN YOU THE DANGER IS AHEAD * TO WARN YOU WHEN YOU'RE BREAKING THE SPEEDLIMIT Explanation * TO TELL YOU THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU Flashing headlights is a way of showing

their presence on the road. 134 DO YOU HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITIES WHEN

OPENING THE DOOR OF THE VEHICLE ON THEROADWAY?

* YES, YOU MUST NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF IT ISLIKELY TO CAUSE DANGER TO THE ROAD USERS ORIMPEDE TRAFFIC

Correct Answer * NO, ANY FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MUST STOP IF THEDOOR INTEREFERES WITH ITS PROGRESS * NO, THERE IS NO REGULATION TO COVER THIS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Before opening the door of the car on a

roadway beware of other vehile andpedestrians.

135 YOU ARE ABOUT TO TAKE A RIGHT TURN AT ANINTERSECTION. THE SIGNAL IS GREEN FOR YOU.YOU HEAR A SIREN AND SEE A FIREBRIGADE ABOUT TO OVERTAKE YOU. YOUSHOULD * CONTINUE TO MAKE THE TURN SINCE YOU HAVETHE RIGHT OF WAY. Correct Answer * STOP AND LET THE FIRE BRIGADE OVERTAKE YOU. * SPEED UP AND BEAT THE FIRE BRIGADE. Explanation * ANY OF THE ABOVE Always give priority to emergency vehicles.

136 YOU DRIVE UP TO A CORNER WHEN YOU SEESOME LOOSE GRAVEL ON THE ROAD. YOUSHOULD

* CHECK THE MIRRORS AND CHANGE LANES Correct Answer * SPEED UP AND DRIVE OVER THE GRAVEL ASQUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. * SLOW DOWN Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Slow down and drive carefully as it may

result in a skid. 137 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ATTITUDES ARE

MOST LIKELY TO MAKE YOU A SAFE DRIVER?

* WHEN I DRIVE, I AM RESPONSIBLE FOR MY SAFETYAS WELL AS THE SAFETY OF OTHER ROAD USERS. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * CRASHING OR NOT CRASHING IS A MATTER OFLUCK * OTHER ROAD USERS MUST ENSURE THEIR SAFETY Explanation * OTHER DRIVERS ARE RASH, I AM SAFETYCONSCIOUS. As a responsible driver you must ensure

your safety as well as the safety of other

road users. 138 WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO AVOID HITTING

OTHER VEHICLES, PEOPLE OR ANIMALS WHENMOVING OFF FROM THE KERB?

* GET OUT OF THE CAR, LOOK AROUND ANDQUICKLY DRIVE OFF. Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN CONTINUOUSLY. * CHECK YOUR MIRRORS AND LOOK OVER YOURSHOULDER BEFORE MOVING OFF. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Always check the rear and side view

mirrors before moving off. Also look overthe shoulder to check for any blind spots inthe mirror.

139 IT IS IMPORTANT TO SCAN WHILE DRIVING SOTHAT YOU CAN SEE EVERY THING THAT ISHAPPENING AROUND. WHAT DOES SCANNINGINVOLVE? * CONTINUOUSLY LOOKING AHEAD,TO THE SIDESAND USING THE MIRRORS WHILE DRIVING Correct Answer * LOOKING INTO THE REAR AND SIDE VIEWMIRRORS WHILE DRIVING. * LOOKING FURTHER AHEAD DOWN THE ROAD

WHILE DRIVING. Explanation

* NONE OF THE ABOVE While driving it is important to keep aview on all vehicular movement on theroad by looking ahead and into the rearand side view mirrors.

140 WHICH OF THESE STATEMENTS IS TRUE?

* PEDESTRIANS HAVE NO SPECIAL RIGHTS ON THEROAD Correct Answer * YOU MUST GIVE RIGHT OF WAY TO PEDESTRIANS

ONLY ON ZEBRA CROSSINGS. * YOU MUST GIVE RIGHT OF WAY TO THEPEDESTRIANS IF THERE IS A DANGER OF HITTINGTHEM.

Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Pedestrians are most vulnerable hence

they must be given the right of way.




Sl.No Question 141 WHEN DRIVING IN WET WEATHER YOU SHOULD

* DRIVE IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD TO AVOIDSPLASHING WATER ON THE PEDESTRIANS. Correct Answer * WATCH OUT FOR THE PEDESTRIANS WHO MAYHURRY AND TAKE RISKS. * STOP AND HELP ELDERLY PEOPLE CROSS THEROAD Explanation * DRIVE AT SPECIFIED SPEED LIMIT Watch out for pedestrians who may try to

rush across. 142 WHEN DRIVING IN AN AREA WHERE THERE ARE

MANY PEDESTRIANS ( EG BUS STOP) IT ISIMPORTANT TO

* SWITCH ON YOUR HEAD LIGHTS ON HIGH BEAMFOR BETTER VISIBILITY ON THE ROAD Correct Answer * INCREASE YOUR SPEED TO AVOID THE CHANCE OFHITTING THEM * SLOW DOWN AND WATCH FOR AN INDICATIONTHAT THEY WILL ENTER THE ROAD Explanation * SOUND YOUR HORN CONTINUOUSLY Pedestrians may want to enter the road,

hence slow down and be cautious. 143 A VEHICLE AHEAD OF YOU HAS STOPPED AT A

PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. YOU

* MUST NOT OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE Correct Answer * MAY OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE IF THERE ARE NOPEDESTRIANS ON THE CROSSING. * MAY OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE IF THERE ARE NOOTHER VEHICLES COMING THE OTHER WAY. Explanation * Do not overtake. The vehicle may have

stopped for something. 144 WHEN YOU HAVE STARTED TO OVERTAKE THE

CAR AHEAD,YOU NOTICE THAT ITS RIGHTINDICATOR IS FLASHING. YOU SHOULD

* ACCELERATE QUICKLY TO GET PAST Correct Answer * IMMEDIATELY BRAKE TO A STOP * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND ACCELERATE PAST. Explanation * CHECK YOUR MIRROR AND MOVE BACK BEHINDTHE CAR The car ahead may be turning right. Hence

check the traffic behind and stay back.




Sl.No Question 145 DOUBLE UNBROKEN LINES ARE MARKED ON A

ROADWAY. YOU MAY

* CROSS THEM AND OVERTAKE A CAR AHEAD IF IT ISSAFE TO DO SO. Correct Answer * CROSS THEM TO TURN INTO A DRIVEWAY ORPROPERTY IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * CROSS THEM TO MAKE A U TURN Explanation * THERE ARE NO SUCH ROAD MARKINGS Double solid lines indicate maximum

restrictions and are not be crossed exceptin emergent usage.

146 WHEN MOVING OFF, YOU MUST ALWAYS

* LOOK OVER YOUR RIGHT SHOULDER, THEN SIGNALBEFORE MOVING OFF. Correct Answer * HONK AND MOVE OFF * INDICATE RIGHT AND THEN MOVE OFF Explanation * CHECK MIRRORS, INDICATE RIGHT AND MOVE OFFONLY AFTER CHECKING OVER YOUR RIGHTSHOULDER.

Check mirrors, indicate right and move off only after checking over your rightshoulder. All the steps should be followedbefore moving off.

147 WHEN APPLYING BRAKES TO STOP

* YOU MUST DO AS FAST AS YOU CAN Correct Answer * CHECK YOUR REAR VIEW MIRROR BEFOREAPPLYING BRAKES. * APPLY THE BRAKE THEN CHECK YOUR REAR VIEWMIRROR. Explanation * YOU MUST SIMULTANEOUSLY PULL THEHANDBRAKE AS WELL. Mirror check is very important before

applying brakes. 148 THE AMBER LIGHT IS SEEN AT THE TRAFFIC

LIGHTS

* IT WILL TURN GREEN Correct Answer * IT WILL TURN RED * NONE OF THE ABOVE Explanation * EITHER OF THE ABOVE Red will follow the amber light.




Sl.No Question 149 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING THE ZEBRA AT A

JUNCTION CONTROLLED BY TRAFFIC LIGHTS

* HAVE RIGHT OF THE WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. Correct Answer * SHOULD CROSS ONLY WHEN PEDESTRIAN GREENCROSSING SIGN APPEARS. * SHOULD CROSS ONLY WHEN PEDESTRIAN REDCROSSING SIGN APPEARS. Explanation * ALSO ALLOWS CYCLIST TO RIDE ACROSS THEROAD. Pedestrian should follow the signal at zebra

crossing. 150 WHEN DRIVING YOU SEE PEOPLE CROSSING AT

ZEBRA CROSSING, YOU WILL-

* HONK YOUR WAY AND PASS THEM. Correct Answer * YOU WILL LOOK AT PASSING THEM ON EITHERSIDE IF SAFE. * YOU WILL GESTURE THEM TO GET OUT OF THEWAY. Explanation * YOU WILL SLOW DOWN AND STOP AND MOVE ONLYWHEN ALL THE PEDESTRIANS HAVE CROSSED OVERSAFELY.

Pedestrian have the right of way. 151 AT A BUSY PEDESTRIAN ZEBRA SEVERAL

PEOPLE ARE CROSSING , YOU WILL

* WAIT UNTIL EVERYONE HAS CROSSED SAFELY. Correct Answer * TRY TO SQUEEZE PAST PEDESTRIANS WHEN A GAPAPPEARS. * HONK AND REV UP THE ENGINE ASKINGPEDESTRIAN TO HURRY. Explanation * WAVE AND SHOUT AT PEOPLE ASKING THEM TOHURRY. Pedestrian have the right of way.

152 AT A JUNCTION WHERE TRAFFIC LIGHTS ARENOT WORKING

* VEHICLES HAVE RIGHT OF WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. Correct Answer * THE ZEBRA NOW ATTAINS DOMINANCE ANDPEDESTRIANS HAVE RIGHT OF WAY. * RIGHT OF WAY IS DETERMINED BY FIRST COMEFIRST SERVE BASIS. Explanation * VEHICLES HAVE RIGHT OF WAY PROVIDED THEYEITHER FLASH THEIR LIGHTS OR HONK. Pedestrians have the right of way when

traffic lights are not working.




Sl.No Question 153 A BUS AT THE BUS STOP SIGNALS RIGHT WITH

THE INTENT OF MOVING OFF, YOU WILL

* SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY. Correct Answer * SPEED PAST IT. * HONK AND SUGGEST YOU HAVE THE RIGHT OFWAY. Explanation * FLASH LIGHTS AND GO PAST THE BUS. Slow down and give way.

154 AT A PEDESTRIAN ZEBRA CROSSING NOTCONTROLLED BY TRAFFIC SIGNALS

* VEHICLES AND PEDESTRIANS HAVE EQUAL RIGHT

OF WAY. Correct Answer

* CYCLISTS AND PEDESTRIANS HAVE EQUAL RIGHTOF WAY. * ALL VEHICLES HAVE TO STOP FOR PEDESTRIANSAS THEY HAVE RIGHT OF WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. Explanation * VEHICLE DRIVERS HAVE THE RIGHT OF WAY. Pedestrians have the right of way at all the

times. 155 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DOES NOT

DISTRACT THE DRIVER?

* LISTENING TO MUSIC. Correct Answer * USING HAND FREE MOBILE. * CHECKING MIRRORS. Explanation * BOTH B AND C. Talking on Mobile phone distracts the

driver even if it is hand free. 156 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DISTRACTS THE

DRIVER?

* ARGUING WITH A PASSENGER. Correct Answer * DANGLING OBJECTS FROM THE REAR VIEWMIRROR. * INSERTING A CD. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. All of the above.




Sl.No Question 157 YOUR MOBILE PHONE RINGS, TO ANSWER THE

CALL YOU WILL

* PULL UP NEAR THE KERB IMMEDIATELY. Correct Answer * ANSWER THE CALL STRAIGHT AWAY. * PULL OVER AND STOP WHEN ITS SAFE. Explanation * USE HANDS FREE Never talk on mobile while driving, always

pull over and stop if it is safe. 158 WHEN DRIVING YOU START FEELING SLEEPY OR

TIRED, YOU WILL

* FIND A SAFE PLACE TO STOP AND REFRESH. Correct Answer * TRY TO REACH HOME FASTER BY RAISING SPEED. * EAT OR DRINK TEA WHEN DRIVING TO HELPREFRESH. Explanation * TRY TO STAY ALERT BY LOOKING AROUNDREPEATEDLY OR TALKING TO A CO-PASSENGER. Always stop at safe place and refresh if you

feel sleepy while driving. 159 WHEN DRIVING YOU SEE AN ACCIDENT, YOU

WILL

* STOP IMMEDIATELY AND RUN TO ASSIST. Correct Answer * CONTINUE TO DRIVE BUT PHONE EMERGENCYSERVICES. * CONCENTRATE ON YOUR DRIVING. Explanation * WAIT TO SEE WHAT HAPPENED. Maintain your composure. There can be

stray occurrences. Stopping or slowingdown may disrupt other traffic

160 YOU ARE DRIVING PAST A LANE OF PARKEDCARS. YOU NOTICE A BALL BOUNCING OUT INTOTHE ROAD AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED ANDSOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED ANDFLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Slow down and be prepared to stop for

children. * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP FORCHILDREN Explanation




Sl.No Question * STOP AND WAVE THE CHILDREN ACROSS TO FETCHTHEIR BALL Beware of children playing in the street

and running out into the road. If a ballbounces out from the pavement slow downand stop. Don't encourage anyone toretrieve it. Other road users may not seeyour signal and you might lead a child into

a dangerous situation. 161 WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD YOU SHOULD BEAWARE OF WHEN FOLLOWING THIS CYCLIST?

* THE CYCLIST MAY MOVE INTO THE LEFT ANDDISMOUNT Correct Answer * THE CYCLIST MAY SWERVE OUT INTO THE ROAD The cyclist may swerve out into the road. * THE CONTENTS OF THE CYCLIST'S CARRIER MAYFALL ONTO THE ROAD Explanation * THE CYCLIST MAY WISH TO TURN RIGHT AT THE

END OF THE ROAD When following a cyclist be aware that they

also have to deal with the hazards aroundthem. They may wobble or swerve to avoida pot-hole in the road. They might see apotential hazard and change directionsuddenly. Don't go very close to them orrev your engine impatiently.

162 A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD RESTRAINT WILL

* MAKE YOU MORE COMFORTABLE Correct Answer * HELP YOU TO AVOID NECK INJURY Help you to avoid neck injury * HELP YOU TO RELAX Explanation * HELP YOU TO MAINTAIN YOUR DRIVING POSITION The restraint should be adjusted so that it

gives maximum protection to the head.This will help in the event of a rear-endcollision.

163 YOU SHOULD ONLY USE A MOBILE PHONE WHEN

* RECEIVING A CALL. Correct Answer * THE VEHICLE IS STATIONARY & PARKED SUITABLY. The vehicle is stationary & parked suitably. * DRIVING AT LESS THAN 30 KMPH. Explanation * DRIVING AN AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLE. It is far more convenient for you, as well

as being safer if you are parked in a safe & convenient place when receiving or makinga call. You will be free to take notes orrefer to papers, which would not bepossible while driving.




Sl.No Question 164 WHAT IS MEANT BY 'DEFENSIVE DRIVING' ?

* BEING ALERT AND THINKING AHEAD Correct Answer * ALWAYS DRIVING SLOWLY AND GENTLY Being alert and thinking ahead. * ALWAYS LETTING OTHERS GO FIRST Explanation * PULLING OVER FOR FASTER TRAFFIC To be safe on the road, it is important to

be aware of the shortcomings, to anticipateother road users behaviour and to keepyour vehicle in control. This strategy of expecting the unexpected in behavioursand situations and to know how to keepyourself safe and in control is calleddefensive driving.

165 AN OLDER PERSON'S DRIVING ABILITY COULDBE AFFECTED BECAUSE THEY MAY BE UNABLE TO

* UNDERSTAND ROAD SIGNS Correct Answer * OBTAIN CAR INSURANCE React very quickly * REACT VERY QUICKLY Explanation * GIVE SIGNALS CORRECTLY The reflexes of old drivers are slow and

they may need time to react to changingsituations on the road. Therefore alwaysgive due consideration to old drivers.

166 CAR PASSENGERS MUST WEAR A SEAT BELT IF

ONE IS AVAILABLE, UNLESS THEY ARE

* UNDER 14 YEARS OLD Correct Answer * UNDER 1.5 METRES (5 FEET) IN HEIGHT Exempted for medical reasons. * SITTING IN THE REAR SEAT Explanation * EXEMPTED FOR MEDICAL REASONS. Although it's your adult passenger‟s

responsibility for wearing a seat belt,remind them to put them on as they get inthe car.

167 TO DRIVE ON THE ROAD, LEARNERS MUST

* HAVE ONLY THE REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OFTHE VEHICLE Correct Answer * HAVE TAKEN PROFESSIONAL INSTRUCTION Have a valid learners licence




Sl.No Question * HAVE A VALID LEARNERS LICENCE Explanation * APPLY FOR A DRIVING TEST WITHIN 12 MONTHS. Before you drive on the road you must

have a learners' licence and beacompanied by a person holding apermanent licence.

168 MAY YOU PARK A VEHICLE IN FRONT OF AVEHICLE ENTRANCE?

* YES, PROVIDED SOMEONE WHO CAN MOVE ITREMAINS WITH THE VEHICLE. Correct Answer * YES, FOR NO LONGER THAN 10 MINUTES. Yes, but only to pick up or drop

passengers. * YES, BUT ONLY TO PICK UP OR DROP PASSENGERS. Explanation * NO, NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. It may be tempting to park where you

shouldn‟t while you run a quick errand.Careless parking is a selfish act and couldendanger other road users.

169 A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT MEANS

* YOU MAY GO STRAIGHT ON IF THERE IS NO OTHERTRAFFIC Correct Answer * YOU MUST STOP BEHIND THE WHITE STOP LINE You must stop behind the white stop line. * YOU MAY TURN LEFT IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO Explanation * YOU MUST SLOW DOWN AND PREPARE TO STOP IF

TRAFFIC HAS STARTED TO CROSS The white line is positioned so that

pedestrians have room to cross in front of waiting traffic. If pedestrians are crossingmake sure your brakes are on.


* NO ENTRY Correct Answer * ONE WAY SIGN No entry. * COMPULSORY STRAIGHT AHEAD Explanation * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

located at places where the vehicles arenot allowed to enter. It is generally erectedat the end of one-way road to prohibittraffic entering the roadway in the wrongdirection and also at each intersectionalong the one-way road.




Sl.No Question 171 MIRRORS ARE OFTEN SLIGHTLY CURVED

(CONVEX) , SO THAT

* THEY TOTALLY COVER BLIND SPOTS Correct Answer * THEY GIVE A WIDER FIELD OF VISION. They give a wider field of vision. * THEY MAKE IT EASIER TO JUDGE THE SPEED OFFOLLOWING TRAFFIC. Explanation * THEY MAKE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC LOOK BIGGER. Modern vehicles provide the driver with the

equipment to help increase the field of vision. However, you should always beaware that even these mirrors might notreflect all that is around the vehicle. Acheck over the shoulder before you moveoff will be required.


* TRUCK PROHIBITED Correct Answer * ALL MOTOR VEHICLES PROHIBITED All motor vehicles prohibited. * BULLOCK CART PROHIBITED Explanation * CYCLE PROHIBTED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

at the entrance to the roads where entry toall types of motor vehicles is prohibited.


* VEHICLE PROHIBITED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS Correct Answer * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED Vehicles prohibited in both directions. * OVERTAKING PROHIBITED Explanation * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

at the approach end of the roads whereentry to all types of vehicular traffic isprohibited, especially in case of areaswhich have been designed as pedestrianmalls.


* LOAD LIMIT Correct Answer * SPEED LIMIT Speed limit.




Sl.No Question * WIDTH LIMIT Explanation * HEIGHT LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

located at the beginning of the section of the road or area covered by a speedrestriction, with numerals indicating the

speed limit in kilometres per hour.


* AXLE LOAD LIMIT Correct Answer * HIGHT LIMIT Load limit. * WIDTH LIMIT Explanation * LOAD LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

erected where entry is prohibited forvehicles whose laden weight exceeds acertain limit.This load includes weight of vehicle and the weight of material itcarries.


* LENGTH LIMIT Correct Answer * SPEED LIMIT Height limit. * LOAD LIMIT Explanation * HEIGHT LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign is

erected in advance of an overheadstructure where entry is prohibited forvehicles whose height exceeds a certainlimit.


* HEIGHT LIMIT Correct Answer * SPEED LIMIT Width limit. * WIDTH LIMIT Explanation * LENGHT LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used

where entry of vehicles exceeding aparticular width is prohibited.





* NO STOPPING Correct Answer * RESTRICTION ENDS No parking. * NO PARKING Explanation * SPEED LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. This is a sign

prohibiting parking of vehicles, there bymeaning that vehicles may halt for a verybrief interval for the purpose of loadingand unloading or for picking up anddropping of passengers. It is usually placedat airports , railway stations, market areas,bus stops, schools ,college etc.


* NO PARKING Correct Answer * NO STOPPING No stopping. * LENGTH LIMIT Explanation * SPEED LIMIT This is a mandatory sign. The sign means

that no vehicle must halt on the maincarriageway at any time not even to pickup or drop passengers.


* COMPULSORY KEEP LEFT Correct Answer * COMPULSORY AHEAD ONLY Compulsory ahead only. * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT Explanation * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT This is a mandatory sign


* COMPULSORY AHEAD ONLY Correct Answer * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD Compulsory turn right ahead. * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD Explanation * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT This is a mandatory sign





* LEFT HAND CURVE Correct Answer * INFORMATORY SIGN Give way. * WARNING SIGN Explanation * GIVE WAY This is a mandatory sign . Give way is the

red triangle pointing downwards. This signis usually installed where the traffic on theroad you want to enter has priority, suchas a major road or roundabout. You mustgive way to the traffic on the main road ortraffic approaching from your right at aroundabout.


* RIGHT HAND CURVE Correct Answer * LEFT HAND CURVE Right hand curve. * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT Explanation * HAIR PIN BEND LEFT This is a cautionary sign. This sign is used

where the geometric and operatingconditions show the recommended speedon the curve to be much less than thedesign speed for highway.


* RIGHT HAND CURVE Correct Answer * LEFT HAND CURVE Left hand curve. * RIGHT REVERSE BEND Explanation * LEFT REVERSE BEND This is a cautionary sign. This sign is used

where the geometric and operatingconditions show the recommended speedon the curve to be much less than thedesign speed for highway.

185 YOU ARE DRIVING ON THE MOTORWAY INWINDY CONDITIONS. WHEN PASSING HIGH-SIDED VEHICLES YOU SHOULD

* INCREASE YOUR SPEED. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * BEAWARE OF A SUDDEN GUST. Be wary of a sudden gust. * DRIVE ALONGSIDE VERY CLOSELY. Explanation * EXPECT NORMAL CONDITIONS. The draught caused by other vehicles could

be strong enough to push you out of yourlane. Keep both hands on the steeringwheel to maintain full control.


* HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT Correct Answer * HAIR PIN BEND LEFT Hair pin bend right. * RIGHT REVERSE BEND Explanation * LEFT REVERSE BEND This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

to mark curves of small radii, where the

change of direction is so considerable as toamount to a reversal of direction to theright.


* HAIR PIN BEND LEFT Correct Answer * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT Hair pin bend left. * LEFT HAND CURVE Explanation * RIGHT HAND CURVE This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

to mark curves of small radii, where thechange of direction is so considerable as toamount to a reversal of direction to theleft.


* NARROW ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * WIDE ROAD AHEAD Wide road ahead. * NARROW BRIDGE Explanation * SLIPPERY ROAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected on such sections of roads in areaswhere in the opinion of the controllingauthority the sudden widening of a roadcauses a danger to traffic, such as a two-lane road suddenly widening to a dualcarriageway.





* NARROW ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * WIDE ROAD AHEAD Narrow bridge. * NARROW BRIDGE Explanation * SLIPPERY ROAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected on roads in advance of bridgeswhere the clear width between kerbs orwheel guards is less than the normal widthof the carriageway.


* SLIPPERY ROAD Correct Answer * LOOSE GRAVEL Slippery road. * STAGGERED INTERSECTION Explanation * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected to warn that the section of theroad ahead may be particularly slippery.


* NARROW BRIDGE Correct Answer * SLIPPERY ROAD Loose gravel. * LOOSE GRAVEL Explanation * STEEP DESCENT This is a cautionary sign. The sign should

be used on section of a road on whichloose gravel is present which may causeskidding.


* SCHOOL AHEAD Correct Answer * MEN AT WORK Pedestrian crossing. * CYCLE CROSSING Explanation




Sl.No Question * PEDESTRIAN CROSSING This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected in advance on both approaches touncontrolled pedestrian crossings. This isabsolutely essential when visibility of thecrossing is impaired by a bend or hump inthe road.


* CYCLE CROSSING Correct Answer * SCHOOL AHEAD School ahead. * LOOSE GRAVEL Explanation * PEDESTRIAN CROSSING This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected where school buildings or groundsare adjacent to the road, and where in theopinion of the controlling authority passingtraffic creates a hazard to children.


* BARRIER AHEAD Correct Answer * DANGEROUS DIP Men at work. * MEN AT WORK Explanation * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

displayed only when men or machines are

working on the road or adjacent to it or onoverhead lines or poles.


* BARRIER AHEAD Correct Answer * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD Hump or rough road. * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD Explanation * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

where in the opinion of the controllingauthority sudden surface irregularities orhump constitutes a hazard or discomfortfor the drivers.





Sl.No Question * GUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 100 METERS AHEAD Correct Answer * UNGUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 100 METERSAHEAD Unguarded railway crossing 100 meters

ahead. * UNGUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 200 METERSAHEAD Explanation * GUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 50 METERS AHEAD This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

on the approaches of level crossings wherethere are no gates or other barriers. Asingle red oblique bar denotes a distance of 50-100 m in plain and rolling terrain and30-60 m in hilly terrain. Two red obliquebars denote a distance of 200 m.


* EATING PLACE Correct Answer * PETROL PUMP Petrol pump. * PUBLIC TELEPHONE Explanation * FIRST AID This is an informatory sign. The sign is

erected on long stretches of roads in ruralareas at the entry to the road leading tothe facility


* PETROL PUMP Correct Answer * HOSPITAL Hospital. * RESTING PLACE Explanation * FIRST AID This is an informatory sign. The sign is

used to notify drivers of vehicles that theyshould take the precautions required nearmedical establishments and, in particular,that they are not to make any unnecessarynoise. The sign also serves to indicate thelocation of hospital where medical facilitiesare available.


* HOSPITAL Correct Answer * NO THROUGH ROAD First aid post. * FIRST AID POST Explanation




Sl.No Question * NO PARKING This is an informatory sign . The sign is

used to notify the drivers of vehicles onlong stretches of roads in rural areas of thefirst aid facility which is helpful in case of emergency.


* FIRST AID POST Correct Answer * NO THROUGH SIDE ROAD No through road. * Y-INTERSECTION Explanation * NO THROUGH ROAD This is an informatory sign . The sign is

erected at the entrance to a road fromwhich there is no exit.

201 WHILE APPROACHING A PEDESTRIAN

CROSSING WHICH IS CONTROLLED BY ATRAFFIC SIGNAL, THE SIGNAL HAS TURNEDGREEN FOR YOU BUT THE PEDESTRIANS ARESTILL CROSSING. YOU SHOULD... * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS Correct Answer * SPEED UP SINCE THE SIGNAL IS IN YOUR FAVOUR Slow down and give way to pedestrians * SPEED UP BUT TAKE CARE OF THE PEDESTRIANS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE A green signal means you may go on if the

way is clear. You can also make a right orleft turn if not prohibited by signs, but if the pedestrians are still crossing the road,slow down give way to them, as they have

the priority. 202 UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES YOU WILL NOT

GO FORWARD WHEN THE SIGNAL LIGHTS AREIN YOUR FAVOUR?

* IF ROAD REPAIR WORK IS IN PROGRESS NEAR THEINTERSECTION Correct Answer * IF YOU WANT TO GIVE ALMS TO A BEGGAR WHO ISA LITTLE AWAY FROM YOU If a policeman on duty has signalled you to

stop * IF BY DOING SO, YOU WILL BE BLOCKING THEINTERSECTION Explanation * IF A POLICEMAN ON DUTY HAS SIGNALLED YOU TOSTOP Traffic signals are divided into twocategories namely, hand signals and traffic

lights. Sometimes a traffic light regulatedcrossing can also be controlled by thetraffic police officer. In this situationalways follow the signal given by thepoliceman on duty.




Sl.No Question 203 YOU ARE DRIVING A VEHICLE TOWARDS AN

INTERSECTION WHERE THERE IS A FLASHINGYELLOW LIGHT, YOU SHOULD

* STOP AND PROCEED SAFELY Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED WITH CAUTION Slow down and proceed with caution * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED KEEPING IN VIEWTRAFFIC CONDITIONS Explanation * STOP IF MANOEUVERING A RIGHT TURN Flashing yellow signals warn you of the

hazards ahead. Slow down and proceedwith caution giving due attention to othertraffic, pedestrians and vehicles. These aregenerally provided where major roadsmeet minor roads.

204 A FLASHING RED LIGHT AT AN INTERSECTIONMEANS....

* YOU SHOULD SLOW DOWN AND DRIVE WITHINCREASED CAUTION Correct Answer * YOU SHOULD SLOW DOWN, AND GIVE RIGHT OFWAY TO VEHICLES APPROACHING FROM LEFT ORRIGHT SIDE

You should stop, give way to vehicles inthe priority road and proceed only whenthe way is clear

* SIGNAL LIGHT IS OUT OF ORDER AND AS SUCHYOU SHOULD PROCEED WITH CAUTION Explanation * YOU SHOULD STOP, GIVE WAY TO VEHICLES INTHE PRIORITY ROAD AND PROCEED ONLY WHEN THEWAY IS CLEAR

Flashing red lights means you must cometo a full stop and proceed cautiously aftermaking a safety check on all approachingtraffic. This is generally provided at level

crossings, bridges, air field, fire stations,minor roads etc.

205 WHEN MAY YOU REVERSE FROM A SIDE ROADINTO A MAIN ROAD?

* ONLY IF BOTH ROADS ARE CLEAR OF TRAFFIC Correct Answer * NOT AT ANY TIME Not at any time. * AT ANY TIME Explanation * ONLY IF THE MAIN ROAD IS CLEAR OF TRAFFIC Don‟t reverse into a main road from a side

road. The main road is likely to be busyand the traffic on it moving quickly. Cutdown the risks by using a quiet side roadto reverse into.

206 YOU ARE SIGNALLING TO TURN RIGHT IN BUSYTRAFFIC. HOW WOULD YOU CONFIRM YOUR INTENTION SAFELY?




Sl.No Question * SOUND THE HORN Correct Answer * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL Give an arm signal * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Explanation * POSITION OVER THE CENTRE LINE In some situations you may feel your

indicators cannot be seen by other roadusers or it may not be working. In any of the case, you need to make your intentionmore clear by giving the arm signal.

207 WHEN TRAFFIC LIGHTS ARE OUT OF ORDER,WHAT PRECAUTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?

* SLOW DOWN AND MOVE Correct Answer * STOP, LOOK RIGHT AND LEFT AND PROCEEDCAUTIOUSLY. Stop, look right and left and proceed

cautiously. * NO PRECAUTION IS NECESSARY Explanation * MOVE AT THE SAME SPEED. Treat the junction as an unmarked

crossroads, deal with the situation withcaution.

208 THERE IS A POLICE CAR FOLLOWING YOU. THEPOLICE OFFICER FLASHES THE HEADLIGHTSAND POINTS TO THE LEFT. WHAT SHOULD YOUDO? * TURN AT THE NEXT LEFT Correct Answer * PULL UP ON THE LEFT Pull up on the left. * STOP IMMEDIATELY Explanation * MOVE OVER TO THE RIGHT You must pull up on the left, as soon as it‟s

safe to do so, and switch off your engine. 209 WHY SHOULD YOU MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE

CANCELLED YOUR INDICATORS AFTER TURNING?

* TO AVOID FLATTENING THE BATTERY Correct Answer * TO AVOID MISLEADING OTHER ROAD USERS To avoid misleading other road users. * TO AVOID DAZZLING OTHER ROAD USERS Explanation * TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE INDICATOR RELAY If you haven‟t taken a sharp turn your

indicators might not turn off automatically.Be aware of this if you‟ve used them forslight deviations, such as passing parkedvehicles.




Sl.No Question 210 WHEN APPROACHING A ROUNDABOUT GIVE

WAY TO

* CYCLISTS Correct Answer * SLOW-MOVING VEHICLES Traffic on your right. * TRAFFIC ON YOUR RIGHT Explanation * TRAFFIC ON YOUR LEFT When approaching a roundabout you

should give way to the traffic on your rightbecause the vehicle, which is already in theroundabout, is at disadvantageousposition. So always give them the right of way to avoid accident.

211 BROKEN YELLOW LINE ON CENTRE OF THE ROADMEANS

* VEHICLES TRAVELLING IN THE OPPOSITEDIRECTION CAN OVERTAKE WITH CARE Correct Answer * LANE CHANGING ZONE Vehicles travelling in the opposite direction

can overtake with care. * NO OVERTAKING IN BOTH THE DIRECTIONS Explanation * ONLY LIGHT VEHICLES CAN OVERTAKE It indicates separation of lanes on which

travel is in the opposite direction, andwhere overtaking with care is permitted.

212 WHAT DOES THIS SIGNAL FROM A POLICEOFFICER, MEAN TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC?

* GO AHEAD Correct Answer * STOP Stop * TURN LEFT Explanation * TURN RIGHT Police officers might be found at a point

where there's heavy traffic or a breakdownof traffic lights. Always follow theinstructions of a traffice police officer.

213 WHILE DRIVING, TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN, THEPROPER HAND SIGNAL IS

* EXTEND RIGHT HAND IN A HORIZONTAL POSITIONOUTSIDE AND TO THE RIGHT OF THE VEHICLE WITHPALM FACING THE FRONT.

Correct Answer * EXTEND RIGHT ARM AND ROTATE IN ANTI CLOCKWISE DIRECTION. Extend right hand in a horizontal position

outside and to the right of the vehicle withpalm facing the front.




Sl.No Question * EXTEND A RIGHT ARM WITH PALM DOWNWARDAND MOVE UP AND DOWN SEVERAL TIMES. Explanation * EXTEND RIGHT ARM VERTICALLY WITH PALMFACING THE FRONT. Before making the right turn slow down,

choose correct lane, give hand signal aswell as indicator to show your intention toother road users.

214 WHILE DRIVING YOU DECIDE TO STOPIMMEDIATELY, THE CORRECT HAND SIGNAL IS :-

* EXTEND RIGHT ARM HORIZONTAL TO THE GROUNDWITH PALM DOWNWARDS. Correct Answer * EXTEND THE RIGHT ARM & BENDING THE ELBOWAT RIGHT ANGLES AND TURNING PALM TO THEFRONT.

Right arm held erect with palm facingforward.

* NO SIGNAL REQUIRED. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Before stopping the vehicle the correct

signal is to extend the right arm & bendingthe elbow at right angles and turning palmto the front.

215 SPEED LIMIT SIGNS INDICATE THE MAXIMUMSPEED DURING IDEAL CONDITIONS.

* TRUE. Correct Answer * FALSE. True. * Explanation * The speed limit sign shows the speed limitthat the driver must not exceed.

216 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD YOU DOBEFORE STOPPING?

* SOUND THE HORN Correct Answer * USE THE MIRRORS Use the mirrors. * SELECT A HIGHER GEAR Explanation * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Before pulling up you should check for

following traffic. Also assess what is ahead& give the correct signal if it helps anotherroad user.

217 WHEN YOU ARE MOVING OFF FROM BEHIND APARKED CAR YOU SHOULD

* LOOK AROUND BEFORE YOU MOVE OFF Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * USE ALL THE MIRRORS ON THE VEHICLE All of the above. * GIVE A SIGNAL Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Before moving off you should use all the

mirrors to check if the road is clear. Lookaround to check the blind spots and give asignal if it is of help to other road users.

218 WHEN BEING FOLLOWED BY AN AMBULANCESHOWING A FLASHING BLUE BEACON YOUSHOULD

* PULL OVER SAFELY AND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE TOLET IT PASS Correct Answer * ACCELERATE HARD TO GET AWAY FROM IT Pull over safely and as soon as possible to

let it pass. * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED AND COURSE Explanation * BRAKE HARSHLY AND IMMEDIATELY STOP ON THEROAD Pull over where the ambulance can pass

safely. Check that there are noobstructions on the road that will prevent itdoing so.

219 WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE?

* PUT VALUABLE DOCUMENTS UNDER THE SEATS Correct Answer * REMOVE ALL VALUABLES Remove all valuables. * COVER VALUABLES WITH A BLANKET Explanation * LEAVE THE INTERIOR LIGHT ON When leaving your vehicle unattended,

preferably take valuables with you or lockthem out of sight. If you can see them inyour vehicle so can a thief.

220 WHEN PARKING AND LEAVING YOUR VEHICLEYOU SHOULD-

* PARK UNDER A SHADY TREE Correct Answer * PARK UNDER THE SUN Engage the steering lock. * PARK ON A QUIET ROAD Explanation * ENGAGE THE STEERING LOCK When you leave your vehicle always use

the steering lock to deter thieves. 221 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE

ALLOWED EXTRA ROOM WHEN OVERTAKING?




Sl.No Question * MOTORCYCLES & BICYCLES Correct Answer * TRACTOR Motorcycles & bicycles * TRAILERS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Don't pass riders too closely as this may

cause them to lose balance. Always leaveas much room as you would for a car, anddon't cut in.

222 WHAT DOES THE TEMPERATURE GAUGEINDICATE?

* OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE. Correct Answer * ENGINE TEMPERATURE. Engine temperature. * OIL PRESSURE. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. The temperature gauge indicates the

temperature of the engine. If temperatureof the engine goes up, the needle crossesthe „H‟ limit mark which tells the driverthat engine is overheating.

223 CAN THE TRIP METER BE RESET?

* YES. Correct Answer * NO. Yes. * Explanation * The tripmeter can be reset by pushing the

reset knob to zero. 224 WHAT DOES AN ODOMETER SHOW?

* SPEED OF THE VEHICLE. Correct Answer * TOTAL DISTANCE COVERED BY THE VEHICLE Total distance covered by the vehicle * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Odometer is located inside the

speedometer. It records the total distancevehicle has travelled in kms.

225 WHILE DRIVING, A WARNING LIGHT ON YOUR VEHICLE'S INSTRUMENT PANEL COMES ON. YOUSHOULD




Sl.No Question * CONTINUE IF THE ENGINE SOUNDS ALRIGHT Correct Answer * HOPE THAT IT IS JUST A TEMPORARY ELECTRICALFAULT Check out the problem quickly and safely. * DEAL WITH THE PROBLEM WHEN THERE IS MORETIME Explanation * CHECK OUT THE PROBLEM QUICKLY AND SAFELY An illuminated warning light could mean

that your car is unsafe to drive. Don‟t takerisks. If you aren‟t sure about the problemget a qualified mechanic to check it.

226 WHICH OF THESE MUST BE IN GOOD WORKINGORDER FOR YOUR CAR TO BE ROADWORTHY?

* SPEEDOMETER Correct Answer * HORN All of the above. * WINDSCREEN WIPER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Also check the :

1.Lights - get someone to help you checkthe brake lights.2.Indicators3.Battery4.Steering for play in the steering5.Oil etc.

227 WHAT SHOULD BE THE COLOUR SCHEME FOR NUMBER PLATES FOR PRIVATE VEHICLES?

* BLACK BASE AND WHITE NUMERALS Correct Answer * YELLOW BASE AND WHITE NUMERALS White base and black numerals. * WHITE BASE AND BLACK NUMERALS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section- 50 the registration mark

shall be displayed both at the front and atthe rear on all motor vehicles clearly andlegibly on a plain surface of a plate or partof the vehicle with white base and blacknumerals for a private vehicle.

228 WHILE DRIVING ON THE ROAD WITHOUT AVALID DRIVING LICENCE, WHEN CAN YOU FACEA PENAL ACTION?

* ONLY WHEN YOU HAVE MET WITH AN ACCIDENT Correct Answer * WHEN A POLICE OFFICER CONTROLS YOU When a police officer controls you. * WILL NOT FACE A PENAL ACTION Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE To drive a motor vehicle you must have a

valid driving licence as per section 3(1) of motor vehicle act 1988 and the vehiclemust be registered and insured. Any policeofficer in uniform or enforcement personnelfrom the transport department can check

these documents, at any time. Failure toproduce them is a punishable offence.

229 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A BASIC STEP TO

TAKE AFTER AN ACCIDENT?

* PROTECT THE AREA. Correct Answer * NOTIFY AUTHORITIES. All of the above. * CARE FOR THE INJURED. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. In case you are involved in a road

accident.1.Stop your vehicle.2.Give f irst aid or try to make medical aidavailable.

3.Inform the police control room by phone.4.Switch on your warning lights and inaddition, place the red triangle at areasonable distance behind your vehicle towarn approaching vehicles about yourpresence.

230 WHAT PHONE NO. WILL YOU DIAL IN CASE OF AMEDICAL EMERGENCY TO GET ASSISTANCE BYTHE AMBULANCE?

* 197 Correct Answer * 100 102 * 102 Explanation * 101 The no. of ambulance is generally 102.

Give as accurate as possible locationdetails of accident such as name of theroad and direction, area & any prominentlandmark. You can also give a shortdescription of what happened- type of accident, number of people injured andtype of injuries.

231 YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT.WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?

* CALL THE POLICE. Correct Answer * WARN OTHER TRAFFIC. Warn other traffic * CALL THE AMBULANCE. Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. You could do this by

1.Displaying an advice warning signal, if you have one.2.Switching on hazard warning lights orother lights.3.Any other means that does not put you

at risk. 232 MOST ACCIDENTS OCCUR

* DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF DRIVERS. Correct Answer * DUE TO VEHICLE FAILURE. All of the above. * BECAUSE OF DIFFICULT ROAD & CLIMATICCONDITIONS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. The three main causes of accidents are

1.Human failure such as drunken driving,overspeeding, wrong overtaking etc.2.Vehicle failure such as brake fail,steering free, accelerator pedal stuck etc.3.Environment failure like rain, fog etc.

233 YOU ARE INVITED TO A PUB LUNCH. YOU KNOWTHAT YOU WILL HAVE TO DRIVE IN THEEVENING. WHAT IS YOUR BEST COURSE OFACTION? * HAVE ONLY TWO PEGS. Correct Answer * NOT DRINK ANY ALCOHOL AT ALL Not drink any alcohol at all * HAVE SOME MILK BEFORE DRINKING ALCOHOL Explanation * EAT A HOT MEAL WITH YOUR ALCOHOLIC DRINKS Alcohol will stay in the body for this length

of time. Drinking during the day will affectyour performance at work or study. Avoiddrinking at all even if you have not plannedto drive in the evening.

234 WHAT ADVICE SHOULD YOU GIVE TO A DRIVER WHO HAS HAD A FEW ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AT APARTY?

* HAVE A STRONG CUP OF COFFEE AND THEN DRIVEHOME Correct Answer * DRIVE HOME CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY Go home by public transport. * GO HOME BY PUBLIC TRANSPORT Explanation * WAIT FOR A SHORT WHILE AND THEN DRIVEHOME Drinking black coffee or waiting a few

hours won‟t make any difference. Alcoholtakes time to leave the body. You mighteven be unfit to drive the followingmorning.




Sl.No Question 235 WHAT ELSE CAN SERIOUSLY AFFECT YOUR

CONCENTRATION, OTHER THAN ALCOHOLICDRINKS?

* DRUGS Correct Answer * TIREDNESS All of the above. * LOUD MUSIC Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE The least distraction can allow your

concentration to drift. Think only aboutyour driving & nothing else, to stay in fullcontrol of your vehicle.

236 LEARNERS LICENCE IS VALID

* FOR 30 DAYS Correct Answer * TILL PERMANENT LICENCE IS ISSUED * FOR SIX MONTHS Explanation * FOR ONE YEAR The learner's licence is valid for six

months. The licence is valid throughout thecountry.

237 PUCC STANDS FOR

* PRIMARY UNLICENCED CAR & CARRIER Correct Answer * POLLUTION UNDER CONTROL CERTIFICATE * POLLUTION UNCONTROLLED CANCELLATIONCERTIFICATE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE The validity of PUCC is specified on the

certificate. For Delhi it is three monthswhereas for some other states it is sixmonths.

238 REAR VIEW MIRROR IS

* FOR VIEWING THE TRAFFIC APPROACHING FROMBEHIND Correct Answer * FOR KEEPING AN EYE ON THE PASSENGERS ON THEREAR SEAT * NOT NECESSARY IN THE VEHICLE Explanation




Sl.No Question * A HAZARD AS IT CAUSES DISTRACTION The rear view mirror and side mirrors must

be checked specially before moving off,overtaking, turning. It is meant to keep aview of the traffic approaching from behindwhile driving.

239 STOPPING WITH THE HELP OF GEARS CAN BE

ACHIEVED BY

* BRINGING THE GEAR INTO NEUTRAL Correct Answer * SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE Lowering gears one by one. * LOWERING GEARS ONE BY ONE Explanation * DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH & BRAKESIMULTANEOUSLY The lowering of gears means decreasing

the power of engine to the wheels, therebyincreasing the torque which will result indecreasing the speed of the vehicle.

240 YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG A NARROWCOUNTRY ROAD. WHEN PASSING BY A CYCLIST,YOU SHOULD-

* GO SLOW, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS Correct Answer * GO QUICKLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM Go slow, leaving plenty of room. * GO SLOW, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM Explanation * GO QUICKLY , SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS Look well ahead & only pull out if it is safe.

You will need to use all of the road to passthe cyclist so be extra cautious .

241

BEFORE YOU MAKE A U-TURN , YOU SHOULD-

* USE THE INDICATORS Correct Answer * WAIT FOR THE SIGNAL TO TURN RED Look over your shoulder for a final check * LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER FOR A FINAL CHECK Explanation * SELECT A HIGHER GEAR THAN NORMAL If you want to make a U-turn, check your

rear view miror, slow down, give indicator& hand signal and look over your shoulderfor a final check and ensure that the road

is clear in both directions. Make sure thatthe road is wide enough to carry out themanoeuvre safely.

242 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WET ROAD. YOU HAVETO STOP YOUR VEHICLE IN AN EMERGENCY.YOU SHOULD-




Sl.No Question * USE THE BRAKES ABRUPTLY Correct Answer * KEEP BOTH THE HANDS ON THE STEERING WHEEL Keep both the hands on the steering wheel * SELECT REVERSE GEAR Explanation * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL As you drive look well ahead and all around

so that you are ready for any hazards thatmight occur. There may be occasions whenyou have to stop in an emergency. Reactas soon as you can whilst keeping controlof the vehicle.

243 WHEN FOLLOWING A LARGE VEHICLE YOUSHOULD KEEP WELL BACK BECAUSE-

* IT ALLOWS YOU TO CORNER MORE QUICKLY Correct Answer * IT HELPS THE LARGE VEHICLE TO STOP MOREEASILY It allows the driver to see you in the

mirrors * IT ALLOWS THE DRIVER TO SEE YOU IN THEMIRRORS Explanation * IT HELPS YOU TO KEEP OUT OF THE WIND You also need to keep well back so that

you get the view of the road ahead. Alsothe driver ahead should be able to see youin the mirrors.

244 IN WHICH OF THESE SITUATIONS SHOULD YOUAVOID OVERTAKING?

* JUST AFTER A BEND Correct Answer * ON A ONE-WAY ROAD When approaching a dip on the road. * ON A 30 KMPH ROAD Explanation * WHEN APPROACHING A DIP ON THE ROAD As you begin to think about overtaking,

ask yourself if it is really necessary. If youcan't see well down the road, stay back & wait for a safer place to pull out.

245 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING MAY CAUSE LOSSOF CONCENTRATION WHILE DRIVING ON ALONG JOURNEY?

* LOUD MUSIC Correct Answer * ARGUING WITH A PASSENGER All of the above. * USING A MOBILE PHONE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You should not let other factors distract

you from driving. You need to concentratefully to ensure you are safe on the road.




Sl.No Question 246 YOU ARE TRAVELLING AT THE LEGAL SPEED

LIMIT. A VEHICLE COMES UP QUICKLY BEHIND,FLASHING ITS HEADLIGHTS. YOU SHOULD-

* ACCELERATE TO MAKE A GAP BEHIND YOU Correct Answer * DEPRESS THE BRAKES SHARPLY TO SHOW YOURBRAKE LIGHTS Allow the vehicle to overtake * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED TO PREVENT THE VEHICLEFROM OVERTAKING. Explanation * ALLOW THE VEHICLE TO OVERTAKE Keep a steady course and give the driver

behind an opportunity to overtake safely.If necessary, slow down. Reactingincorrectly to another‟s impatience will onlylead to danger.

247 A BUS IS STOPPED AT A BUS STOP AHEAD OFYOU. ITS RIGHT INDICATOR IS FLASHING. YOUSHOULD-

* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND SLOW DOWN Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY IF IT IS SAFE TO DOSO Slow down and give way if it is safe to do

so. * SOUND YOUR HORN AND KEEP GOING Explanation * SLOW DOWN AND THEN SOUND YOUR HORN Give way to buses whenever you can do so

safely, especially when they signal to pullaway from bus stops. Look out for peopleleaving the bus & crossing the road.

248 YOU COULD USE THE 'TWO SECOND RULE'

* BEFORE RESTARTING THE ENGINE AFTER IT HASSTALLED Correct Answer * TO KEEP A SAFE GAP FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT To keep a safe gap from the vehicle in

front. * BEFORE USING THE ' MIRROR-SIGNAL-MANOEUVRE' ROUTINE Explanation * WHEN EMERGING ON WET ROADS To measure this, choose a reference point

such as a bridge, sign or tree. When thevehicle ahead passes the object, say toyourself- “ only a fool breaks the 2 second

rule”. If you reach the object before youfinish saying these, you are too close.

249 ON A LONG MOTORWAY JOURNEY BOREDOMCAN CAUSE YOU TO FEEL SLEEPY. YOU SHOULD




Sl.No Question * LEAVE THE MOTORWAY AND FIND A SAFE PLACE TOSTOP AND ENSURE A SUPPLY OF FRESH AIR INTOYOUR VEHICLE

Correct Answer * KEEP LOOKING AROUND AT THE SURROUNDINGLANDSCAPE Leave the motorway and find a safe place

to stop and ensure a supply of fresh airinto your vehicle.

* DRIVE FASTER TO COMPLETE YOUR JOURNEYSOONER Explanation * STOP ON THE HARD SHOULDER FOR A REST Plan your journey to include suitable rest

stops. You should take all precautionsagainst feeling sleepy whilst driving. Anylapse of concentration could have direconsequences.

250 YOU ARE APPROACHING THE TRAFFIC LIGHTSTHAT HAVE BEEN GREEN FOR SOME TIME. YOUSHOULD

* ACCELERATE HARD Correct Answer * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED Be ready to stop * BE READY TO STOP Explanation * BRAKE HARD The longer that the traffic lights have been

on green, the greater the chance of thesequence changing, so always prepared forthis when driving and be prepared to stop.

251 'TAILGATING' MEANS

* USING THE REAR DOOR OF A HATCHBACK CAR Correct Answer * REVERSING INTO A PARKING SPACE Following another vehicle too closely. * FOLLOWING ANOTHER VEHICLE TOO CLOSELY Explanation * DRIVING WITH REAR FOG LIGHTS ON Tailgating is used to describe a dangerous

practice, often seen in fast moving trafficand on motorways. Following the vehicle infront too closely will-1.Restrict your view of the road ahead.2.Leave you with low safety margins if thevehicle in front stops suddenly.

252 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A CLEAR NIGHT. THERE ISA STEADY STREAM OF ONCOMING TRAFFIC.WHICH LIGHTS SHOULD YOU USE?

* FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * SIDELIGHTS Dipped headlights. * DIPPED HEADLIGHTS Explanation




Sl.No Question * FOG LIGHTS You should use dipped headlights as high

beam head light can dazzle the eyes of thedrivers of oncoming traffic resulting inpartial blindness of oncoming drivers.

253 YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A LARGE GOODSVEHICLE. IT SIGNALS LEFT BUT STEERS TO THE

RIGHT. YOU SHOULD * SLOW DOWN AND LET THE VEHICLE TURN Correct Answer * DRIVE ON, KEEPING TO THE LEFT Slow down and let the vehicle turn. * OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT OF IT Explanation * HOLD YOUR SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN Approaching a left turn, a lorry may swing

out to the right. This is to allow rearwheels to clear the kerb as it turns. If yousee a gap on the near side don‟t try to filter through.

254 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A VEHICLE ON A WETROAD. YOU SHOULD LEAVE A TIME GAP OF ATLEAST.

* ONE SECOND Correct Answer * TWO SECONDS Four seconds * THREE SECONDS Explanation * FOUR SECONDS Wet road will increase the time it will take

you to stop. The 2 seconds time should bedoubled to at least four seconds.

255

YOU WISH TO TURN RIGHT AHEAD. WHYSHOULD YOU TAKE UP THE CORRECT POSITIONIN GOOD TIME?

* TO ALLOW OTHER DRIVERS TO PULL OUT IN FRONTOF YOU Correct Answer * TO GIVE A BETTER VIEW INTO THE ROAD THATYOU'RE JOINING To help other road users know what you

intend to do. * TO HELP OTHER ROAD USERS KNOW WHAT YOUINTEND TO DO Explanation * TO ALLOW DRIVERS TO PASS YOU ON THE RIGHT If you wish to turn right into a side road,

take up your position in good time; signal

accordingly. This will help the other driversknow what you intend to do. 256 A PERSON HERDING SHEEP ASKS YOU TO STOP.

YOU SHOULD-

* IGNORE THEM AS THEY HAVE NO AUTHORITY Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * STOP AND SWITCH OFF YOUR ENGINE Stop and switch off your engine. * CONTINUE ON BUT DRIVE SLOWLY Explanation * TRY AND GET PAST QUICKLY Allow the animals to clear the road, before

you proceed. Animals are unpredictableand startle easily, they could turn and runinto your path.

257 WHEN OVERTAKING A HORSE AND RIDER YOUSHOULD

* SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING Correct Answer * GO PAST AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE Go past slowly and carefully leaving plenty

of room. * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS A WARNING Explanation * GO PAST SLOWLY AND CAREFULLY LEAVING

PLENTY OF ROOM. When overtaking animals slow down, leave

plenty of room. Don't drive close behind oralongside them, this could disturb them. 258 YOU SHOULD NEVER WAVE PEOPLE ACROSS AT

PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS BECAUSE

* THERE MAY BE ANOTHER VEHICLE COMING Correct Answer * THEY MAY NOT BE LOOKING There may be another vehicle coming. * IT IS SAFER FOR YOU TO CARRY ON Explanation * THEY MAY NOT BE READY TO CROSS If it is safe you should always stop for

pedestrians waiting at pedestrianscrossings. Don‟t wave them to cross theroad since other drivers may not -1.Have seen them .

2.Have seen your signal.3.Be able to stop safely.

259 WHEREVER POSSIBLE, WHICH ONE OF THEFOLLOWING SHOULD YOU DO WHEN PARKINGAT NIGHT?

* PARK IN A QUIET CAR PARK Correct Answer * PARK IN A WELL LIT AREA Park in a well lit area. * PARK FACING AGAINST THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC Explanation * PARK NEXT TO A BUSY JUNCTION Having your vehicle broken into or stolen

can be very distressing and inconvenient.Avoid leaving your vehicle unattended inpoorly lit areas.




Sl.No Question 260 IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT TYRE PRESSURE SHOULD

BE CHECKED REGULARLY. WHEN SHOULD THISBE DONE?

* AFTER A LONG JOURNEY Correct Answer * AFTER TRAVELLING AT HIGH SPEED When the tyres are cold. * WHEN THE TYRES ARE HOT Explanation * WHEN THE TYRES ARE COLD When you check the tyre air pressure, do

so when the tyres are cold. This will giveyou a more accurate reading. The heatgenerated from a long journey will raisethe pressure inside the tyre.

261 YOUR VEHICLE HAS A CATALYTIC CONVERTER.ITS PURPOSE IS TO REDUCE

* EXHAUST NOISE Correct Answer * FUEL CONSUMPTION Harmful exhaust emissions * HARMFUL EXHAUST EMISSIONS Explanation * ENGINE NOISE The purpose of the catalytic converter is to

convert harmful exhaust gases intoenvironment friendly gases like it converts,

1. Carbon monoxide to Carbon dioxide.2. Hydrocarbons to Carbon dioxde andWater.

3. Oxides of nitrogen to nitrogen and

oxygen.

It does so with the help of catalysts likepalladium, platinum and rhodium.

262 WHAT IS MOST LIKELY TO CAUSE HIGH FUEL

CONSUMPTION?

* POOR STEERING CONTROL Correct Answer * ACCELERATING AROUND BENDS Harsh braking and accelerating. * STAYING IN HIGH GEARS Explanation * HARSH BRAKING AND ACCELERATING Accelerating & braking gently will help to

save fuel and is kinder to the environment. 263 A PROPERLY SERVICED VEHICLE WILL GIVE

* LOWER INSURANCE PREMIUMS Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * YOU A REFUND ON YOUR ROAD TAX Better fuel economy and cleaner exhaust

emissions. * BETTER FUEL ECONOMY AND CLEANER EXHAUSTEMISSIONS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Look after your vehicle or machine. Have it

regularly serviced as per manufacturer'sservice schedule. A properly servicedvehicle will give better fuel economy andcleaner exhaust emissions.

264 WHEN SHOULD YOU CHECK THE ENGINE OIL

LEVEL?

* WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD Correct Answer * AFTER RUNNING THE ENGINE When the engine is cold * EVERY 6000 KMS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE When the engine is cold the oil settles

down in the chamber, while when theengine is hot the oil is in circulation to theupper parts of the engine. Hence a hotengine will not give the correct level of oil.

265 WHICH OF THESE DOES THE LAW REQUIRE YOUTO KEEP IN GOOD CONDITION?

* HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * WINDSCREEN All of the above. * SEAT BELTS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Also check the :

1.Lights - get someone to help you checkthe brake lights.2.Indicators3.Battery4.Steering for play in the steering5.Oil6.Brakes & Clutch

266 WHICH OF THESE ARE BADLY AFFECTED IF THE

TYRES ARE UNDER-INFLATED?

* BRAKING & STEERING Correct Answer * CHANGING GEAR Braking & steering * PARKING Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Your tyres are your only contact with the

road & therefore very important to yoursafety. Incorrect tyre pressure will affectsteering and braking, so it is importantthat you take the time to attend to them.Correct tyre pressure can reduce the risk

of skidding & will provide a morecomfortable ride. 267 WHAT CAN CAUSE A HEAVY STEERING?

* DRIVING ON ICE Correct Answer * BADLY WORN BRAKES Under-inflated tyres * OVER-INFLATED TYRES Explanation * UNDER-INFLATED TYRES If tyres don‟t have enough air in them they

will drag against the surface of the road.This makes the steering feel heavy.

268 YOUR VEHICLE PULLS TO ONE SIDE WHENBRAKING. YOU SHOULD-

* CHANGE THE TYRES AROUND Correct Answer * CONSULT YOUR MECHANIC AS SOON AS POSSIBLE Consult your mechanic as soon as possible. * PUMP THE PEDAL WHEN BRAKING Explanation * USE YOUR HANDBRAKE AT THE SAME TIME The brakes on your vehicle or machine

must be effectively & properly adjusted. If

your vehicle pulls to one side whenbraking, take it to be checked by aqualified mechanic, don‟t take risks.

269 THE MAIN CAUSE OF BRAKE FADE IS

* THE BRAKES OVERHEATING Correct Answer * AIR IN THE BRAKE FLUID The brakes overheating * OIL ON THE BRAKE SHOES Explanation * THE BRAKES OUT OF ADJUSTMENT If your vehicle is fitted with drum brakes

they can get hot & may lose a lot of theireffect. This happens when they'recontinually used, such as on a long, steepdown hill stretch of road. Using a lowergear will assist the braking & prevent thevehicle gaining momentum.




Sl.No Question 270 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY. THE

TRAFFIC AHEAD IS BRAKING SHARPLY BECAUSEOF AN ACCIDENT. HOW COULD YOU WARNFOLLOWING TRAFFIC? * BRIEFLY USE THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS Correct Answer * SWITCH ON THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHTSCONTINUOUSLY Briefly use the hazard warning lights. * BRIEFLY USE THE REAR FOG LIGHTS Explanation * SWITCH ON THE HEADLIGHTS CONTINUOUSLY This situation (and dual carriageways) is

the only time you are permitted to useyour hazard warning lights on the move.Only use them just long enough to ensurethat your warning has been observed.

271 A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD RESTRAINT WILL

* MAKE YOU MORE COMFORTABLE Correct Answer * HELP YOU AVOID NECK INJURY Help you avoid neck injury * HELP YOU RELAX Explanation * HELP YOU MAINTAIN YOUR DRIVING POSITION The restraint should be adjusted so that it

gives maximum protection to the head.This will help in the event of a rear endcollision.

272 TO PREVENT POLLUTING THE ENVIRONMENT,YOU CAN HELP BY-

* HAVING YOUR VEHICLE PROPERLY SERVICED Correct Answer * MAKING SURE YOUR TYRES ARE CORRECTLYINFLATED All of the above. * NOT OVER-REVING IN LOWER GEARS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE If you don‟t get your vehicle serviced

regularly, the engine will not burn all thefuel efficiently. This will cause excessharmful gases to be discharged into theatmosphere thus incresing pollution.

273 YOU ARE CARRYING TWO 13 YEAR OLD

CHILDREN AND THEIR PARENTS IN YOUR CAR.WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEEING THAT THECHILDREN WEAR SEAT BELTS? * THE CHILDREN'S PARENTS Correct Answer * YOU, THE DRIVER You, the driver * THE FRONT-SEAT PASSENGER Explanation




Sl.No Question * THE CHILDREN Seat belts are meant to save lives and

reduce the risk of injury. You must wearseat belt unless you‟re exempt. There arealso legal requirements for yourpassengers. Make sure that you know therules for wearing seat belts.

274 YOU HAVE A LOOSE FILLER CAP ON YOUR DIESEL OR PETROL FUEL TANK. THIS WILL

* WASTE FUEL AND MONEY & MAKE ROADS SLIPPERYFOR OTHER ROAD USERS Correct Answer * IMPROVE YOUR VEHICLE'S FUEL CONSUMPTION Waste fuel and money & make roads

slippery for other road users. * INCREASE THE LEVEL OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Diesel fuel is especially slippery if spilled on

a wet road. Also a loose filler cap will result

in loss of precious fuel by evaporation andwill lead to increase in pollution. 275 TO AVOID SPILLAGE AFTER REFUELLING, YOU

SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT

* YOUR TANK IS ONLY 3/4 FULL Correct Answer * YOU HAVE USED A LOCKING FILLER CAP Your filler cap is securely fastened. * YOU CHECK YOUR FUEL GAUGE IS WORKING Explanation * YOUR FILLER CAP IS SECURELY FASTENED If your filler cap is not securely fastened it

will result in loss of precious fuel byevaporation or by spillage, it will also leadto increase in pollution.

276 YOU CANNOT SEE CLEARLY BEHIND WHENREVERSING. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* OPEN YOUR WINDOW TO LOOK BEHIND Correct Answer * OPEN THE DOOR AND LOOK BEHIND Ask someone to guide you * LOOK IN THE SIDE MIRROR Explanation * ASK SOMEONE TO GUIDE YOU If you want to turn you vehicle around try

to find a place where you have all roundgood vision. If this is not possible & youare unable to see clearly, then getsomeone to guide you.

277 TO REDUCE THE VOLUME OF TRAFFIC ON THEROADS YOU COULD




Sl.No Question * USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT MORE OFTEN Correct Answer * SHARE A CAR WHEN POSSIBLE All of the above. * WALK OR CYCLE ON SHORT JOURNEYS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Travelling by public transport is an

opportunity to get regular exercise bywalking to the train or bus stop. Carpooling can also help in reducing theproblem.

278 THE MAJOR POLLUTANTS EMITTED BYAUTOMOBILES ARE

* CARBON MONOXIDE Correct Answer * HYDROCARBONS All of the above. * OXIDES OF NITROGEN Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Besides these the other pollutants are

1.Sulphur dioxide2.Lead compounds3.Particulate matter

279 UNBALANCED WHEELS OF A CAR MAY CAUSE

* THE STEERING TO PULL TO ONE SIDE Correct Answer * THE STEERING TO WOBBLE The steering to wobble. * THE BRAKES TO FAIL Explanation * THE TYRES TO DEFLATE If your wheels are out of balance it will

cause the steering wheel to vibrate atcertain speeds. It is not a fault that willrectify itself. You will have to consult agarage to get it rectified.

280 NOISE POLLUTION MAY RESULT IN

* DISTURBING MENTAL EQUILIBRIUM. Correct Answer * DISTURBING THE CONCENTRATION OF DRIVER. All of the above. * LOSS OF HEARING CAPACITY. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE We should all be concerned about the

effect traffic has on our environment. Noisedisturbs the mental equilibrium andconcentration of the driver as well as otherroad users. You as a driver also have aresponsibility to help reduce noisepollution.




Sl.No Question 281 TURNING THE STEERING WHEEL WHILE YOUR

CAR IS STATIONARY CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TOTHE

* GEARBOX Correct Answer * ENGINE Steering & tyres. * BRAKES Explanation * STEERING & TYRES Turning the steering wheel when the car is

not moving can cause unnecessary wear tothe tyres and steering mechanism. This isknown as dry steering.

282 YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG A WET ROAD. HOWCAN YOU TELL IF YOUR VEHICLE'S TYRES ARELOOSING THEIR GRIP ON THE SURFACE?

* THE ENGINE WILL STALL Correct Answer * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY HEAVY The steering will feel very light. * THE ENGINE NOISE WILL INCREASE Explanation * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY LIGHT If you drive at a speed in very wet

conditions your steering may suddenly feel “light”. This means that the tyres have lifted off the surface and are skating on thesurface of water. This is known asaquaplaning. Reduce speed but don‟t brakeuntil your steering returns to a normal

„feel‟. 283 YOU HAVE DRIVEN THROUGH A WATER- LOG.

WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?

* STOP AND CHECK THE TYRES Correct Answer * STOP AND DRY THE BRAKES Test your brakes. * CHECK YOUR EXHAUST Explanation * TEST YOUR BRAKES After passing through water-log, test your

brakes, because water may have enteredinto your vehicle's brake drums and wetbrake liners are much less effective thandry ones.

284 IN VERY HOT WEATHER THE ROAD SURFACE CANGET SOFT. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL BEAFFECTED MOST?

* SUSPENSION Correct Answer * STEERING & BRAKING Steering & braking.




Sl.No Question * EXHAUST SYSTEM Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Take care when braking or cornering. Tyres

don‟t grip well on soft road surface. 285 WHEN DRIVING IN FOG. WHICH OF THE

FOLLOWING ARE CORRECT?

* USE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * ALLOW MORE TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY All of the above * SLOW DOWN Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE If your journey is not necessary, don‟t

venture out. You will be takingunnecessary risks. If you have to traveland someone is expecting you at the otherend, let them know that you will be takinglonger than usual for your journey. Thiswill stop them worrying if you don‟t turnup on time.

286 WHAT IS THE MOST COMMON CAUSE OFSKIDDING?

* ROAD CONDITION Correct Answer * DRIVER ERROR Driver error. * OTHER VEHICLES Explanation * PEDESTRIANS Skidding occurs when wheels are locked

due to sudden/harsh braking. Apart fromdriver error the other reasons could be1. Wet/Slippery road.2. Brake Malfunction3. Worn out tyres.

287 IN WINDY CONDITIONS YOU NEED TO TAKEEXTRA CARE WHEN

* USING THE BRAKES Correct Answer * MAKING A HILL START Passing pedal cyclists. * TURNING INTO A NARROW ROAD Explanation * PASSING PEDAL CYCLISTS You should always give cyclists plenty of

room when overtaking. When its windy asudden gust could blow them off course.




Sl.No Question 288 YOU ARE ABOUT TO GO DOWN A STEEP HILL. TO

CONTROL THE SPEED OF YOUR VEHICLE YOUSHOULD

* SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKESCAREFULLY Correct Answer * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKESFIRMLY Select a low gear and use the brake

carefully. * SELECT A LOW GEAR AND USE THE BRAKESCAREFULLY Explanation * SELECT A LOW GEAR AND USE BRAKES FIRMLY When travelling down a steep hill your

vehicle will tend to increase speed. Thiswill also make it more difficult for you tostop. To maintain control & prevent thevehicle running away-1.Select a lower gear – the engine willthen help to control speed.2.Use the brakes carefully

289 YOU FIND THAT YOU NEED GLASSES TO READVEHICLE NUMBER PLATES AT THE REQUIREDDISTANCE. WHEN MUST YOU WEAR THEM?

* ONLY IN BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS Correct Answer * AT ALL TIMES WHEN DRIVING At all times when driving. * ONLY WHEN YOU THINK IT IS NECESSARY Explanation * ONLY IN BAD LIGHT OR AT NIGHT Have your eyesight tested, before you start

driving and if you need glasses use themat all times when driving.

290 YOU ARE PLANNING A LONG JOURNEY. DO YOUNEED TO PLAN REST STOPS?

* YES, YOU SHOULD PLAN TO STOP EVERY HALF ANHOUR Correct Answer * YES, REGULAR STOPS HELPS IMPROVECONCENTRATION Yes, regular stops helps improve

concentration * NO, YOU WILL BE LESS TIRED IF YOU GET THEREAS SOON AS POSSIBLE Explanation * NO, STOP ONLY WHEN YOU NEED FUEL Most accidents happen as a result of a

lapse in concentration. When driving long

distances take plenty of rest stops. If youget tired, your reactions will slow down &

judgement of hazards will become flawed.This can be prevented by making regularstops for rest in between.




Sl.No Question 291 WHICH OF THESE RESULT FROM DRINKING

ALCOHOL ?

* LESS CONTROL Correct Answer * A FALSE SENSE OF CONFIDENCE All of the above. * POOR JUDGEMENT OF SPEED Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You must understand the dangers of

mixing alcohol with driving. One drink istoo many if you‟re going to drive. Alcoholwill severely reduce your ability to drivesafely.

292 A DRIVER DOES SOMETHING THAT UPSETS YOU.YOU SHOULD

* TRY NOT TO REACT Correct Answer * LET THEM KNOW HOW YOU FEEL Try not to react. * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS SEVERAL TIMES Explanation * SOUND YOUR HORN There are occasions when other road users

make a misjudgment or a mistake. If thishappens try not to let it worry you. Don‟treact by showing anger. Sounding thehorn, flashing the headlamps or shoutingwon‟t help the situation. Good anticipationwill help to prevent these incidentsbecoming accidents.

293 WHICH OF THESE THINGS WOULD HELP TOKEEP YOU ALERT DURING A LONG JOURNEY?

* FINISHING YOUR JOURNEY AS FAST AS YOU CAN Correct Answer * KEEPING OFF THE MOTORWAYS AND USINGCOUNTRY ROADS Making sure that you get plenty of fresh air

and making regular stops forrefreshments.

* MAKING SURE THAT YOU GET PLENTY OF FRESHAIR AND MAKING REGULAR STOPS FORREFRESHMENTS

Explanation

* NONE OF THE ABOVE

Make sure that you have good ventilationin the vehicle. This will help you to stayalert by making sure that there is enoughfresh air. Stale warm air will dull yoursenses & cause drowsiness. Tiredness cancause your reactions to slow down &

judgement of hazard will become flawed.This can be prevented by ensuring regularrest stops.




Sl.No Question 294 DRIVING LONG DISTANCES CAN BE TIRING. YOU

CAN PREVENT THIS BY

* STOPPING EVERY TWO HOURS Correct Answer * OPENING A WINDOW FOR SOME FRESH AIR All of the above. * ENSURING PLENTY OF REFRESHMENT BREAKS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Make sure that you have good ventilation

in the vehicle. This will help you to stayalert by making sure that there is enoughfresh air. Stale warm air will dull yoursenses & cause drowsiness. Tiredness cancause your reactions to slow down &

judgement of hazard will become flawed.This can be prevented by ensuring regularrest stops.

295 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A CAR DRIVEN BY ANELDERLY DRIVER. YOU SHOULD

* EXPECT THE DRIVER TO DRIVE BADLY Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS AND OVERTAKE Be aware that the driver's reactions may

not be as fast as yours * BE AWARE THAT THE DRIVER'S REACTIONS MAYNOT BE AS FAST AS YOURS Explanation * STAY VERY CLOSE BEHIND BUT BE CAREFUL You must show consideration to other road

users. Their reactions may be slower & they might need more time to deal with a

situation. Be tolerant & don‟t lose patienceor show your annoyance.

296 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LEARNER DRIVER WHOSTALLS AT A JUNCTION. YOU SHOULD

* BE PATIENT AS YOU EXPECT THEM TO MAKEMISTAKES Correct Answer * STAY VERY CLOSE BEHIND AND FLASH YOURHEADLIGHTS Be patient as you expect them to make

mistakes. * START TO REV YOU ENGINE IF THEY TAKE TOOLONG TO RESTART Explanation * IMMEDIATELY STEER AROUND THEM AND DRIVE ON Learner drivers are often nervous. If you

stay calm & keep distance this will avoidaccidents occurring if they make mistakes.Remember, you were in this situation once.

297 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MAIN ROAD. YOUINTEND TO TURN RIGHT INTO A SIDE ROAD.JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD




Sl.No Question * ADJUST YOUR INTERIOR MIRROR Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLAMPS Check for traffic overtaking on your right * STEER OVER TO THE LEFT Explanation * CHECK FOR TRAFFIC OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT Motorcyclists often overtake queues of

vehicles. Always make that last check inthe mirror to avoid turning across theirpath.

298 WHERE SHOULD YOU TAKE PARTICULAR CARETO LOOK OUT FOR MOTORCYCLISTS ANDCYCLISTS?

* ON DUAL CARRIAGEWAYS Correct Answer * AT JUNCTIONS At junctions. * AT ZEBRA CROSSINGS Explanation * ON ONE-WAY STREETS Another road user failing to see a

motorcyclist/cyclist is a major cause of collision. Wherever streams of traffic joinor cross there is a potential for this type of accident to occur. Hence motorcyclists /cyclists should ride defensively and wearbright clothing to be seen easily.

299 YOU ARE DRIVING PAST A LINE OF PARKEDCARS. YOU NOTICE A BALL BOUNCING OUT INTOTHE ROAD AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED ANDSOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED ANDFLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Slow down and be prepared to stop for

children. * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP FORCHILDREN Explanation * STOP AND WAVE THE CHILDREN ACROSS TO FETCHTHEIR BALL Beware of children playing in the street &

running out into the road. If a ball bouncesout from the pavement, slow down & stop.Don't encourage anyone to retrieve it.

300 THERE IS A SLOW MOVING MOTORCYCLISTAHEAD OF YOU. YOU ARE UNSURE WHAT THERIDER IS GOING TO DO. YOU SHOULD

* OVERTAKE FROM THE LEFT Correct Answer * OVERTAKE FROM THE RIGHT Stay behind * STAY BEHIND Explanation * MOVE CLOSER Be patient. The motorcyclist might be

turning right or changing direction.




Sl.No Question 301 YOU ARE FOLLOWING TWO CYCLISTS. THEY

APPROACH A ROUNDABOUT IN THE LEFT-HANDLANE. IN WHICH DIRECTION SHOULD YOUEXPECT THE CYCLISTS TO GO? * LEFT Correct Answer * RIGHT Any direction. * ANY DIRECTION Explanation * STRAIGHT AHEAD You are following cyclists in a roundabout,

be aware of them as they might not betaking the exit you anticipate. Cyclistsapproaching in the left hand lane may beturning right but may not have been ableto get into the correct lane due to heavytraffic. Give them room.

302 YOU ARE TRAVELLING BEHIND A MOPED. YOUWANT TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD

* OVERTAKE THE MOPED BEFORE THE JUNCTION Correct Answer * PULL ALONGSIDE THE MOPED AND STAY LEVELUNTIL JUST BEFORE THE JUNCTION Stay behind until the moped has passed

the junction * SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING AND PULL INFRONT OF THE MOPED Explanation * STAY BEHIND UNTIL THE MOPED HAS PASSED THEJUNCTION Passing the moped and turning into the

junction could mean that you cut acrossthe front of the rider. This might forcethem to slow down, stop or even losecontrol.

303 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ARE HAZARDS,MOTORCYCLISTS PRESENT IN QUEUES OFTRAFFIC,CAN CAUSE ?

* CUTTING IN JUST IN FRONT OF YOU Correct Answer * PASSING VERY CLOSE TO YOU All of the above. * SWITCHING BETWEEN THE LANES Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE In this situation motorcyclist could be

passing you on either side. Always checkbefore you change lanes or direction.

304 HOW SHOULD YOU REACT TO DRIVERS WHOAPPEAR TO BE INEXPERIENCED?

* SOUND YOUR HORN TO WARN THEM OF YOURPRESENCE Correct Answer * BE PATIENT AND PREPARED FOR THEIR SLOWREACTION Be patient and prepared for their slow

reaction.




Sl.No Question * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO INDICATE THAT IT ISSAFE FOR THEM TO PROCEED Explanation * OVERTAKE THEM AS SOON AS POSSIBLE Learners might not have confidence when

they first start to drive. Give them plentyof room & don‟t react adversely to theirhesitation. We all learn from experience,

but new drivers will have had less practicein dealing with all the situations that mightoccur.

305 YOU SHOULD ONLY FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTSAT OTHER ROAD USERS

* TO SHOW THAT YOU ARE GIVING WAY Correct Answer * TO SHOW THAT YOU ARE ABOUT TO TURN To let them know that you are there * TO TELL THEM THAT YOU HAVE RIGHT OF WAY Explanation * TO LET THEM KNOW THAT YOU ARE THERE You should only flash your headlights to

warn others of your presence. Don't usethem to1.Greet others2.Show impatience3.Give up your priority

306 YOUR TYRE BURSTS WHILE YOU AREDRIVING.WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* PULL ON THE HANDBRAKE Correct Answer * BRAKE AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE Hold the steering wheel firmly to keep

control * HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL FIRMLY TO KEEPCONTROL Explanation * CONTINUE AT A NORMAL SPEED A tyre bursting can lead to loss of control.

So, don't accelerate or brake harshly andhold the steering wheel tight to keepcontrol, especially if you're travelling athigh speed. The correct procedure can helpto stop the vehicle safely.

307 YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A LONG STEEPHILL.YOU SUDDENLY NOTICE YOUR BRAKES ARENOT WORKING AS WELL AS NORMAL.. WHAT ISTHE USUAL CAUSE OF THIS? * OVERHEATING OF BRAKES Correct Answer * AIR IN THE BRAKE FLUID Overheating of brakes. * OIL ON THE BRAKES Explanation




Sl.No Question * BADLY ADJUSTED BRAKES Overheating of brakes is due to excessive

use of brakes on a long steep hill. This isalso called brake fading. This is more likelyto happen on vehicles fitted with drumbrakes but can still apply to disc brakes aswell. Using a lower gear will assist the

braking and help you to keep control of your vehicle. 308 PRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL DOWN OR

ROLLING IN NEUTRAL FOR TOO LONG WHILEDRIVING WILL

* USE MORE FUEL Correct Answer * CAUSE THE ENGINE TO OVERHEAT Reduce your control * REDUCE YOUR CONTROL Explanation * IMPROVE TYRE WEAR Holding the clutch down or selecting

neutral for too long will cause your vehicleto roll or freewheel. This is known ascoasting. This reduces your control of thevehicle.

309 HOW CAN YOU USE THE GEARS OF YOUR VEHICLE TO CONTROL YOUR SPEED?

* BY CHANGING TO A LOWER GEAR Correct Answer * BY SELECTING REVERSE GEAR By changing to a lower gear * BY CHANGING TO A HIGHER GEAR Explanation * BY SELECTING NEUTRAL GEAR You should brake and slow down before

selecting a lower gear. The gear can thenbe used to keep the speed low and helpyou control the vehicle.

310 YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL. WHYCOULD KEEPING THE CLUTCH DOWN OR SELECTING NEUTRAL FOR TOO LONG BEDANGEROUS? * FUEL CONSUMPTION WILL BE HIGHER Correct Answer * YOUR VEHICLE WILL PICK UP SPEED Your vehicle will pick up speed. * IT WILL DAMAGE THE ENGINE Explanation * IT WILL WEAR TYRES OUT MORE QUICKLY Driving with the clutch down or in neutral

for long periods is known as coasting.There will be no engine braking and thiswill cause your vehicle to pick up speed.This can be very dangerous because youwill have less steering and braking control.




Sl.No Question 311 WHY SHOULD YOU ALWAYS REDUCE YOUR

SPEED WHEN TRAVELLING IN FOG?

* BECAUSE THE BRAKES DO NOT WORK AS WELL Correct Answer * BECAUSE YOU COULD BE DAZZLED BY OTHERPEOPLE'S FOG LIGHTS Because it is more difficult to see events

ahead. * BECAUSE THE ENGINE IS COLDER Explanation * BECAUSE IT IS MORE DIFFICULT TO SEE EVENTSAHEAD Driving in fog is hazardous. Travel only if it

is necessary. To drive or ride safely youmust always look well ahead. In fog thiswon‟t be possible & you'll have less time toreact to any hazards. You must reduceyour speed.

312 YOU ARE OVERTAKING A CAR AT NIGHT. YOUMUST BE SURE THAT

* YOU FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS BEFOREOVERTAKING Correct Answer * YOU SELECT A HIGHER GEAR You do not dazzle other road users. * YOU HAVE SWITCHED YOUR LIGHTS TO FULL BEAMBEFORE OVERTAKING Explanation * YOU DO NOT DAZZLE OTHER ROAD USERS If you wish to overtake at night, ensure

that your lights don‟t reflect in the mirrorof the car in front. Wait till you haveovertaken before switching to full beam.

313 YOU ARE ON A NARROW ROAD AT NIGHT. A

SLOWER MOVING VEHICLE AHEAD HAS BEENSIGNALLING RIGHT FOR SOME TIME. WHATSHOULD YOU DO? * OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS BEFORE OVERTAKING Wait for signal to be cancelled before

overtaking. * SIGNAL RIGHT AND SOUND YOUR HORN Explanation * WAIT FOR THE SIGNAL TO BE CANCELLED BEFOREOVERTAKING If the vehicle in front has been indicating

right for some time, but has made noattempt to turn , wait for the signal to becancelled. The other driver may have

misjudged the distance to the road junction or there might be a hiddenhazard.

314 YOU ARE FOLLOWING OTHER VEHICLES IN FOG

WITH YOUR LIGHTS ON. HOW ELSE CAN YOUREDUCE THE CHANCES OF BEING INVOLVED INAN ACCIDENT?




Sl.No Question * KEEP CLOSE TO THE VEHICLE IN FRONT Correct Answer * USE YOUR MAIN BEAM INSTEAD OF DIPPEDHEADLIGHTS Reduce your speed and increase the gap * KEEP TOGETHER WITH THE FASTER VEHICLES Explanation * REDUCE YOUR SPEED AND INCREASE THE GAP Always ensure that you have your lights on

and that you are seen by all other roadusers. Use dipped headlights. Keep at asensible speed and don't follow the vehiclein front too closely. If the road is wet andslippery you'll also need to adjust yourstopping distance.

315 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A VEHICLE AT A SAFEDISTANCE ON A WET ROAD. ANOTHER DRIVER OVERTAKES YOU AND PULLS INTO THE GAP YOUHAVE LEFT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO? * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS A WARNING Correct Answer * TRY TO OVERTAKE SAFELY AS SOON AS YOU CAN Drop back to regain a safe distance * DROP BACK TO REGAIN A SAFE DISTANCE Explanation * STAY CLOSE TO THE OTHER VEHICLE UNTIL ITMOVES ON Wet weather will affect the time it takes for

you to stop and can affect yourcontrol.Your speed should allow you tostop safely and in good time.If anothervehicle pulls into the gap you've left, easeback until you've regained your stoppingdistance.

316 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL AFFECT YOUR STOPPING DISTANCE?

* HOW FAST YOU ARE GOING Correct Answer * THE TYRES OF YOUR VEHICLE All of the above. * WEATHER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You should be aware that there are several

factors that can affect the distance it takesto stop your vehicle.Your stopping distancein wet weather will increase. You shoulddouble the separation distance from thevehicle in front. Your tyres will have lessgrip on the road and therefore need moretime to stop. Always drive in accordance

with the conditions.

317 YOU ARE TRAVELLING IN VERY HEAVY RAIN.YOUR OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE IS LIKELYTO

* INCREASE Correct Answer * DECREASE Increase.




Sl.No Question * BE UP TO TEN TIMES GREATER Explanation * REMAIN THE SAME Apart from the lack of visibility, the road

will be extremely wet. This will lessen thegrip of tyres on road & increase thedistance it takes to stop. Double your

separation distance.

318 WHEN SNOW IS FALLING HEAVILY YOU SHOULD

* DRIVE, PROVIDED YOU USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * NOT DRIVE UNLESS YOU HAVE A MOBILE PHONE Not drive unless it is essential. * DRIVE ONLY WHEN YOUR JOURNEY IS SHORT Explanation * NOT DRIVE UNLESS IT IS ESSENTIAL If the weather conditions are bad and your

journey isn‟t essential, then stay at home. 319 YOU HAVE TO MAKE A JOURNEY IN FOG. WHAT

ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT THINGS YOUSHOULD DO BEFORE YOU SET OUT?

* TOP UP THE RADIATOR WITH ANTIFREEZE Correct Answer * MAKE SURE THAT THE WINDOWS ARE CLEAN & LIGHTS ARE WORKING Make sure that the windows are clean &

lights are working. * CHECK THE BATTERY Explanation * MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE WARNING TRIANGLEIN THE VEHICLE Don‟t drive in fog unless you really have

to. Drive in accordance with the conditions. 320 USING FRONT FOG LIGHTS IN CLEAR DAYLIGHT

WILL

* FLATTEN THE BATTERY Correct Answer * DAZZLE OTHER DRIVERS Dazzle other drivers. * IMPROVE YOUR VISIBILITY Explanation * INCREASE YOUR AWARENESS Your fog light should have a warning which

illuminates when they are being used. Youshould be familiar with the layout of yourdashboard so you are aware if they havebeen switched on in error or you haveforgotten to switch them off.

321 YOU ARE DRIVING IN FOG. WHY SHOULD YOUKEEP WELL BACK FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT?

* IN CASE IT CHANGES DIRECTION SUDDENLY Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * IN CASE ITS FOG LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU In case it stops suddenly * IN CASE IT STOPS SUDDENLY Explanation * IN CASE ITS BRAKE LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU If you're following another road user in

fog , stay well back. The driver in frontwon‟t be able to see hazards until they‟reclose and might brake suddenly. You‟llneed a good separation distance as theroad surface is likely to be wet andslippery.

322 YOU HAVE TO PARK ON THE ROAD IN FOG. YOUSHOULD

* LEAVE HAZARD LIGHTS ON Correct Answer * LEAVE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS AND FOG LIGHTS ON Leave hazard lights on * LEAVE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS ON Explanation * LEAVE MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ON If you have to park your vehicle in foggy

conditions it‟s important that it can beseen by other road users.Try to find aplace to park off the road. If this isn‟tpossible leave it facing in the samedirection as the traffic. Make sure that yourlights are clean and that you leave yoursidelights on.

323 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS CORRECT WHILEOVERTAKING AT NIGHT ?

* BE CAREFUL BECAUSE OF POOR VISIBILITY ANDBEWARE OF BENDS IN THE ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN TWICE BEFORE MOVING OUT Be careful because you can see less and

beware of bends in the road ahead * WAIT UNTIL A BEND SO THAT YOU CAN SEE THEONCOMING HEADLIGHTS Explanation * PUT HEADLIGHTS ON FULL BEAM Only overtake the vehicle in front if it‟s

really necessary. At night the risks areincreased due to the poor visibility. Don‟tovertake at road junctions, roundabouts,narrow roads/bridges, turns, brow of abridge / hill or where it is prohibited.

324 YOU ARE TRAVELLING AT NIGHT. YOU AREDAZZLED BY HEADLIGHTS OF ONCOMING

VEHICLES. YOU SHOULD * PULL DOWN YOUR SUN VISOR Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN OR STOP Slow down or stop. * SWITCH ON YOUR MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS Explanation




Sl.No Question * PUT YOUR HAND OVER YOUR EYES If you are driving at night, there will be

extra hazard to deal with. The lights of oncoming vehicles can often dazzle. If you‟re dazzled by them, don't-1.Close your eyes2.Flash your head lights.

This will only distract the other drivers too. 325 WHY IS IT PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT TOCARRY OUT A CHECK ON YOUR VEHICLE BEFOREMAKING A LONG MOTORWAY JOURNEY?

* YOU WILL HAVE TO DO MORE HARSH BRAKING ONMOTORWAYS Correct Answer * MOTORWAY SERVICE STATIONS DO NOT DEALWITH BREAKDOWNS Continuous high speeds may increase the

risk of your vehicle breaking down. * THE ROAD SURFACE WILL WEAR DOWN THE TYRESFASTER Explanation * CONTINUOUS HIGH SPEEDS MAY INCREASE THE

RISK OF YOUR VEHICLE BREAKING DOWN Before a long motorway journey always go

through the safety checks like brake oillevel, brake air pressure, engine oil, tyrepressure and condition of the tyre, loosenuts of wheel and shaft, any kind of leakage like coolant or oil. At high andcontinuous speeds these things are moreprone to the risks of breakdowns.

326 YOU ARE INTENDING TO LEAVE THE MOTORWAYAT THE NEXT LEFT EXIT. BEFORE YOU REACH THE EXIT YOU SHOULD NORMALLY POSITIONYOUR VEHICLE. * IN THE MIDDLE LANE Correct Answer * IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE In the left-hand lane * ON THE HARD SHOULDER Explanation * IN ANY LANE Move in to the left hand lane in good time.

Don‟t cut across traffic at the last moment. 327 IMMEDIATELY AFTER JOINING A MOTORWAY

YOU SHOULD NORMALLY

* TRY TO OVERTAKE Correct Answer * READJUST YOUR MIRRORS Position your vehicle in the centre lane * POSITION YOUR VEHICLE IN THE CENTRE LANE Explanation * KEEP IN THE LEFT LANE You should position your vehicle in centre

lane because, this is the lane designatedfor cars.




Sl.No Question 328 YOU ARE DRIVING AT NIGHT WITH FULL BEAM

HEADLIGHTS. A VEHICLE IS OVERTAKING YOU,YOU SHOULD DIP YOUR LIGHTS

* SOME TIME AFTER THE VEHICLE HAS PASSED YOU. Correct Answer * BEFORE THE VEHICLE STARTS TO PASS YOU As soon as the vehicle passes you. * ONLY IF THE OTHER DRIVER DIPS THEHEADLIGHTS Explanation * AS SOON AS THE VEHICLE PASSES YOU Your light on full beam could dazzle the

driver in front. Make sure that your lightbeam falls short of the vehicle in front

329 THERE IS A TRACTOR AHEAD OF YOU. YOU WISHTO OVERTAKE BUT YOU ARE NOT SURE IF IT ISSAFE TO DO SO. YOU SHOULD

* FOLLOW ANOTHER OVERTAKING VEHICLE. Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN TO THE SLOW VEHICLE TOPULL OVER Not overtake if you are in doubt * SPEED THROUGH BUT FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TOONCOMING TRAFFIC Explanation * NOT OVERTAKE IF YOU ARE IN DOUBT Always ask yourself if you really need to

overtake. Can you see well down theroad ? If the answer is no, don‟t go.

330 WHEN JOINING A MOTORWAY YOU MUSTALWAYS

* USE THE HARD SHOULDER Correct Answer * STOP AT THE END OF THE ACCELERATION LANE Give way to traffic already on the

motorway * COME TO A STOP BEFORE JOINING THE MOTORWAY Explanation * GIVE WAY TO TRAFFIC ALREADY ON THEMOTORWAY The traffic may be travelling at high speed,

so you should adjust your speed & emergewhen it is safe to do so.

331 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY. YOU HAVETO SLOW DOWN QUICKLY DUE TO A HAZARD.YOU SHOULD

* SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS Correct Answer * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS Switch on your hazard light. * SOUND YOUR HORN Explanation




Sl.No Question * IF YOUR VEHICLE WILL BE PARKED FOR LESSTHAN FIVE MINUTES Correct Answer * IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT Not on any occasion. * WHEN IN A 20 KMPH ZONE Explanation * NOT ON ANY OCCASION When you leave your vehicle parked on a

road-1.Switch off the engine.2.Make sure that there aren't anyvaluables visible.3.Shut all windows.4.Lock the vehicle. Use an anti theft deviceif you have one.

336 ON A CLEARWAY YOU MUST NOT STOP

* AT ANY TIME Correct Answer * WHEN IT IS BUSY At any time. * IN THE RUSH HOUR Explanation * DURING DAYLIGHTHOURS Clearways are in place so that traffic can

flow without the obstruction of parkedvehicles. Just one parked vehicle will causean obstruction for all other traffic. Youshould not even stop to pick up or droppassangers.

337 YOU ARE APPROACHING A BUSY JUNCTION.THERE ARE SEVERAL LANES WITH ROADMARKINGS. AT THE LAST MOMENT YOU REALIZETHAT YOU ARE IN THE WRONG LANE. YOUSHOULD * CONTINUE IN THAT LANE Correct Answer * FORCE YOUR WAY ACROSS Continue in that lane. * STOP UNTIL THE AREA HAS CLEARED Explanation * USE CLEAR ARM SIGNALS TO CUT ACROSS There are times where road markings can

be obscured by queuing traffic , or youmight be unsure of your correct lane. Don‟tcut across lanes or bully other drivers to letyou in. Follow the lane you are in & findsomewhere safe to turn around if you needto.

338 SIGNALS ARE NORMALLY GIVEN BY DIRECTION

INDICATORS AND

* BRAKE LIGHTS Correct Answer * SIDE LIGHTS Brake lights. * FOG LIGHTS Explanation




Sl.No Question * INTERIOR LIGHTS Your brake light will give an indication to

traffic behind that you are slowing down .Good anticipation will allow you time tocheck your mirrors before slowing. If youare intending to change direction youshould use your direction indicators before

you brake. 339 YOU ARE TRAVELLING ON A WELL LIT ROAD ATNIGHT IN A BUILT UP AREA. BY USING DIPPEDHEADLIGHTS YOU WILL BE ABLE TO

* SEE FURTHER ALONG THE ROAD Correct Answer * GO AT A MUCH FASTER SPEED Be easily seen by others. * SWITCH TO MAIN BEAM QUICKLY Explanation * BE SEEN EASILY BY OTHERS Travelling on a well lit road you may still

be difficult to see. Dipped headlights willmake you more conspicuous than if youuse only sidelights.

340 WHEN GOING STRAIGHT AHEAD AT AROUNDABOUT YOU SHOULD

* INDICATE LEFT BEFORE LEAVING THEROUNDABOUT Correct Answer * NOT INDICATE AT ANY TIME Indicate left before leaving the roundabout. * INDICATE RIGHT WHEN APPROACHING THEROUNDABOUT Explanation * INDICATE LEFT WHEN APPROACHING THEROUNDABOUT When you are at a round about, indicate

left just after you pass the exit before theone you wish to take. Don‟t - signalright/left on approach.

341 WHICH VEHICLE MIGHT HAVE TO USE ADIFFERENT COURSE THAN NORMAL ATROUNDABOUTS?

* SPORTS CAR Correct Answer * VAN Long vehicle * ESTATE CAR Explanation * LONG VEHICLE A long vehicle may have to straddle lanes

either on or approaching a roundabout sothat the rear wheels don‟t cut in over thekerb. Stay well back & give it room.

342 YOU ARE WAITING AT A T-JUNCTION. AVEHICLE IS COMING FROM THE RIGHT WITHTHE LEFT SIGNAL FLASHING. WHAT SHOULDYOU DO?




Sl.No Question * MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD Correct Answer * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THEJUNCTION Explanation * MOVE OUT SLOWLY Other road users may give misleading

signals. When you‟re waiting at a junctiondon‟t emerge until you‟re sure of theirintentions.

Pulling out safely calls foraccurate judgement.

343 WHAT IS THE LEGAL MINIMUM INSURANCECOVER YOU MUST HAVE TO DRIVE ON PUBLICROADS?

* THIRD PARTY, FIRE AND THEFT Correct Answer * FULLY COMPREHENSIVE Third party only. * THIRD PARTY ONLY Explanation * PERSONAL INJURY COVER The minimum insurance requirement by

law is third party cover as per section 146of motor vehicle act 1988. This coversothers involved in an accident but does notcover damage to your vehicle. Basic thirdparty insurance won‟t cover theft or firedamage. Check with your insurancecompany for advice on the best cover foryou. Make sure that you read the policycarefully.

344 YOU HAVE JUST BOUGHT A SECOND HANDVEHICLE. WHEN SHOULD YOU TELL THELICENSING AUTHORITY OF CHANGE OF

OWNERSHIP? * WITHIN 14 DAYS Correct Answer * WITHIN 28 DAYS Within 14 days * WITHIN ONE MONTH Explanation * ONLY WHEN YOU INSURE IT Where the ownership of a motor vehicle

changes, the transferor shall report thefact of transfer under the no objectioncertificate obtained under section 48 to theregistering authorities concerned in whose

jurisdiction the transferor and the

transferee resides or has the place of business. 345 WHEN ARE YOU ALLOWED TO USE HAZARD

WARNING LIGHTS?

* WHEN STOPPED AND TEMPORARILY OBSTRUCTINGTRAFFIC Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * WHEN TRAVELLING DURING DARKNESS WITHOUTHEADLIGHTS When stopped and temporarily obstructing

traffic. * WHEN PARKED FOR SHOPPING ON DOUBLE YELLOWLINES Explanation * WHEN TRAVELLING SLOWLY BECAUSE YOU ARE

LOST Where there‟s queuing traffic ahead and

you have to slow down and maybe stop.Showing your hazard warning lights willalert the traffic behind to the situation.Don‟t forget to switch them off as thequeue forms behind you. You can also usehazard warning lights:-1. In cases of brake failure, acceleratorpedal stuck, steering wheel free etc.2. In cases of breakdown, as a warning toother road users.

346 WHICH OF THESE ITEMS SHOULD YOU CARRY IN YOUR VEHICLE FOR USE IN THE EVENT OF ANACCIDENT?

* MOBILE PHONE Correct Answer * FIRST AID KIT All of the above. * WARNING TRIANGLE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE The equipment could be helpful and may

prevent or lessen injury. 347 YOU ARE THE FIRST TO ARRIVE AT THE SCENE

OF AN ACCIDENT. WHICH OF THESE SHOULDYOU DO?

* SWITCH OFF THE VEHICLE ENGINE Correct Answer * MOVE UNINJURED PEOPLE AWAY FROM THEVEHICLE(S) All of the above. * CALL THE EMERGENCY SERVICES Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE If you are involved in, or arrive at, the

scene of an accident there are certainactions you should take. It‟s important toknow what to do and also what not to do.You could save someone‟s life, or endangerit.

348 AN ACCIDENT HAS JUST HAPPENED. ANINJURED PERSON IS LYING ON THE BUSYROAD. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULDDO? * TREAT THE PERSON FOR SHOCK Correct Answer * WARN OTHER TRAFFIC Warn other traffic. * PLACE HIM IN THE RECOVERY POSITION Explanation




Sl.No Question * MAKE SURE THAT THE INJURED PERSON IS KEPTWARM You could do this by

1.Displaying an advance warning signal.2.Switching on hazard warning lights orother lights.3.Any other means that does not put youat risk.

349 YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF A MOTORCYCLEACCIDENT. THE RIDER IS INJURED. WHENSHOULD THE HELMET BE REMOVED?

* ONLY WHEN IT IS ESSENTIAL Correct Answer * ALWAYS, STRAIGHT AWAY Only when it is essential. * ONLY WHEN THE MOTORCYCLIST ASKS Explanation * ALWAYS, UNLESS THEY ARE IN SHOCK If a motorcyclist has been injured in an

accident, it‟s important not to remove hishelmet unless it is necessary to keep him

alive. 350 YOU ARRIVE AT A SERIOUS MOTORCYCLE

ACCIDENT. THE MOTORCYCLIST ISUNCONSCIOUS AND BLEEDING. YOUR MAINPRIORITIES SHOULD BE TO * TRY TO STOP THE BLEEDING Correct Answer * CHECK THE CASUALITY'S BREATHING Check the causality‟s breathing. * TO CHECK IF THERE IS A FRACTURE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE At the scene of an accident you must first

make sure there is no danger from further

collision or fire before dealing with anycasualties. The first priority when dealingwith an unconscious person is to makesure that they can breathe. This mayinvolve clearing their air way if they arehaving difficulty or if some obstruction isobvious.

351 YOU HAVE STOPPED AT THE SCENE OF ANACCIDENT TO GIVE HELP. WHICH OF THESETHINGS SHOULD YOU DO?

* KEEP INJURED PEOPLE WARM AND COMFORTABLE Correct Answer * KEEP INJURED PEOPLE CALM BY TALKING TO THEMREASSURINGLY All of the above.

* MAKE SURE THAT INJURED PEOPLE ARE NOT LEFTALONE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE If you stop at the scene of an accident to

give help and there are casualties. Don‟t1.Give the injured anything to drink.2.Move injured people, unless furtherdanger is threatened.




Sl.No Question 352 YOU ARE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT.

SOMEONE IS SUFFERING FROM SHOCK. YOUSHOULD

* REASSURE THEM CONSTANTLY Correct Answer * KEEP THEM WARM All of the above * LOOSEN ANY TIGHT CLOTHING Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE The effect of trauma may not be

immediately obvious. Prompt treatmentcan help to minimize the effects of shock.1.Check their breathing & pulse.2.Lay the casualty down.3.Loosen tight clothing.4.Call an ambulance.

353 YOU ARRIVE AT AN ACCIDENT WHERE SOMEONEIS SUFFERING FROM SEVERE BURNS. YOU

SHOULD * APPLY LOTIONS TO THE INJURY Correct Answer * BURST ANY BLISTERS Douse the burns thoroughly with water. * REMOVE ANYTHING STICKING TO THE BURNS Explanation * DOUSE THE BURNS THOROUGLY WITH WATER Try to find fluid that is clean, cold and non-

toxic. Its coolness will stop the burn andrelieve the pain. Keep the wound dousedfor at least ten minutes. If blisters appeardon‟t attempt to burst them as this couldlead to infection.

354 YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. APASSENGER IS BLEEDING BADLY FROM AN ARMWOUND. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* APPLY PRESSURE OVER THE WOUND AND KEEP THEARM DOWN Correct Answer * DAB THE WOUND Apply pressure over the wound and raise

the arm * GET THEM A DRINK Explanation * APPLY PRESSURE OVER THE WOUND AND RAISETHE ARM If possible, lay the casualty down. Raising

the arm above the level of the heart will

stem the flow of blood. 355 AT AN ACCIDENT SITE YOU SUSPECT A

CASUALTY HAS BACK INJURIES. THE AREA ISSAFE. YOU SHOULD

* OFFER HIM A DRINK Correct Answer * NOT MOVE HIM Not move him.




Sl.No Question * RAISE HIS LEGS Explanation * OFFER HIM A CIGARETTE Talk to the casualty and keep them calm.

you attempt to move them it could causefurther injury. Call an ambulance at thefirst opportunity.

356 WHEN TWO VEHICLES APPROACH ANUNCONTROLLED INTERSECTION AT THE SAMETIME, THE RIGHT OF WAY MUST BE GIVEN TO

* THE ONE MOVING FASTER Correct Answer * NEITHER The one approaching from the right * THE ONE APPROACHING FROM THE RIGHT Explanation * THE ONE APPROACHING FROM THE LEFT As it is the rule of the road, we should

always give way to traffic approachingfrom right.

357 UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES CAN YOUOVERTAKE FROM THE LEFT?

* WHEN THE DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HASSIGNALLED YOU TO OVERTAKE Correct Answer * WHEN A VEHICLE DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HASGIVEN A SIGNAL FOR TURNING TO THE RIGHT ANDHAS ACTUALLY DRAWN TO THE MIDDLE OF THEROAD

When a vehicle driver in front of you hasgiven a signal for turning to the right andhas actually drawn to the middle of theroad.

* WHEN A DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HAS GIVEN ASIGNAL FOR TURNING TO THE RIGHT Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Always overtake from right & avoid

overtaking from left, because it is alwaysrisky to do so.

358 WHAT IS THE AVERAGE REACTION TIME OF ADRIVER WHILE APPLYING THE BRAKES WHENOBSERVING A FORTHCOMING HAZARD?

* ¼ OF A SECOND Correct Answer * ½ OF A SECOND One second. * ¾ OF A SECOND Explanation * ONE SECOND The normal time you take to react varies

between 0.6 to 1 second. The averagereaction time is lower when you are morealert and higher when you are not.

359 HOW MUCH APPROXIMATE DISTANCE WILL YOUR VEHICLE COVER IN A SECOND IF YOU AREDRIVING AT A SPEED OF 50 KILOMETRES PER HOUR AT NORMAL ROAD CONDITIONS?




Sl.No Question * 10 METRES Correct Answer * 14 METRES 14 Metres. * 20 METRES Explanation * 4 METRES If you are travelling at 50 km per hour

you are covering 50,000 metres per 3600second. Therefore if you divide 50,000metres by 3600 seconds that comes toabout 14 metres.

360 WHILE DRIVING ON A HILL, WHO SHOULD BEGIVEN RIGHT OF WAY?

* VEHICLES TRAVELLING DOWNHILL Correct Answer * VEHICLES TRAVELLING UPHILL Vehicles travelling uphill. * NO PRECEDENCE TO ANYONE Explanation * DEPENDS ON THE CONDITIONS OF THE ROAD The vehicle travelling uphill is at a

disadvantageous position as compared tothe vehicle coming downhill, because it isdifficult for the vehicle travelling uphill tostop and move again. Therefore the vehiclecoming downhill should give the right of way to the vehicle ascending the hill.

361 WHEN DESCENDING A STEEP HILL, YOU SHOULD

* KEEP THE VEHICLE IN LOW GEAR Correct Answer * TURN OFF THE IGNITION AND KEEP GEAR INNEUTRAL TO SAVE FUEL AND AVOID POLLUTION Keep the vehicle in low gear. * KEEP YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON Explanation * KEEP THE HANDBRAKE PULLED UP The speed of the vehicle coming downhill

increases due to the slope therefore if thevehicle is in lower gear, the slope will notaffect the speed of the vehicle and it willremain under control.

362 WHILE DRIVING WHEN YOU WANT TO CHANGELANES YOU SHOULD-

* INCREASE SPEED AND GIVE A PROPER SIGNAL Correct Answer * BLOW HORN AND LOOK TO THE REAR Make sure that the move can be made

safely after checking traffic from behindand after giving the proper signal.

* MAKE SURE THAT THE MOVE CAN BE MADE SAFELYAFTER CHECKING TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND AND AFTERGIVING THE PROPER SIGNAL

Explanation




Sl.No Question * NEVER CHANGE LANES AS IT IS AGAINST THE LAW If you need to move into another lane,

check through your rear view mirror andlook over your shoulder for the trafficfollowing you. If it is safe, give the propersignal and then change lanes. After youhave changed your lane or overtaken,

make sure that the indicator given tochange lane is switched off. 363 STOPPING DISTANCE MEANS

* BRAKING DISTANCE Correct Answer * REACTION DISTANCE Reaction distance + braking distance. * REACTION DISTANCE+BRAKING DISTANCE Explanation * SPEED LIMIT DISTANCE Before a vehicle actually stops, it covers a

reaction distance and a braking distance.The reaction distance is from the timewhen the driver first senses danger andapplies brakes to the time when thebraking action begins to take place. Thebraking distance is covered between thetime when the braking action begins totake place and the time when the vehicleactually comes to a halt.


* NO PARKING

Correct Answer

* NO STOPPING Restriction ends. * RESTRICTION ENDS Explanation * PEDESTRIANS PROHIBITED This is a mandatory sign. This sign shall

indicate the point at which all prohibitionsnotified by prohibitory signs for movingvehicles cease to apply.


* SIDE ROAD RIGHT Correct Answer * SIDE ROAD LEFT Side road left . * Y-INTERSECTION Explanation




Sl.No Question * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign. The sign is

erected in advance of the side roadintersections where in the opinion of thecontrolling authority a sufficiently largevolume of entering traffic together withrestricted sight distance is likely to

constitute a hazard. 366 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* BARRIER AHEAD Correct Answer * Y-INTERSECTION Staggered intersection. * DANGEROUS DIP Explanation * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used

to indicate junctions where the distancebetween two junctions does not exceed 60metres.

367 PARALLEL PARKING MEANS

* PARKING PARALLEL TO THE KERB Correct Answer * PARKING AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE KERB Parking parallel to the kerb. * PARKING AT AN ANGLE TO THE KERB Explanation * PARKING PARALLEL TO A VEHICLE ALREADYPARKED Parallel parking needs practice and skill.

Only experience can teach you how to back

up properly and judge angles anddistances. What you need is determination,patience and self-confidence.

368 TWO PARALLEL BROKEN LINES ACROSS THEROAD INDICATE

* TRAFFIC APPROACHING THESE LINES HAS TO GIVERIGHT OF WAY TO TRAFFIC ON THE OTHER ROAD Correct Answer * TRAFFIC APPROACHING THESE LINES HAS THERIGHT OF WAY OVER TRAFFIC ON THE OTHER ROAD Traffic approaching these lines has to give

right of way to traffic on the other road * TRAFFIC MUST STOP ONLY WHEN SIGNALLED BY A

TRAFFIC CONSTABLE ON DUTY NEARBY Explanation

* VISIBILITY AHEAD IS LIMITED The give way line is usually a doubledotted line marked transversely at

junctions. These lines are generallysupplemented by a reverse triangle giveway sign painted on the road surfacebefore the dotted lines or by a road signinstalled beside the marking. Give way totraffic on the main approaching road.




Sl.No Question 369 IN SOME NARROW RESIDENTIAL STREETS YOU

WILL FIND A SPEED LIMIT OF-

* 25 KMPH Correct Answer * 35 KMPH 10 kmph * 10 KMPH Explanation * 40 KMPH There are numerous hazards to deal with

in residential areas. These hazards can beunpredictable , hidden, static or moving.You need to allow yourself the time andspace to deal with them. The safest way todo this is to reduce your speed.

370 YOU ARE ON A GOOD, DRY ROAD SURFACE ANDYOUR VEHICLE HAS GOOD BRAKES AND TYRES.WHAT IS THE APPROX. BRAKING DISTANCE AT

65 KMPH? * 23 METRES (75 FEET) Correct Answer * 53 METRES (175 FEET) 36 metres (118 feet) * 36 METRES (118 FEET) Explanation * 96 METRES (315 FEET) Factors that affect how long it takes you to

stop include1.How fast you‟re going.2.Whether you‟re travelling on the level,

uphill or downhill.3.The weather and road conditions4.The condition of tyres, brakes and

suspension5.Your reaction time.

Formula used for braking distance is :( Speed in KMPH / 10 ) x ( Speed inKMPH / 10 ) = Braking distance in metres.

371 WHAT IS THE APPROXIMATE OVERALLSTOPPING DISTANCE ON A DRY ROAD AT 70 KMPH?

* 53 METRES (175 FEET) Correct Answer * 58 METRES (190 FEET) 70 METRES (231 FEET) * 70 METRES (231 FEET) Explanation * 96 METRES (315 FEET) The reaction and the braking distance

together make up the stopping distance.

1.Reacting distance in metres = Speed inKMPH / 10 x 32.Formula used for braking distance is : (Speed in KMPH / 10 ) x ( Speed inKMPH / 10 ) = Braking distance in metres.




Sl.No Question 372 YOUR INDICATORS MAY BE DIFFICULT TO SEE

IN BRIGHT SUNLIGHT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL AS WELL AS USE YOURINDICATORS Correct Answer * PUT YOUR INDICATOR ON EARLIER Give an arm signal as well as use your

indicators. * TOUCH THE BRAKE SEVERAL TIME TO SHOW THESTOP LIGHTS Explanation * TURN AS QUICKLY AS YOU CAN You should always ensure that other road

users are aware of your intentions. If youfeel your indicator might not be seen thengive an arm signal as well.

373 THE MAIN BENEFIT OF HAVING FOUR-WHEELDRIVE IS TO IMPROVE

* FUEL CONSUMPTION Correct Answer * ROAD HOLDING Road holding. * STOPPING DISTANCE Explanation * PASSENGER COMFORT This does not replace the skills you need to

drive safely. The extra grip that the driveon the wheels provides helps whentravelling on slippery or uneven roads.

374 WE'RE TAKING CHILDREN TO THE NEARBYSWIMMING POOL. WE SHOULD:

* TURN AROUND EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE TO CHECKEACH CHILD IS SAFELY SITTING Correct Answer * MAKE SURE THE SEAT BELT OF THE CHILD INFRONT IS FASTENED BEFORE WE MOVE THE CAR Make sure the seat belt of the child in front

is fastened before we move the car. * BUCKLE OUR OWN SEAT BELT BUT DON'T INSISTANYONE ELSE BUCKLE UP Explanation * LOAD THE KIDS AND MOVE Infact wearing a seat belt for the front

passengers is not only mandatory butsaves life in the event of an accident. Seatbelts should be worn at all times.

375 AT A GREEN LIGHT, THE CAR IN FRONT OF US

SIGNALS FOR A RIGHT TURN. THE DRIVER MISSES ONE OPPORTUNITY TO TURN, AND THELIGHT TURNS YELLOW, AND THE DRIVER PULLSFORWARD AND HESITATES. SHOULD WE: * PUT ON OUR OWN RIGHT INDICATOR AFTER THEDRIVER MAKES THE TURN AND WAIT FOR ANOTHERYELLOW

Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * AFTER THE DRIVER MAKES THE TURN SAFELY,WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT TURNS GREEN AGAIN AND ITIS SAFE TO PROCEED

After the driver makes the turn safely, waituntil the light turns green again and it issafe to proceed.

* HONK OUR HORN AND FLASH OUR LIGHTS TO TELLTHE DRIVER TO HURRY UP Explanation * PULL AROUND ON THE LEFT, GO THROUGH A REDLIGHT AND TURN RIGHT, TRYING TO BEAT TRAFFICON THE CROSSROAD Never be in a hurry to cross a controlledor a uncontrolled intersection. Wait

patiently for the signal to change from redto green.

376 WE ARE ON OUR WAY HOME AFTER SHOPPING

ALL DAY. WE ARE REALLY LOOKING FORWARDTO DINNER. IN FACT, WE'RE HUNGRIER BYEACH MINUTE. WE SHOULD * START LOOKING FOR A WAYSIDE FAST-FOOD VAN,WE KNOW THESE ARE AROUND HERE SOMEWHERE Correct Answer * STOP FOR A LIGHT SNACK, EAT IN THE STORE ANDTHEN DRIVE HOME Stop for a light snack, eat in the store and

then drive home. * DRIVE FASTER, SO THAT WE CAN GET HOME ANDEAT THAT MUCH SOONER Explanation

* STOP AT WIMPY OR KFC, RUSTLE UP A BURGERAND CUT WHILE DRIVING If you are hungry while driving it is

advisable to stop your vehicle at a safeplace, take some light refreshments, whichwill make you fresh for further driving.

377 WE ARE DRIVING THROUGH A QUIETRESIDENTIAL AREA ON A SUNNY AFTER NOONIN MAY. WE DO NOT SEE ANY OTHER TRAFFIC.WE SHOULD : * DO NOT CARE ABOUT THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT Correct Answer * DRIVE AT THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT Drive at the posted speed limit. * DRIVE ABOVE THE POSTED LIMIT Explanation * SEE HOW FAST WE CAN GO ON THOSE NICE,CURVY ROADS AND STREETS Whether you are driving on a lonely or

dense road, always drive according to thelegal speed limit. This will not only saveyou from penalty but with an accident aswell.

378 IF YOU ARE TURNING AT TRAFFIC LIGHTS, MUST

YOU GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS WHO ARECROSSING LEGALLY WITH THE LIGHTS?

* YES. Correct Answer * NOT IF YOU ARE TURNING IN COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEN ARROW. Yes. * ONLY IF THEY ARE ON A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. Explanation * ONLY IF THEY HAVE "CROSS" LIGHT. You must stop and give way to pedestrians

at these crossings. Pedestrian crossingsare marked to facilitate and give the rightof way to pedestrians.




Sl.No Question 379 WHAT MUST YOU DO WHEN APPROACHING AN

INTERSECTION IF THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGEFROM GREEN TO AMBER?

* SPEED UP TO REACH THE INTERSECTION BEFORELIGHTS CHANGES TO RED. Correct Answer * STOP IF YOU CAN DO SAFELY BEFORE THEINTERSECTION. Stop if you can do safely before the

intersection. * STOP IMMEDIATELY. Explanation * SWING HARD AND STOP IMMEDIATELY AROUNDTHE CORNER. When you see the traffic lights change

from green to amber, it is a warning forthe drivers to stop safely before the stopline. Always judge your approaching speedand the traffic behind, when you see thegreen light turning to amber.

380 WHAT MUST YOU DO WHEN YOU INTEND TOTURN RIGHT FROM A ROAD INTO A DRIVEWAY

OR INTERSECTION?

* SIGNAL IMMEDIATELY BEFORE YOU TURN Correct Answer * DO NOT SIGNAL UNLESS TRAFFIC IS APPROACHINGYOU Give a right turn signal at least three

seconds before you intend to turn. * NO SIGNAL IS NECESSARY Explanation * GIVE A RIGHT TURN SIGNAL AT LEAST THREESECONDS BEFORE YOU INTEND TO TURN If you want to turn left or right give

indicator as well as hand signal at leastthree seconds before the turn to makeyour intentions clear to the other roadusers.

381 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ISTRUE?

* IT IS ALWAYS SAFE TO PASS A CYCLIST PROVIDEDYOU DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED LIMIT. Correct Answer * IT IS ALWAYS SAFE TO PASS A SCHOOL AT 10KM/H LESS THAN THE SPEED LIMIT. Driving at the speed limit is sometimes too

fast for the conditions. * DRIVING AT THE SPEED LIMIT IS SOMETIMES TOOFAST FOR THE CONDITIONS. Explanation * PROVIDED YOU DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED LIMIT,YOU ARE DRIVING SAFELY. Make sure and drive within the stipulated

speed limits. However, speed limit does

not mean that it is safe to drive at thatspeed. Always drive keeping the followingconditions in mind :1.Condition of the road2.Traffic

3.Weather and vision4.Type of vehicle5.Restricted areas6.Your own skills and concentration




Sl.No Question 382 WHAT ARE THE DOCUMENTS YOU NEED TO

CARRY WITH YOU IN YOUR VEHICLE ALWAYSWHILE DRIVING?

* DRIVING LICENCE Correct Answer * DRIVING LICENCE AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATE Driving licence, certificate of insurance,

registration certificate and pollution undercontrol certificate.

* DRIVING LICENCE, CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE,REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE AND POLLUTION UNDERCONTROL CERTIFICATE

Explanation * NO NEED TO CARRY THESE DOCUMENTS SINCETHEY CAN BE STOLEN OR MISPLACED

383 WHAT IS THE VALIDITY PERIOD OF ALEARNER'S LICENCE?

* 180 DAYS Correct Answer * 30 DAYS 180 days * 60 DAYS Explanation * 90 DAYS The learner‟s licence is valid for six

months. If the learner licence holder doesnot apply for permanent licence in thisperiod, he will have to undergo the wholeprocess of obtaining a learner licence.

384 WHAT IS THE GRACE PERIOD FOR THE RENEWALOF A PERMANENT DRIVING LICENCE?

* NIL Correct Answer * 30 DAYS 30 days. * 60 DAYS Explanation * 90 DAYS The permanent driving licence can be

renewed with in 5 years from its date of expiry . Penalty for late renewal is chargedafter the first 30 days of expiry. Butremember that driving with an expiredlicence is an offence.

385 YOU HAVE A VALID LEARNER'S LICENCE TORIDE A TWO-WHEELER, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO

* DRIVE ONLY AT DAYTIME Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * PRACTICE DRIVING ON ROADS WHICH HAVE VERYLITTLE TRAFFIC Drive a two wheeler at any time, any

place but cannot carry any person on thepillion seat except a permanent licenceholder for a two-wheeler.

* DRIVE AT ANY TIME AND AT ANY PLACE PROVIDEDTHERE IS A PILLION RIDER WITH YOU Explanation * DRIVE A TWO WHEELER AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACEBUT CANNOT CARRY ANY PERSON ON THE PILLIONSEAT EXCEPT A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER FOR ATWO-WHEELER

It allows you to learn to drive with aregular and experienced driver of yourchoice. If you want to drive a motor car ora two-wheeler, this would have to be alongwith a friend, relative or an instructor of adriving school as long as he/she holds avalid driving licence.

386 AT THE SITE OF AN ACCIDENT, A SMALL CHILDIS NOT BREATHING. YOU SHOULD GIVE MOUTHTO MOUTH RESPIRATION

* SHARPLY. Correct Answer * HEAVILY Gently. * GENTLY. Explanation * RAPIDLY. With a small child, breathe gently into the

nose and mouth until you see the chestrise.

387 UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES CAN YOUR VEHICLE BE IMPOUNDED?

* WHEN DRIVING A VEHICLE WITH `APPLIED FOR'ON REGISTRATION PLATE Correct Answer * WHEN FLASHING HEADLIGHTS UNNECESSARILY When driving a vehicle with `Applied For'

on registration plate. * WHEN REGISTRATION NUMBERS ARE WRITTEN ININCORRECT SIZE DIMENSIONS Explanation * WHEN REGISTRATION PLATE HAS A WRONGCOLOUR BACKGROUND You cannot drive a motor vehicle or permit

your vehicle to be driven in any publicplace unless the vehicle is registered andcarries a registration mark. Theregistration mark i.e. the number allottedby the transport authority must bedisplayed at the front as well as at the rearof the motor vehicle. No vehicle is allowedto be driven with an „Applied for‟ numberplate.

388 MOST MEDICINES TAKEN USUALLY....

* REDUCE YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE Correct Answer * IMPROVE YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE Reduce your fitness to drive




Sl.No Question * HAVE NO EFFECT ON YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE If you are on any medication you must

consult your doctor whether it will affectyour driving ability. Some medicine canmake you drowsy, while others can affect

your concentration. Do not drive if youhave taken any medicine that may affectyour driving ability.

389 WHILE DRIVING, YOU APPROACH ROADWORKS.YOU SEE A TEMPORARY MAXIMUM SPEED LIMITSIGN. YOU MUST

* COMPLY WITH THE SIGN DURING THE WORKINGDAY Correct Answer * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN AT ALL TIMES Comply with the sign at all times * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN WHEN THE LANES ARENARROW Explanation * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN DURING THE HOURS OFDARKNESS. The sign has been put there to allow traffic

to deal with the hazard at a low speed.Reduce the risk and don‟t exceed the limit.

390 YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT AT A BOXJUNCTION.THERE IS ONCOMING TRAFFIC. YOUSHOULD

* WAIT IN THE BOX JUNCTION IF YOUR EXIT ISCLEAR Correct Answer * WAIT BEFORE THE JUNCTION UNTIL IT IS CLEAROF ALL TRAFFIC WAIT BEFORE THE JUNCTION UNTIL IT IS

CLEAR OF ALL TRAFFIC * DRIVE ON : YOU CANNOT TURN RIGHT AT A BOXJUNCTION Explanation * DRIVE SLOWLY INTO THE BOX JUNCTION WHENSIGNALLED BY ONCOMING TRAFFIC. In a box junction there are yellow crossed

diagonal lines in it. The vehicles shouldcross it only if they have a clear spaceavailable ahead of yellow box. In thismarked area vehicles must not stop evenbriefly.

391 HOW CAN YOU STOP A CARAVAN SNAKINGFROM SIDE TO SIDE?

* TURN THE STEERING WHEEL SLOWLY TO EACH

SIDE. Correct Answer

* ACCELERATE TO INCREASE YOUR SPEED. Slow down very gradually. * STOP AS QUICKLY AS YOU CAN. Explanation * SLOW DOWN VERY GRADUALLY. Keep calm and don‟t brake harshly or you

could lose control completely.




Sl.No Question 392 YOU ARE DRIVING A HEAVY VEHICLE ON A

NARROW ROAD. WHEN TRAFFIC WISHES TOOVERTAKE YOUR VEHICLE,YOU SHOULD-

* TAKE NO ACTION Correct Answer * PUT YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS ON Pull in safely as soon as you can do so * STOP IMMEDIATELY AND WAVE THEM ON Explanation * PULL IN SAFELY AS SOON AS YOU CAN DO SO Drivers behind you who have been waiting

to pass for some time may make hastydecisions in an effort to overtake. If yousee a queue of traffic building up behind,give way as soon as you can by pulling into the left.

393 WHAT WOULD YOU USE TO CHECK ENGINE OILLEVEL?

* CONNECTING ROD Correct Answer * DIAL GAUGE Dipstick * DIPSTICK Explanation * TIMING LIGHT All engines are provided with a dipstick

which remains immersed in the oil sump.At the lower tip end of this stick aregenerally two markings showing „ minimum & maximum‟ oil levels. The engine oil levelshould remain just above the centre of twomarkings.

394 BRAKING DISTANCES ON ICE CAN BE

* TWICE THE NORMAL DISTANCE Correct Answer * FIVE TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE Ten times the normal distance * SEVEN TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE Explanation * TEN TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE Braking and stopping distances will also be

affected by icy and snowy weather. Youneed to take extra care and expect yourstopping distance to increase by up to tentimes the normal distance.

395 ANTI-LOCK BRAKES WORK BY

* LOCKING FRONT WHEELS. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * LOCKING REAR WHEELS. * LOCKING ALL FOUR WHEELS. Explanation * ALLOWING STEERING OF THE VEHICLE WHENBRAKING. It allows steering while braking in

emergency. 396 WHEN DRIVING A VEHICLE WITH ANTI-LOCK

BRAKES, YOU MUST

* APPLY BRAKES QUICKLY AND FIRMLY. Correct Answer * APPLY BRAKES GENTLY AND FIRMLY. * APPLY BRAKES INTERMITTENTLY Explanation * APPLY HAND BRAKES SIMULTANEOUSLY. Apply brakes quickly and firmly when

applying anti-lock brakes. 397 HOW OFTEN SHOULD YOU STOP ON A LONG

JOURNEY?

* WHEN YOU NEED FUEL Correct Answer * AT LEAST EVERY TWO HOURS At least every two hours. * AT LEAST EVERY FOUR HOURS Explanation * WHEN YOU NEED TO EAT If you are driving a long distance, plan

your journey time carefully with stops onroute. Make the rest stops two hours apartso that you do not become tired as well ashelp prevent any passengers becoming

restless and tired. 398 OTHER THAN ABSTAINING, WHAT IS THE BESTWAY TO CONTROL THE AMOUNT OF ALCOHOLTHAT ACCUMULATES WHEN DRINKING?

* SMOKE CIGARETTES WHEN DRINKING Correct Answer * TAKE PAN MASALA WITH THE DRINK Space drinks to allow time for alcohol to

eliminate * SPACE DRINKS TO ALLOW TIME FOR ALCOHOL TOELIMINATE Explanation * STAND UP AND MOVE AMONG THE GUESTS Once you are drunk, there is nothing you

can do to reduce the level of alcohol inyour blood. Exercise does not work, norblack coffee, deep breathing, cold showers,medicines, pickles or even a slap on theface. The only thing that works is time.




Sl.No Question 399 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL HELP YOU TO

SOBER UP AFTER CONSUMPTION OF ANALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE?

* FRESH AIR Correct Answer * FOOD AND PICKLES Time * SHOWER Explanation * TIME After consuming an alcoholic beverage ,

your blood alcohol concentration (BAC) willbegin to increase. BAC is determined byfour factors out of which one is time. Onceyou are drunk only time can help you tosober up after consumption of an alcoholbeverage.

400 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT TRUE ABOUTALCOHOL?

* IT CAUSES CIRRHOSIS ON PROLONGED USE. Correct Answer * IT CAUSES ULCER IN THE STOMACH. It is stored in the body. * IT IS STORED IN THE BODY. Explanation * IT INDUCES OVER CONFIDENCE. It is excreted from the body through urine

and breath. 401 HOW TO SLOW DOWN ALCOHOL ABSORPTION IN

THE BLOOD?

* BY DRINKING ON EMPTY STOMACH Correct Answer * BY EATING AFTER YOU HAVE FINISHED DRINKING By eating before or while you are drinking * BY EATING BEFORE OR WHILE YOU ARE DRINKING Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Eating before or while you are drinking will

slow down alcohol absorption some whatbut it cannot prevent you from becomingimpaired or intoxicated, if you have toomany drinks.

402 HOW DOES ALCOHOL AFFECT YOUR DRIVING?

* IT SPEEDS UP YOUR REACTIONS Correct Answer * IT REDUCES YOUR CONCENTRATION It reduces your concentration. * IT INCREASES YOUR AWARENESS Explanation




Sl.No Question * IT IMPROVES YOUR CO-ORDINATION Alcohol reduces the ability to drive safely

and one becomes accident prone therefore,avoid driving after drinking. It impairs yourability to judge speed and distances,restricts your view and makes accidentsmore likely.

403 WHEN SHOULD YOU AVOID DRINKINGALCOHOL?

* WHEN YOU ARE ABOUT TO DRIVE Correct Answer * WHEN YOU ARE ALONE All of the above. * WHEN YOU ARE UNDER MEDICATION Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcohol affects the nervous system and

dampens the reflexes. Also, it inducesmetabolism of drugs.

404 A DRIVER ATTENDS A SOCIAL EVENT. WHATPRECAUTION SHOULD THE DRIVER TAKE?

* DRINK PLENTY OF COFFEE AFTER DRINKINGALCOHOL Correct Answer * AVOID BUSY ROADS AFTER DRINKING ALCOHOL Avoid drinking alcohol completely * AVOID DRINKING ALCOHOL ON AN EMPTYSTOMACH Explanation * AVOID DRINKING ALCOHOL COMPLETELY To avoid the hazards of drunken driving,

plan in advance. Take a taxi or a bus ormake some other arrangement. If you aregoing in a group, decide amongstyourselves, who would be driving, thedriver should consume soft drinks only.

405 WHAT DOES THE LAW REQUIRE WITH REGARDTO THE NEGOTIATING OF UNCONTROLLEDPEDESTRIAN CROSSING?

* SPEED UP BUT AVOID HITTING PEDESTRIANS WHOARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED Stop and give precedence to pedestrians

who are already on the pedestriancrossing.

* STOP AND GIVE PRECEDENCE TO PEDESTRIANSWHO ARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING Explanation * SPEED UP KEEPING IN MIND PEDESTRIANS WHOARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING A pedestrian has the right of way at any

uncontrolled pedestrian crossing.




Sl.No Question 406 WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE, IF YOU FIND AN

ANIMAL RUNNING ACROSS THE ROADSUDDENLY IN FRONT OF YOU,

* YOU SHOULD APPLY BRAKES IMMEDIATELY Correct Answer * YOU SHOULD BLOW THE HORN AND OVERTAKE THEANIMAL FROM ANY SIDE YOU FIND CONVENIENT You should check traffic from behind, slow

down or stop to enable the animal to cross. * YOU SHOULD SPEED UP AND MOVE IN FRONT OFTHE ANIMAL Explanation * YOU SHOULD CHECK TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND, SLOWDOWN OR STOP TO ENABLE THE ANIMAL TO CROSS Animals on roads are a very common

feature. Over a period of time, animalsbecome used to the passing traffic and donot even react. Be observant of animalsand keep sufficient space while passing. Donot sound horn as animals may getfrightened.

407 YOU WISH TO OVERTAKE A LONG, SLOW-

MOVING VEHICLE ON A BUSY ROAD WHERETRAFFIC IS MOVING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. YOUSHOULD.... * FOLLOW IT CLOSELY AND KEEP MOVING OUT TOSEE THE ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO WARN TRAFFICCOMING FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO STOP Keep well behind until you see the road

ahead is clear and then overtake. * KEEP WELL BEHIND UNTIL YOU SEE THE ROADAHEAD IS CLEAR AND THEN OVERTAKE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Vehicles which are large, they need more

space, especially for manoeuvring andturning, and the drivers of such vehicle do

not have enough vision of the vehiclesbehind and on their side. Be careful whiledriving alongside or overtaking thesevehicles. Do not try to overtake them atintersections. Keep sufficient followingdistance.

408 WHEN YOU ARE OVERTAKING A CYCLIST YOUSHOULD LEAVE AS MUCH ROOM AS YOU WOULDGIVE TO A CAR. WHY IS THIS?

* THE CYCLIST MIGHT SWERVE Correct Answer * THE CYCLIST MIGHT CHANGE LANES The cyclist might swerve. * THE CYCLIST MIGHT GET OFF THE BICYCLE Explanation * THE CYCLIST MIGHT HAVE TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN If you intend to overtake a cyclist, look at

the road ahead. Check if the cyclist needsto change direction . When you have a safeplace to overtake, leave as much room asyou would for a car. Don't cut in sharply orpass too closely.




Sl.No Question 409 TO CORRECT A REAR-WHEEL SKID YOU SHOULD

* STEER INTO IT Correct Answer * NOT STEER AT ALL. Steer into it. * STEER AWAY FROM IT. Explanation * APPLY YOUR HANDBRAKE. In case your vehicle skids, remove your

foot from brake & accelerator pedal & turnthe steering in the direction of skid. Don‟tbrake or accelerate suddenly ; this will onlymake the situation worse.

410 WHAT IS THE TIME TO TURN ON THE LIGHTS OFYOUR VEHICLE?

* BETWEEN SUNSET AND SUNRISE Correct Answer * BETWEEN DUSK AND DAWN AND AT ANY OTHERTIME WHEN YOU CANNOT SEE AN OBJECT CLEARLYWITHIN 500 METERS

Between half an hour after sunset and uptohalf an hour before sunrise and at othertimes when you cannot see clearly.

* BETWEEN HALF AN HOUR AFTER SUNSET AND UPTOHALF AN HOUR BEFORE SUNRISE AND AT OTHERTIMES WHEN YOU CANNOT SEE CLEARLY

Explanation * THERE IS NO SPECIFIED TIME The law requires that every vehicle driver

while driving in public place must switch onthe headlights in the period between half an hour after sunset (dark) and half anhour before sunrise (dawn) and at any

other time when there is not sufficient lightto see persons and vehicle on the roadclearly.

411 THE ONLY WAY TO PREVENT HYDROPLANING ISTO

* DRIVE AT A MODERATE SPEED AND SLOW DOWNWITHOUT BRAKING Correct Answer * PUMP YOUR BRAKES TO SLOW DOWN Drive at a moderate speed and slow down

without braking. * INCREASE SPEED SLIGHTLY TO TEST FOR BETTER

TRACTION Explanation

* STEER TOWARDS THE SHOULDER FOR BETTERTRACTION To prevent hydroplaning, make sure your

tyres have proper tread and drive slowly if the road ahead of you has stationarylogged water.If you drive at a speed invery wet conditions your steering maysuddenly feel “light”. This means that thetyres have lifted off the surface and areskating on the surface of water. This isknown as hydroplaning.




Sl.No Question 412 WHEN DRIVING AT NIGHT OR IN BAD WEATHER

CONDITIONS, YOU SHOULD DRIVE AT....

* TEN KILOMETRES BELOW THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT Correct Answer * REASONABLE SPEED FOR THE EXISTING TRAFFICCONDITIONS A speed where you can stop within the

distance you can see clearly * THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT Explanation * A SPEED WHERE YOU CAN STOP WITHIN THEDISTANCE YOU CAN SEE CLEARLY At night or in conditions of poor visibility

you can‟t see people and objects aroundyou, as you can in daylight. You need to bemuch more alert. Speed should be keptlow at night to enable you to react andstop safely within the distance you canclearly see ahead.

413 WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WHEN YOU AREDAZZLED BY HEADLIGHTS OF OTHER VEHICLES

AT NIGHT? * SLOW DOWN OR STOP, IF NECESSARY Correct Answer * LOOK TO THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD AND SLOWDOWN. KEEP HEADLIGHTS ON LOW BEAM Look to the left side of the road and slow

down. Keep headlights on low beam * DIP YOUR HEADLIGHTS CONTINUOUSLY Explanation * SPEED UP If an oncoming vehicle does not dip its

lights., flash your high beam a couple of times towards the oncoming driver so as toinduce them to dip his high beam. Do notlook into the dazzling light but shift your

eyes to the left hand kerb ahead. 414 A ROAD COVERED WITH WET LEAVES ISDANGEROUS BECAUSE OF

* REDUCED VISIBILITY Correct Answer * REDUCED FRICTION Reduced friction * INCREASED FRICTION Explanation * INTERSECTING TRAFFIC Driving in condition like rain, fog, high

winds, snow and in deserts can be highly

dangerous as the visibility could be poor .As friction decreases, the braking distancebecomes longer and your vehicle can skid.When road is covered with wet leaves, thefriction decreases. So you must slow downand keep more distance from the vehicleahead of you.




Sl.No Question 415 WHEN DRIVING IN FOG IN DAYLIGHT YOU

SHOULD USE

* DIPPED HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * SIDELIGHTS Use dipped headlights. * FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Don‟t drive in fog unless you really have

to. Use dipped headlights during daylight.If the visibility is below 100 m use foglights & higher intensity rear lights. Letother road users know that you are there.

416 IN WINDY CONDITIONS YOU NEED TO TAKEEXTRA CARE WHEN....

* PASSING PEDAL CYCLISTS Correct Answer * USING THE BRAKES Passing pedal cyclists. * MAKING A HILL START Explanation * TURNING INTO A NARROW ROAD You should give cyclists plenty of room

when overtaking. When its windy a suddengust could blow them off course.

417 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPE OF GLASSESSHOULD NOT BE WORN WHEN DRIVING ATNIGHT?

* TINTED Correct Answer * ROUND Tinted * BI-FOCAL Explanation * HALF-MOON If you are driving at night or in poor

visibility, tinted lenses will reduce theefficiency of your vision, by reducing theamount of available light reaching youreyes.

418 WHERE IS THE SAFEST PLACE TO PARK YOUR VEHICLE AT NIGHT?

* ON A BUSY ROAD. Correct Answer * IN A GARAGE. In a garage. * IN A QUIET CAR PARK. Explanation * IN A TUNNEL. If you have a garage use it.




Sl.No Question 419 A COVER NOTE IS A DOCUMENT ISSUED BEFORE

YOU RECEIVE YOUR

* DRIVING LICENCE. Correct Answer * REGISTRATION DOCUMENT Insurance certificate. * INSURANCE CERTIFICATE Explanation * PUC CERTIFICATE Sometimes an insurance company issues a

temporary insurance certificate calledcover note. It gives you the sameinsurance cover as your certificate, but willonly last for a limited period, usually onemonth.

420 WHEN YOU SMELL OR SEE FIRE IN YOUR VEHICLE, WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* PULL TO THE SIDE OF THE ROAD IMMEDIATELY,TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND ALL ELECTRICALSWITCHES AND TRY TO SMOTHER BURNING WIRESWITH SAND OR HEAVY CLOTH.

Correct Answer

* PULL TO THE SIDE OF THE ROAD IMMEDIATELY,TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND ALL ELECTRICALSWITCHES AND SMOTHER BURNING WIRES BYPOURING WATER ON THEM.

Pull to the side of the road immediately,turn off the engine and all electricalswitches and try to smother burning wireswith sand or heavy cloth.

* DON'T DO ANYTHING BUT CALL THE FIRE BRIGADE. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. If you get a strong burning smell, it could

be a prelude to the possibility of a fire.

Switch off ignition, draw the vehicletowards the road off side. Put on thehazard lights, try to pull out the affectedwires with a thick cloth or plier. Try tothrow sand to put off the emergency fire.

421 YOUR VEHICLE HAS BROKEN DOWN ON AHIGHWAY. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOUSHOULD DO?

* WARN OTHER TRAFFIC. Correct Answer * STOP THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC AND ASK FORHELP. Warn other traffic. * ATTEMPT TO REPAIR YOUR VEHICLE QUICKLY. Explanation * PLACE A WARNING TRIANGLE ON THE ROAD. Warn others before trying to repair the

vehicle. 422 YOU SHOULD NOT DRIVE WITH YOUR FOOT ON

THE CLUTCH FOR LONGER THAN NECESSARYBECAUSE IT




Sl.No Question * REDUCES CONTROL OVER THE VEHICLE AND WILLRESULT IN PREMATURE CLUTCH FAILURE Correct Answer * INCREASES WEAR OF THE GEARBOX Reduces control over the vehicle and will

result in premature clutch failure * DECREASES PETROL CONSUMPTION Explanation * REDUCES THE GRIP OF THE TYRES Driving with your foot on the clutch for

longer then necessary is called clutchriding. This habit results in1. Loss of control on the vehicle.2. Decreases the life of clutch plate.3. Decreases fuel efficiency.4. Overheating of engine.

423 THE CLUTCH MECHANISM CONSISTS OF

* PRESSURE PLATE AND FLYWHEEL Correct Answer * CLUTCH PLATE AND FLYWHEEL Clutch plate and pressure plate * CLUTCH PLATE AND PRESSURE PLATE Explanation * TIMING CHAIN AND PRESSURE PLATE The function of clutch is to disengage and

engage the transmission with the engine.This is done through a set of clutch plateand pressure plate meshed with theengine flywheel.

424 OIL PRESSURE LAMP GLOWS WHILE DRIVING -IT INDICATES

* ENGINE OIL LEVEL IS AT MAXIMUM LEVEL Correct Answer * ENGINE OIL LEVEL IS AT THE REQUIRED LEVEL Engine oil is below the required level * ENGINE OIL IS BELOW THE REQUIRED LEVEL Explanation * GEAR BOX OIL LEVEL LOW Oil pressure lamp is located on the

instrument panel in the cabin. If this lampglows continuously after starting of theengine, it means that engine oil is low inthe engine block. This may result in low oilpressure, which can damage the frictionalparts & can lead to engine failure.

425 TACHOMETER INDICATES THE ENGINE SPEED IN

* REVOLUTIONS PER SECOND Correct Answer * REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE Revolutions per minute * REVOLUTIONS PER KILOMETER Explanation




Sl.No Question * KILOMETER PER HOUR Tachometer is an instrument which tells

the exact revolutions of engine flywheelper minute. Reading of tachometerchanges as the speed of the vehiclechanges.

426 NEEDLE AT HOT LIMIT OF TEMPERATURE GAUGE

INDICATES THAT

* THE COOLANT IS COOLING THE ENGINE Correct Answer * COOLANT IS AT HIGH LEVEL Radiator is choked * RADIATOR CAP IS TIGHT Explanation * RADIATOR IS CHOKED A choked radiator means that the

circulation of coolant is being hamperedtherefore the coolant in the engine blockwill become hot raising the temperature of the engine. This temperature will reflect inthe temperature gauge.

427 FUNCTION OF CHOKE IS TO

* ENRICH FUEL IN THE AIR-FUEL MIXTURE Correct Answer * ENRICH AIR IN THE AIR-FUEL MIXTURE Enrich fuel in the air-fuel mixture * ENRICH FUEL IN THE AIR-WATER-FUEL MIXTURE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE The function of choke is to reduce the air-

fuel ratio allowing a richer mixture, which

in turn helps the cold startup of the engine. 428 HOW MANY PERSONS ARE REQUIRED TO CARRY

A CASUALTY WITH SPINAL INJURY ?

* ONE Correct Answer * TWO Four * FOUR Explanation * THREE Talk to the casualty and keep him calm. If

you attempt to move him alone, it could

cause further injury to spinal cord, so agroup of at least four persons should carrythe casualty so as to provide support to allmajor parts of body. Call an ambulance atthe first opportunity.




Sl.No Question 429 WHILE BRAKING IN RAINY AND WET

CONDITIONS, YOU SHOULD

* APPLY FULL FORCE Correct Answer * APPLY BRAKES FREQUENTLY Apply brakes frequently * TRY TO LOCK THE WHEELS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Braking harshly in rainy and wet conditions

could cause the wheels to lock, which willresult in loss of control. If your vehicle isnot fitted with anti-lock braking system,apply and maintain maximum force to thebrake pedal by braking frequently.

430 WHAT WILL REDUCE THE RISK OF NECK INJURYRESULTING FROM A COLLISION?

* A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD REST Correct Answer * PROPERLY OILED BRAKING SYSTEM A properly adjusted head rest. * GOOD GRIP OF THE STEERING WHEEL Explanation * AN ADJUSTIBLE STEERING WHEEL The restraint should be adjusted so that it

gives maximum protection to the head.This will help in the event of a rear-endcollision. Head restraints will reduce therisk of neck injury if you‟re involved in acollision.

431 YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL. TO

CONTROL THE SPEED OF YOUR VEHICLE YOUMUST

* SELECT LOW GEAR AND USE THE BRAKESCAREFULLY Correct Answer * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKESCAREFULLY Select low gear and use the brakes

carefully * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND AVOID USING THEBRAKES Explanation * KEEP THE GEAR IN NEUTRAL AND USE BRAKESFIRMLY Selecting a low gear when travelling down

hill will help you to control your speed. Theengine will assist the brakes and prevent

your vehicle gathering speed. 432 WHAT IS THE SAFEST WAY TO BRAKE?




Sl.No Question * BRAKE HARD, PUT YOUR GEAR LEVER INTONEUTRAL AND PULL YOUR HANDBRAKE ON, JUSTBEFORE STOPPING

Correct Answer * BRAKE LIGHTLY, PUSH YOUR CLUTCH PEDAL DOWNAND PULL YOUR HANDBRAKE ON ,JUST BEFORESTOPPING

Brake lightly, then harder as you begin tostop, then ease off, just before stopping.

* BRAKE LIGHTLY, THEN HARDER AS YOU BEGIN TOSTOP, THEN EASE OFF, JUST BEFORE STOPPING Explanation * PUT YOUR GEAR LEVER INTO NEUTRAL, BRAKEHARD, THEN EASE OFF, JUST BEFORE STOPPING For smooth and effective braking, press

the brake pedal lightly to begin with andgradually harder. Excessive or abruptbraking may cause the wheels to „lock‟,resulting in loss of steering control or askid.

433 WHILE DRIVING DOWNHILL....

* USE TOP GEAR FOR OPTIMUM TACHOMETERPERFORMANCE Correct Answer * USE NEUTRAL GEAR TO REDUCE ENGINE NOISE Use same gear selection as driving uphill. * DRIVE WITH IGNITION OFF AND NEUTRAL GEAR TOSAVE FUEL Explanation * USE SAME GEAR SELECTION AS DRIVING UPHILL Always remember that you must drive

down hill in the same gear selection as youwould need for the same uphill climb. Thisis important, as an engine in low gear,doubles up as a braking control. It savesdrastic wear and tear and overheating of brake parts.

434 TO CHECK THE CORRECT ENGINE OIL LEVEL....

* VEHICLE SHOULD BE PARKED AT LEVEL SURFACE Correct Answer * VEHICLE SHOULD BE PARKED AT AN INCLINE Vehicle should be parked at level surface. * VEHICLE SHOULD BE RUNNING Explanation * CLUTCH SHOULD BE DEPRESSED Before checking oil level ensure that the

vehicle is parked on a level surface and noton an incline. This will ensure correct levelof engine oil in the oil sump.

435 WHICH OF THESE, IF ALLOWED TO GET LOW,

COULD CAUSE AN ACCIDENT?

* BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Correct Answer * BATTERY WATER LEVEL Brake fluid level. * RADIATOR COOLANT LEVEL Explanation




Sl.No Question * WIPER WATER LEVEL In order to keep your vehicle in good

working order you should carry outfrequent checks. As a driver or rider youmust ensure that you‟re using a safevehicle or machine which won‟t endangeryou or other road users.

436 THE MINIMUM RECOMMENDED DEPTH OF TREADGROOVE FOR CAR TYRES IS....

* 2.5 mm Correct Answer * 4 mm 1.6 MM * 1 mm Explanation * 1.6 mm Tyres must have a good depth of tread.

The legal limit for cars is 1.6 mm. Thisdepth should be throughout the centralthree quarters of the breath of the tyre & around the entire circumference.

437 THE REASON IF HANDBRAKE DOES NOT HOLDVEHICLE COULD BE

* LESS BRAKE FLUID Correct Answer * FOOTBRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED Handbrake cable requires adjustment. * HANDBRAKE CABLE REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Since the handbrake is mechanically

operated through a cable, it is important to

refer to your garage. When a slackness isobserved or there is a difficulty in pulling,check the handbrake by pulling up thelever upto the point of full engagement. Atthis moment the rear wheels should besecurely locked.

438 ENGINE MISSES OR MISFIRES, THISINDICATES...

* FAN BELT IS LOOSE Correct Answer * ENGINE OIL AT LOW LEVEL Spark plugs defective * SPARK PLUGS DEFECTIVE Explanation * LOW BATTERY CHARGING Spark plugs with carbon deposits or when

they are incorrectly gapped, will causeexcessive consumption of fuel, misfiring,loss of power and rough running of engine.Also check the electrical connections anduse clean fuel. Carburetor and fuel linemay require cleaning.




Sl.No Question 439 YOU SEE TWO ELDERLY PEDESTRIANS ABOUT TO

CROSS THE ROAD AHEAD. YOU SHOULD

* EXPECT THEM TO WAIT FOR YOU TO PASS. Correct Answer * SPEED UP AND GET PAST THEM QUICKLY. Be careful, they may misjudge your speed. * BE CAREFUL, THEY MAY MISJUDGE YOUR SPEED. Explanation * STOP AND WAVE THEM ACROSS THE ROAD. Their concentration, judgement, hearing

and/or vision could be impaired. Be awarethat if they proceed to cross they will takemore time to do so.

440 IT IS IMPORTANT TO WEAR SUITABLE SHOESWHEN YOU ARE DRIVING. WHY IS THIS?

* TO PREVENT WEAR ON THE PEDALS. Correct Answer * TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE PEDALS. To maintain control of the pedals. * TO ENABLE YOU TO ADJUST YOUR SEAT. Explanation * TO ENABLE YOU TO WALK FOR ASSISTANCE IF YOUBREAK DOWN. When you‟re driving, ensure that you‟re

wearing comfortable clothing. Comfortableshoes will ensure that you have propercontrol of the foot pedals.

441 YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG THE LEFT LANE OFA THREE-LANE MOTORWAY. TRAFFIC IS JOINING FROM A SLIP ROAD. YOU SHOULD

* RACE THE OTHER VEHICLES Correct Answer * MOVE TO ANOTHER LANE Move to another lane. * MAINTAIN A STEADY SPEED Explanation * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD FLASHERS If it is safe to do so you should move to

another lane. This can greatly assist theflow of traffic joining the motorwayespecially at peak times.

442 YOU HAVE THIRD PARTY INSURANCE. WHATDOES THIS COVER?

* INJURY TO ANOTHER PERSON. Correct Answer * DAMAGE TO SOMEONE'S PROPERTY. All of the above. * DAMAGE TO OTHER VEHICLES. Explanation




Sl.No Question * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Third party insurance doesn‟t cover

damage to your own vehicle or injury toyourself. If you have an accident and youdamage your vehicle you might have tocarry out the repairs at your own expense.

443 YOU STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS WAITING TO

CROSS AT A ZEBRA CROSSING. THEY DO NOTSTART TO CROSS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* BE PATIENT AND WAIT. Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN. Be patient and wait. * DRIVE ON. Explanation * WAVE THEM TO CROSS. If you stop for pedestrians and they don‟t

start to cross don‟t1.Wave them across.2.Sound your horn.This could be dangerous if anothervehicle‟s approaching and hasn‟t seen orheard your signal.

444 YOU SHOULD NEVER ATTEMPT TO OVERTAKE ACYCLIST

* JUST BEFORE YOU TURN LEFT Correct Answer * JUST BEFORE YOU TURN RIGHT Just before you turn left. * ON A ONE-WAY STREET Explanation * ON A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY. If you want to turn left & there is a cyclist

in front of you, hold back. Wait until thecyclist has passed the junction & then turnleft behind them.

445 IT IS VERY WINDY. YOU ARE BEHIND AMOTORCYCLIST WHO IS OVERTAKING A HIGH-SIDED VEHICLE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* OVERTAKE THE MOTORCYCLIST IMMEDIATELY. Correct Answer * KEEP WELL BACK. Keep well back. * STAY LEVEL WITH THE MOTORCYCLIST. Explanation * KEEP CLOSE TO THE MOTORCYCLIST. Motorcyclists are affected more by windy

weather than other vehicles. Keep wellback as they could be blown off course.

446 WHEN DRIVING TOWARDS A BRIGHT SETTINGSUN, GLARE CAN BE REDUCED BY




Sl.No Question * CLOSING ONE EYE Correct Answer * DIPPING THE INTERIOR MIRROR Wearing dark glasses. * WEARING DARK GLASSES Explanation * LOOKING SIDEWAYS. To reduce the glare of sun, one can wear

dark glasses. They help in absorbing somelight from the sun and some light isreflected back. This reduces the glare andprevents dazzling of the driver.

447 YOU ARE JOINING A MOTORWAY. WHY IS ITIMPORTANT TO MAKE FULL USE OF THE SLIPROAD?

* BECAUSE THERE IS SPACE AVAILABLE TO REVERSEIF YOU NEED TO. Correct Answer * TO ALLOW YOU DIRECT ACCESS TO THEOVERTAKING LANES. To build up a speed similar to traffic on the

motorway. * TO BUILD UP A SPEED SIMILAR TO TRAFFIC ON THEMOTORWAY. Explanation * BECAUSE YOU CAN CONTINUE ON THE HARDSHOULDER. Try to join the motorway without affecting

the progress of the traffic already travellingon it. At busy times this could also meanslowing down to merge into slow movingtraffic.

448 ON MOTORWAYS YOU SHOULD NEVER OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT UNLESS

* YOU CAN SEE WELL AHEAD THAT THE HARD

SHOULDER IS CLEAR Correct Answer

* THE TRAFFIC IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE ISSIGNALLING RIGHT There is traffic to your right that is

signalling right. * YOU WARN DRIVERS BEHIND BY SIGNALLING LEFT Explanation * THERE IS TRAFFIC TO YOUR RIGHT THAT ISSIGNALLING RIGHT Only overtake on the left if the traffic in

the right hand lane is signaling right. Thisis because if you overtake from the rightthere can be a side collision as the vehicleahead is turning right.

449 ON YOUR VEHICLE, WHERE WOULD YOU FIND ACATALYTIC CONVERTER?

* IN THE FUEL TANK. Correct Answer * IN THE AIR FILTER. In the exhaust system. * IN THE COOLING SYSTEM. Explanation




Sl.No Question * IN THE EXHAUST SYSTEM. Although carbon dioxide is still produced, it

reduces the toxic & polluting gases byupto 90%. Unleaded fuel must be used invehicles fitted with a catalytic converter.

450 YOU INTEND TO TURN RIGHT INTO A SIDEROAD. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD

CHECK FOR MOTORCYCLISTS WHO MIGHT BE * OVERTAKING ON YOUR LEFT Correct Answer * FOLLOWING YOU CLOSELY Overtaking on your right. * EMERGING FROM THE SIDE ROAD Explanation * OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT. Never attempt to change direction to the

right without checking your right-hand siderear view mirror. A motorcyclist might nothave seen your signal, it could be hiddenby the vehicle behind you.

451 YOUR VEHICLE'S TYRE GOT PUNCTURED ON AMOTORWAY. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* DRIVE SLOWLY TO THE NEXT SERVICE AREA TOGET ASSISTANCE. Correct Answer * PULL UP ON THE HARD SHOULDER. CHANGE THEWHEEL AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. Pull up on the hard shoulder. Change the

wheel. * PULL UP ON THE HARD SHOULDER. CHANGE THEWHEEL. Explanation * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS. STOP IN YOURLANE. Before starting your journey always check

spare wheel of your car for emergency

purposes. 452 IMPROPER AND OBSTRUCTIVE PARKING IS ANOFFENCE UNDER SECTION

* 119/177 Correct Answer * 123(1)/177 122/177 * 50/177 Explanation * 122/177 Under section- 122 of MV Act no motor

vehicle should be left or abandoned on the

public road in a dangerous position or insuch a manner so as to causeinconvenience to other road users.

453 YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG A ROAD THAT HAS ACYCLE LANE. THE LANE IS MARKED BY ANUNBROKEN WHITE LINE. THIS MEANS THATDURING ITS PERIOD OF OPERATION * THE LANE MAY BE USED FOR PARKING YOUR CAR Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * YOU MAY DRIVE IN THAT LANE AT ANY TIME. You must not drive in that lane. * THE LANE MAY BE USED WHEN NECESSARY Explanation * YOU MUST NOT DRIVE IN THAT LANE. Leave the lane free for cyclists. At other

times, when the lane is not in operationyou should still be aware that there stillmight be cyclist around. Give them room & don‟t pass too closely.

454 WHEN YOU ARE GIVING MOUTH TO MOUTHRESPIRATION YOU SHOULD ONLY STOP WHEN

* THE CASUALTY STARTS TO VOMIT Correct Answer * THE CASUALTY CAN BREATH WITHOUT HELP The casualty can breath without help. * THE CASUALTY HAS TURNED BLUE Explanation * YOU THINK THE AMBULANCE IS COMING. Don‟t give up. Look for signs of recovery

and check the casualty‟s pulse. When thecasualty starts to breathe place them inthe recovery position.

455 WHAT IS THE SECTION WHICH COVERS THELIMIT OF SPEED ON ROAD?

* 183 Correct Answer * 120 112 * 113 Explanation * 112 Section 112 prescribes that maximum

speed at which each class or type of motorvehicle can be driven. It also empowersstate government to restrict the speed of any class of motor vehicle in certaincircumstances.

456 WHICH OF THESE VEHICLES IS LEAST LIKELY TOBE AFFECTED BY CROSSWINDS?

* CYCLISTS. Correct Answer * MOTORCYCLISTS. Cars. * HIGH-SIDED VEHICLES. Explanation * CARS. Crosswinds can take you by surprise

1.After overtaking a large vehicle.2.When passing gaps between edges orbuildings.

3.On exposed sections of road.




Sl.No Question 457 HOW SHOULD YOU USE THE EMERGENCY

TELEPHONE ON A MOTORWAY?

* STAY CLOSE TO THE CARRIAGEWAY. Correct Answer * FACE THE ONCOMING TRAFFIC. Face the oncoming traffic. * KEEP YOUR BACK TO THE TRAFFIC. Explanation * KEEP YOUR HEAD IN THE KIOSK. Traffic is passing you at speed. The

draught from a large lorry could unsteadyyou. So be prepared. By facing theoncoming traffic you can spot this inadvance, as well as other hazardsapproaching.

458 WHEN MOTORISTS FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTSAT YOU IT MEANS

* THAT THERE IS A RADAR SPEED TRAP AHEAD Correct Answer * THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU That they are warning you of their

presence. * THAT THEY ARE WARNING YOU OF THEIRPRESENCE Explanation * THAT THERE IS SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOURVEHICLE. When motorists flash their headlights at

you, give them way as they may be inhurry.

459 WHEN APPROACHING A HAZARD YOUR FIRSTREACTION SHOULD BE TO

* USE YOUR FOOTBRAKE Correct Answer * CHANGE DIRECTION Check the mirrors * RELEASE THE ACCELERATOR Explanation * CHECK THE MIRRORS The rear view mirror is the third eye of the

driver. It is meant for viewing happeningsat the rear, so as to make correct drivingdecisions, based on the position and speedof traffic at rear. Also when approaching ahazard, you may have to swerve your

vehicle. This may result in danger for thetraffic behind. Therefore it is necessary touse the mirror before making anymanoeuvre.

460 OVERTAKING IN 'NO OVERTAKING ZONE' ISPROHIBITED UNDER THE FOLLOWING SECTION




Sl.No Question * 97/176 Correct Answer * 6(1) RULES OF ROAD REGULATION 1989 6(1) rules of road regulation 1989 * 119/177 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Under the rule 6(1) rules of road regulation1989 /177 M.V. Act 1988. The driver of a

motor vehicle shall not pass a vehicletravelling in the same direction ashimself :a)If his passing is likely to causeinconvenience or danger to other trafficproceeding in any direction.b)If he is near a point, a bend or corner ora hill or other obstruction of any kind thatrenders the road ahead not clearly visible,

c)If he knows that the driver who isfollowing him has begun to overtake him,

d)If the driver ahead of him has notsignalled that he may be overtaken.

461 YOU ARE TESTING YOUR SUSPENSION. YOUNOTICE THAT YOUR VEHICLE KEEPS BOUNCINGWHEN YOU PRESS DOWN ON THE FRONT WING.WHAT DOES THIS MEAN? * WORN TYRES. Correct Answer * UNDER-INFLATED TYRES Wornout shock absorbers. * STEERING WHEEL NOT LOCATED CENTRALLY. Explanation * WORNOUT SHOCK ABSORBERS. If you find that your vehicle bounces as

you drive around a corner or bend, theshock absorbers might be worn. Pressdown on the front wing and if the vehicle

continues to bounce, get it checked by aqualified mechanic. 462 WHY SHOULD TYRES BE KEPT TO THE PRESSURE

THE MANUFACTURER TELLS YOU?

* TO KEEP THE CAR THE RIGHT HEIGHT OFF THEROAD. Correct Answer * TO SAVE WEAR ON THE TYRES. To save wear on the tyres. * TO STOP THE CAR FROM SLOPING TO ONE SIDE. Explanation * TO HELP PREVENT THE CAR FROM SKIDDING. Air pressure specification for front and rear

tyres are available in the owner‟s manual.Air pressure should be checked when tyresare cold. This is necessary to preventuneven wear of tyres and to prolong tyrelife.




Sl.No Question 463 YOU WANT TO REVERSE INTO A SIDE ROAD.

YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT THE AREA BEHINDYOUR CAR IS CLEAR. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* LOOK THROUGH THE REAR WINDOW ONLY. Correct Answer * GET OUT AND CHECK. Get out and check. * CHECK THE MIRRORS ONLY. Explanation * CARRY ON, ASSUMING IT IS CLEAR. It‟s always safer to be sure. You may not

be able to see a small child close behindyour car. The shape and size of yourvehicle can also restrict visibility.

464 WHEN BRAKING HARD IN A STRAIGHT LINE, THE WEIGHT OF THE VEHICLE WILL SHIFT ONTOTHE

* FRONT WHEELS Correct Answer * REAR WHEELS Front wheels * LEFT WHEELS Explanation * RIGHT WHEELS When foot brake is applied the weight of

the vehicle gets transferred to the frontwheels due to momentum.

465 WHERE ARE YOU MOST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTEDBY A CROSSWIND?

* ON A NARROW COUNTRY LANE. Correct Answer * ON AN OPEN STRETCH OF ROAD. On an open stretch of road. * ON A BUSY STRETCH OF ROAD. Explanation * ON A LONG, STRAIGHT ROAD. In windy condition care must be taken on

exposed roads. A strong gust of wind canblow you off course.

466 WHAT IS THE MAIN REASON THAT YOUR STOPPING DISTANCE INCREASES AFTER HEAVYRAIN?

* YOU ARE NOT ABLE TO SEE LARGE PUDDLES. Correct Answer * THE BRAKES ARE COLD BECAUSE THEY'RE WET. Your tyres have less grip on the road. * YOUR TYRES HAVE LESS GRIP ON THE ROAD. Explanation




Sl.No Question * WATER ON THE WINDSCREEN BLURS YOUR VIEWOF THE ROAD AHEAD. Extra care should be taken in wet weather.

Wet roads will affect the time it takes youto stop. Your stopping distance could be atleast doubled. Also the friction betweentyres and the wet road surface decreasesresulting in less grip of tyre on road

467 YOU ARE AT A JUNCTION WITH LIMITEDVISIBILITY. YOU SHOULD

* INCH FORWARD, LOOKING TO THE RIGHT Correct Answer * INCH FORWARD, LOOKING TO THE LEFT Inch forward, looking both ways * INCH FORWARD, LOOKING BOTH WAYS Explanation * BE READY TO MOVE OFF QUICKLY. At a junction with limited visibility, you

must always drive at a speed so that youcan stop safely within the distance of yourvision.

468 YOU HAVE JUST PASSED YOUR DRIVING TEST.HOW LIKELY ARE YOU TO HAVE AN ACCIDENT,COMPARED WITH OTHER DRIVERS?

* MORE LIKELY. Correct Answer * IT DEPENDS ON YOUR AGE. More likely. * LESS LIKELY. Explanation * ABOUT THE SAME. Lack of experience means that you might

not react to hazards as quickly as a moreexperienced person. So as a beginner you

need more pratice to be a more competentdriver.

469 YOU KEEP WELL BACK WHILE WAITING TOOVERTAKE A LARGE VEHICLE. ANOTHER CAR FILLS THE GAP. YOU SHOULD

* SOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * DROP BACK FURTHER Drop back further * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Explanation * START TO OVERTAKE. It‟s very frustrating when your separation

distance is shortened by another vehicle.React positively, stay clam and dropfurther back.

470 WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS LOADED YOU MUSTMAKE SURE THAT THE LOAD WILL




Sl.No Question * REMAIN SECURE Correct Answer * BE EASY TO UNLOAD Remain secure * NOT BE DAMAGED Explanation * NOT DAMAGE THE VEHICLE. Your vehicle must not be overloaded. This

will affect control and handlingcharacteristics. If your vehicle isoverloaded and it causes an accident, youwill be held responsible for that.

471 USING VEHICLE IN UNSAFE CONDITION IS ANOFFENCE UNDER THE FOLLOWING SECTION

* 185 Correct Answer * 190 190 * 186 Explanation * 207 Under section-190 using vehicle in unsafe

condition shall be punishable with finewhich may extend to two hundred and fiftyrupees or, if as a result of such defect anaccident is caused causing bodily injury ordamage to property, with imprisonment fora term which may extend to three months,or with fine which may extend to onethousand rupees, or with both.

472 YOU SEE A PEDESTRIAN CARRYING A WHITESTICK. THIS SHOWS THAT THE PERSON IS

* DISABLED Correct Answer * DEAF Blind * ELDERLY Explanation * BLIND If the person is blind, the stick will be of

white colour. Take extra care of blindpersons on the road as they are moreprone to accidents than normalpedestrians.

473 WHEN SHOULD YOU SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARDWARNING LIGHTS?

* WHEN YOU CANNOT AVOID CAUSING ANOBSTRUCTION. Correct Answer * WHEN YOU ARE DRIVING SLOWLY DUE TO BADWEATHER. When you cannot avoid causing an

obstruction. * WHEN YOU ARE TOWING A BROKEN DOWNVEHICLE. Explanation




Sl.No Question * WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS PARKED ON DOUBLEYELLOW LINES. Where there‟s queing traffic ahead and you

have to slow down and may be stop,showing your hazard warning lights willalert the traffic behind. Don‟t forget toswitch them off as the queue forms behindyou.

474 YOU ARE CROSSING THE ROAD IN FOGGYCONDITION. WHAT PRECAUTION SHOULD YOUTAKE?

* KEEP DRIVING AT THE NORMAL SPEED Correct Answer * BE EXTRA CAUTIOUS AND LOOK FOR HEADLIGHTSAND HORNS OF OTHER VEHICLES Be extra cautious and look for headlights

and horns of other vehicles * JUST CROSS THE ROAD ALONG WITH THE CROWDWITHOUT LOOKING AT THE ROAD Explanation * STOP EVERY 5 MTS. GET OUT OF THE CAR, LOOKAHEAD THEN MOVE In foggy conditions, visibility becomes poor

and the pedestrians become more

vulnerable to accidents. While crossing theroad in this condition, a pedestrian shoulduse his sensory organs like ears and eyesfor the approaching traffic.

475 IN FIRST AID WHAT DOES ABC STAND FOR?

* AIRWAY, BREATHING, CIRCULATION Correct Answer * ALERT, BLEEDING, CONSCIOUS Airway, breathing, circulation * ATTENTION, BREAK, CONTACT Explanation * ACCELERATOR, BRAKE, CLUTCH An unconscious casualty may have

difficulty in breathing. Check that theirtongue has not fallen back, blocking theirairway.

476 WHEN SHOULD YOU BECKON PEDESTRIANS TOCROSS THE ROAD?

* AT PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS. Correct Answer * AT NO TIME. At no time. * AT JUNCTIONS. Explanation * AT SCHOOL CROSSINGS. If you stop for pedestrians and they don‟t

start to cross,Don‟ t:1.Wave them across2.Sound your hornThis could be dangerous if anothervehicle‟s approaching and hasn‟t seen orheard your signal.




Sl.No Question 477 IT IS UNSAFE TO DRIVE WITH TYRES THAT

* HAVE A LARGE DEEP CUT IN THE SIDE WALL Correct Answer * HAVE BEEN BOUGHT SECOND-HAND Have a large deep cut in the side wall * ARE OF DIFFERENT MAKES Explanation * HAVE PAINTED WALLS When checking your tyres for cuts & bulges

in the side walls don't forget the innerwalls (i.e. Those facing each other underthe vehicle ). A large deep cut in the sidewall could lead to tyre burst while drivingwhich could be fatal.

478 THERE IS A SLOW-MOVING MOTORCYCLISTAHEAD OF YOU. YOU ARE UNSURE WHAT THERIDER IS GOING TO DO. YOU SHOULD

* PASS ON THE LEFT Correct Answer * PASS ON THE RIGHT Stay behind * STAY BEHIND Explanation * MOVE CLOSER Be patient. The motorcyclist might be

turning right or changing direction. 479 YOU WISH TO OVERTAKE A LONG, SLOW

MOVING VEHICLE ON A BUSY ROAD. YOUSHOULD

* WAIT BEHIND UNTIL THE DRIVER WAVES YOU PAST Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS FOR THE ONCOMINGTRAFFIC TO GIVE WAY Keep well back until you can see that it is

clear * FOLLOW IT CLOSELY AND KEEP MOVING OUT TOSEE THE ROAD AHEAD Explanation * KEEP WELL BACK UNTIL YOU CAN SEE THAT IT ISCLEAR If you wish to overtake a long vehicle stay

well back so that you can see the roadahead. Don‟t:1.Get up close to the vehicle. This willrestrict your view of the road ahead.2.Get impatient – overtaking on a busyroad calls for sound judgement.

3.Take a gamble – only overtake when youcan see that you can safely complete themanoeuvre.

480 BRAKING HARD AT SPEED ON A SHARP BENDCAN MAKE YOUR VEHICLE

* MORE STABLE Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * INCREASE YOUR SPEED AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE Strong winds or buffeting from large

vehicles might cause a trailer or caravan tosnake or swerve. If this happens ease off the accelerator Don‟t:-

1.Brake harshly.

2.Steer sharply.3.Increase speed. 484 WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT UNDER

SECTION 177 (SECOND OR SUBSEQUENTOFFENCE) OF THE MV ACT?

* Rs.100 Correct Answer * Rs.200 300 * Rs.300 Explanation * Rs.500 Under section- 177 of MV Act. - whoever

contravenes any provision of this act or of any rule, regulation or notification madethereunder shall, if no penalty is providedfor the offence be punishable for the firstoffence with fine which may extend to onehundred rupees, and for any second orsubsequent offences with fine which mayextend to three hundred rupees.

485 EXCESSIVE OR UNEVEN TYRE WEAR CAN BECAUSED BY FAULTS IN THE

* BRAKING SYSTEM & SUSPENSION Correct Answer * TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Braking system & suspension * GEARBOX Explanation * EXHAUST SYSTEM Uneven wear on your tyres can be caused

by the poor condition of your vehicle. Haveit serviced regularly so that the brakes,steering and wheel alignment are checked.

486 WHEN DRIVING A CAR FITTED WITHAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WHAT WOULD YOUUSE 'KICK DOWN' FOR?

* CRUISE CONTROL Correct Answer * QUICK ACCELERATION Quick acceleration * SLOW BRAKING Explanation * FUEL ECONOMY „Kick down‟ selects a lower gear, enabling

the vehicle to accelerate faster.




Sl.No Question 487 A TWO-SECOND GAP BETWEEN YOURSELF AND

THE CAR IN FRONT IS SUFFICIENT WHENCONDITIONS ARE

* WET Correct Answer * GOOD Good. * DAMP Explanation * FOGGY In good, dry conditions and alert driver

who is driving the vehicle with tyres andbrakes in good condition needs a distanceof atleast 2 second from the car in front.

488 YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A MOPED. YOU WANT TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD

* OVERTAKE THE MOPED BEFORE THE JUNCTION Correct Answer * PULL ALONGSIDE THE MOPED AND STAY LEVELUNTIL JUST BEFORE THE JUNCTION Stay behind until the moped has passed

the junction. * SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING AND PULL INFRONT OF THE MOPED Explanation * STAY BEHIND UNTIL THE MOPED HAS PASSED THEJUNCTION. Passing the moped and turning into the

junction could mean that you cut acrossthe front of the rider. This might forcemoped driver to slow down, stop or evenlose control.

489 WHY SHOULD YOU LOOK PARTICULARLY FOR MOTORCYCLISTS AND CYCLISTS AT JUNCTIONS?

* THEY MAY WANT TO TURN INTO THE SIDE ROAD. Correct Answer * THEY MAY SLOW DOWN TO LET YOU TURN. They are harder to see. * THEY ARE HARDER TO SEE. Explanation * THEY MIGHT NOT SEE YOU TURN. These road users could be hazards that are

hidden from your view. Parked cars couldcause you to lose sight of them. Considerthat cyclists may need more time to makea turn.

490 YOU ARE DRIVING DOWNHILL. THERE IS A CAR

PARKED ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE ROAD.LARGE, SLOW LORRIES ARE COMING TOWARDSYOU. YOU SHOULD * KEEP GOING BECAUSE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT OFWAY Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY Slow down and give way




Sl.No Question * SPEED UP AND GET PAST QUICKLY Explanation * PULL OVER ON THE RIGHT SIDE BEHIND THEPARKED CAR Large vehicles need several gear changes

to build up speed and this takes time,especially on an uphill gradient. You shouldkeep this in mind and give way so that

they can maintain momentum up the hill.

491 HOW SHOULD YOU DRIVE AROUND A BEND ONICE?

* USING THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE TOGETHER. Correct Answer * IN FIRST GEAR. Slowly and smoothly. * BRAKING AS YOU ENTER THE BEND. Explanation * SLOWLY AND SMOOTHLY. Avoid steering and braking at the same

time to have full control on your vehiclebecause on icy road the road friction isvery less. In icy conditions it‟s veryimportant that you constantly assesswhat‟s ahead.

492 YOUR CAR IS FITTED WITH CHILD SAFETY DOOR LOCKS. WHEN USED THIS MEANS THATNORMALLY

* THE REAR DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THEOUTSIDE Correct Answer * THE REAR DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THEINSIDE The rear doors can only be opened from

the outside * ALL THE THE DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROMTHE OUTSIDE Explanation * ALL THE DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THEINSIDE If you‟re travelling with children in the rear

seats, fitted with child safety locks is asensible safety precaution. There will betimes when children are eager to get out of the car as it comes to a stop. Child safetylocks will prevent them until you‟re sure it‟s safe for them to do so.

493 YOU ARE DRIVING AT NIGHT ON AN UNLIT ROAD FOLLOWING A SLOWER MOVING VEHICLE.YOU SHOULD

* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Correct Answer * USE DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS Use dipped beam headlights * SWITCH OFF YOUR HEADLIGHTS Explanation




Sl.No Question * USE FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS If you‟re driving behind other traffic at

night on the motorway.

1.Leave a two-second time gap.2.Dip your headlights.Full beam will dazzle the driver ahead.Your light beam should fall short of the

vehicle in front. 494 A LONG, HEAVILY LOADED LORRY IS TAKING ALONG TIME TO OVERTAKE YOU. WHAT SHOULDYOU DO?

* SPEED UP. Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN. Slow down. * HOLD YOUR SPEED. Explanation * CHANGE DIRECTION. Large vehicles need several gear changes

to build up speed and this takes time. Youshould keep this in mind and give way sothat they can maintain momentum whileovertaking you.

495 WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD A DRIVER SHOULDBE AWARE OF WHEN FOLLOWING A CYCLIST?

* THE CYCLIST MAY MOVE INTO THE LEFT ANDDISMOUNT Correct Answer * THE CYCLIST MAY SWERVE OUT INTO THE ROAD. The cyclist may swerve out into the road. * THE CONTENTS OF THE CYCLIST'S CARRIER MAYFALL ONTO THE ROAD. Explanation * THE CYCLIST MAY WISH TO TURN RIGHT AT THEEND OF THE ROAD. When following a cyclist be aware that they

also have to deal with the hazards aroundthem. They may wobble or swerve to avoida pot-hole in the road. They might see apotential hazard and change directionsuddenly. Don‟t go very close to them orrev your engine impatiently.

496 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A MOTORCYCLIST ON ANUNEVEN ROAD. YOU SHOULD

* ALLOW LESS ROOM TO ENSURE THAT YOU CAN BESEEN IN THEIR MIRRORS Correct Answer * OVERTAKE IMMEDIATELY Allow extra room in case they swerve to

avoid pot-holes * ALLOW EXTRA ROOM IN CASE THEY SWERVE TOAVOID POT-HOLES Explanation * ALLOW THE SAME ROOM AS NORMAL BECUASEMOTORCYCLISTS ARE NOT AFFECTED BY ROADSURFACES

Pot-holes in the road can unsteady amotorcyclist. For this reason the ridermight swerve to avoid an uneven roadsurface. Watch out at places where this islikely to occur.




Sl.No Question 497 YOUR DOCTOR HAS GIVEN YOU A COURSE OF

MEDICINE. WHY SHOULD YOU ASK IF IT ISOKAY TO DRIVE?

* DRUGS MAKE YOU A BETTER DRIVER BYQUICKENING YOUR REACTIONS. Correct Answer * YOU WILL HAVE TO LET YOUR INSURANCECOMPANY KNOW ABOUT THE MEDICINE. Some types of medicine can cause your

reactions to slow down. * SOME TYPES OF MEDICINE CAN CAUSE YOURREACTIONS TO SLOW DOWN. Explanation * THE MEDICINE YOU TAKE MAY AFFECT YOURHEARING. Take care , it‟s not worth taking risks.

Always check to be really sure. Themedicine may have an effect on you laterin the day.

498 YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS THE LEFT-HAND

BEND. WHAT DANGERS SHOULD YOU BE AWAREOF?

* A VEHICLE OVERTAKING YOU. Correct Answer * NO WHITE LINES IN THE CENTRE OF THE ROAD. Pedestrians walking towards you. * NO SIGN TO WARN YOU OF THE BEND. Explanation * PEDESTRIANS WALKING TOWARDS YOU. Pedestrians walking on a road with no

pavement will walk against the direction of the traffic. You can‟t see around this bend,there may be hidden dangers. Alwaysconsider this so you give yourself time toreact to them.

499 WHEN ABOUT TO OVERTAKE A LONG VEHICLEYOU SHOULD

* SOUND THE HORN TO WARN THE DRIVER THATYOU ARE THERE Correct Answer * STAY WELL BACK FROM THE LORRY TO OBTAIN ABETTER VIEW Stay well back from the lorry to obtain a

better view * DRIVE CLOSE TO THE LORRY IN ORDER TO PASSMORE QUICKLY Explanation * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS AND WAIT FOR THE DRIVERTO SIGNAL WHEN IT IS SAFE. When following a large vehicle keep well

back. If you‟re too close1.You won‟t be able to see the road ahead. 2.The driver of the long vehicle might notbe able to see you in the mirrors

500 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WELL-LIT MOTORWAYAT NIGHT. YOU MUST

* USE ONLY YOUR SIDELIGHTS Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * ALWAYS USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS Always use your headlights. * ALWAYS USE REAR FOG LIGHTS Explanation * USE HEADLIGHTS ONLY IN BAD WEATHER If you are driving on a motorway at night

you must always use your headlights, evenif the road is well lit. The vehicles in frontmust be able to see you.

501 GIVE ONE REASON FOR USING DETERGENT INTHE WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR

* TO CLEAN & TO PREVENT SCRATCHING Correct Answer * TO HELP PREVENT MOULD GROWTH To clean & to prevent scratching * TO PREVENT CORROSION. Explanation * TO WIPE OFF LEAVES IN AUTUMN. Use pure water & add few drops of

standard quality detergent in it. It helps in

removing dust particles from wind screeneasily and acts as a lubricant for the wiperblades to prevent scratches.

502 YOU ARE DRIVING IN THE RIGHT LANE OF ADUAL CARRIAGEWAY AT 70 KMPH. YOU CATCHUP TO A LORRY WHICH IS OVERTAKINGANOTHER VEHICLE. YOU SHOULD * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND KEEP WELL BACK Slow down and keep well back * SLOW DOWN, BUT FLASH YOUR HEADLAMPS Explanation * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN. By keeping well back you will increase your

width of vision around the rear of the lorry.This will allow you to see further down theroad and be prepared for any hazards.

503 YOU TAKE SOME MEDICINE FOR COUGH GIVENTO YOU BY A FRIEND. WHAT MUST YOU DOBEFORE DRIVING?

* DRINK SOME STRONG COFFEE Correct Answer * ASK YOUR FRIEND WHETHER TAKING THEMEDICINE WILL AFFECT YOUR DRIVING. Do not drive as the medicine will affect

your driving. * DO NOT DRIVE AS THE MEDICINE WILL AFFECTYOUR DRIVING. Explanation * MAKE A SHORT JOURNEY TO SEE IF THE MEDICINEIS AFFECTING YOUR DRIVING. Never drive having taken drugs you don‟t

know about. They might affect your judgement and perception, and thereforeendanger lives.




Sl.No Question 504 WHEN EMERGING FROM A SIDE ROAD INTO A

QUEUE OF TRAFFIC WHICH VEHICLES CAN BEESPECIALLY DIFFICULT TO SEE?

* MOTORCYCLES Correct Answer * TRACTORS Motorcycles * MILK VANS Explanation * CARS If you‟re waiting to emerge from a side

road, watch out for motorcyclists. They‟resmaller and more difficult to see. Beespecially careful if there are parkedvehicles restricting your view. There mightbe a motorcyclist approaching. If youdon‟t know, don‟t go.

505 YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A CYCLIST. YOUWISH TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD

* OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST BEFORE THE JUNCTION Correct Answer * PULL ALONGSIDE THE CYCLIST AND STAY LEVELUNTIL AFTER THE JUNCTION Hold back until the cyclist has passed the

junction * HOLD BACK UNTIL THE CYCLIST HAS PASSED THEJUNCTION Explanation * GO AROUND THE CYCLIST ON THE JUNCTION. Make allowances for cyclists. Allow them

plenty of room. If you‟re following a cyclistbe aware that they also have to deal withhazards. They might swerve or changedirection suddenly to avoid uneven road

surfaces. 506 SECTION 112 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACTPERTAINS TO:

* LIMITS OF WEIGHTS & LIMITATIONS OF USE Correct Answer * LIMITS OF SPEED Limits of speed * WEARING OF PROTECTIVE HEAD GEAR Explanation * DUTY OF DRIVER IN CASE OF ACCIDENT Under section 112 – prescribes maximum

speed at which each class or type of motor

vehicle can be driven. It also empowersstate government to restrict the speed of any class of motor vehicle in certaincircumstances.

507 THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO WHEN YOUWANT TO OVERTAKE A LARGE LORRY IS




Sl.No Question * MOVE CLOSE BEHIND SO THAT YOU CAN PASSQUICKLY Correct Answer * KEEP IN CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HAND SIDE Stay well back to get a better view. * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND WAIT FOR THEDRIVER TO WAVE YOU ON Explanation * STAY WELL BACK TO GET A BETTER VIEW. When following a large vehicle keep well

back. If you‟re too close.1.You won‟t be able to see the road ahead. 2.The driver of the long vehicle might notbe able to see you in the side rear viewmirrors.

508 YOU ARE INTENDING TO TURN RIGHT AT AJUNCTION. AN ONCOMING DRIVER IS ALSOTURNING RIGHT. IT WILL NORMALLY BE SAFER TO * KEEP THE OTHER VEHICLE TO YOUR RIGHT ANDTURN BEHIND IT ( OFFSIDE TO OFFSIDE ) Correct Answer * KEEP THE OTHER VEHICLE TO YOUR LEFT ANDTURN IN FRONT OF IT (NEARSIDE TO NEARSIDE ) Keep the other vehicle to your right and

turn behind it (offside to offside ) * CARRY ON AND TURN AT THE NEXT JUNCTIONINSTEAD Explanation * HOLD BACK AND WAIT FOR THE OTHER DRIVER TOTURN FIRST. At some junctions the layout may make it

difficult to turn this way. Be prepared topass nearside to nearside, but take extracare. Your view ahead will be obscured bythe vehicle turning in front of you.

509 WHICH OF THESE THINGS SHOULD YOU DOWHEN A FRONT TYRE BURSTS?

* APPLY THE HANDBRAKE TO STOP THE VEHICLE. Correct Answer * BRAKE FIRMLY AND QUICKLY. Let the vehicle roll to a stop and grip the

steering wheel firmly. * HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL LIGHTLY Explanation * LET THE VEHICLE ROLL TO A STOP AND GRIP THESTEERING WHEEL FIRMLY. Try not to react by applying the brakes

harshly. This could lead to further loss of steering control. Indicate your intention topull up at the side of the road and roll to astop.

510 THE DRIVER MUST ENSURE THAT ANY LOAD

THAT IS CARRIED ON A ROOF RACK MUST BE

* SECURELY FASTENED WHEN DRIVING Correct Answer * CARRIED ONLY WHEN STRICTLY NECESSARY Securely fastened when driving. * AS LIGHT AS POSSIBLE Explanation




Sl.No Question * COVERED WITH PLASTIC SHEETING If you wish to carry items on the roof,

make sure that they are securely fastened.This will help to keep your luggage securewhen driving.

511 YOU HAVE STOPPED AT A PEDESTRIANCROSSING. TO ALLOW PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS

YOU SHOULD * WAIT UNTIL THEY HAVE CROSSED Correct Answer * EDGE YOUR VEHICLE FORWARD SLOWLY Wait until they have crossed * WAIT, REVING YOUR ENGINE Explanation * SIGNAL PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS. If you stop for pedestrians and they don‟t

start to cross.Don‟t

1.Wave them across2.Sound your horn.This could be dangerous if anothervehicle‟s approaching and hasn‟t seen orheard your signal.

512 YOU ARE IN A LINE OF TRAFFIC. THE DRIVER BEHIND YOU IS FOLLOWING VERY CLOSELY.WHAT ACTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?

* SLOW DOWN, GRADUALLY INCREASING THE GAPBETWEEN YOU AND THE VEHICLE IN FRONT. Correct Answer * IGNORE THE FOLLOWING DRIVER AND CONTINUETO DRIVE WITHIN THE SPEED LIMIT Slow down, gradually increasing the gap

between you and the vehicle in front. * SIGNAL LEFT AND WAVE THE FOLLOWING DRIVERPAST. Explanation * MOVE OUT WIDER TO A POSITION JUST LEFT OFTHE ROAD'S CENTRE LINE. It can worry you to see that the car behind

is following you too closely. If you easeback from the vehicle in front you will giveyourself a greater safety margin.

513 IF YOU NOTICE A STRONG SMELL OF PETROL ASYOU DRIVE ALONG YOU SHOULD

* NOT WORRY, AS IT IS ONLY EXHAUST FUMES Correct Answer * CARRY ON AT A REDUCED SPEED Stop and investigate the problem. * EXPECT IT TO STOP IN A FEW MILES Explanation * STOP AND INVESTIGATE THE PROBLEM A smell of petrol can be a indicator of

petrol leaking from your vehicle. This cancause fire. Immediately stop the vehicleand investigate the problem. If needed goto the service station.




Sl.No Question 514 YOU ARE TURNING LEFT ON A SLIPPERY ROAD.

THE BACK OF YOUR VEHICLE SLIDES TO THERIGHT. YOU SHOULD.

* BRAKE FIRMLY AND NOT TURN THE STEERINGWHEEL Correct Answer * STEER CAREFULLY TO THE LEFT Steer carefully to the right * STEER CAREFULLY TO THE RIGHT Explanation * BRAKE FIRMLY AND STEER TO THE LEFT This should stop the sliding and allow you

to regain control.Don‟t

1.Use the accelerator2.Use the brakes3.Use the clutch

515 YOU ARE DRIVING A TRAILER ON A NARROWWINDING ROAD. YOU SHOULD-

* KEEP WELL OUT TO STOP VEHICLES OVERTAKINGDANGEROUSLY Correct Answer * WAVE FOLLOWING VEHICLES PAST YOU IF YOUTHINK THEY CAN OVERTAKE QUICKLY Pull in safely when you can, to let following

vehicles overtake * PULL IN SAFELY WHEN YOU CAN, TO LETFOLLOWING VEHICLES OVERTAKE Explanation * GIVE A LEFT SIGNAL WHEN IT IS SAFE FORVEHICLES TO OVERTAKE YOU. Don‟t frustrate other road users by driving

for long distances with a queue of trafficbehind you. This could cause them to loseconcentration or make ill-judged decisions.

516 YOU WISH TO PARK FACING DOWNHILL. WHICHOF THE FOLLOWNG SHOULD YOU DO?

* TURN THE STEERING WHEEL TOWARDS THE KERBAND PUT THE HANDBRAKE ON FIRMLY Correct Answer * PARK CLOSE TO THE BUMPER OF ANOTHER CAR Turn the steering wheel towards the kerb

and put the handbrake on firmly. * PARK WITH TWO WHEELS ON THE KERB Explanation * TURN THE STEERING WHEEL AWAY FROM THE KERB The kerb will help stop any forward

movement of the vehicle. 517 YOU THINK THE DRIVER OF THE VEHICLE IN

FRONT HAS FORGOTTEN TO CANCEL HIS RIGHTINDICATOR . YOU SHOULD

* SOUND YOUR HORN BEFORE OVERTAKING Correct Answer * OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT IF THERE IS ROOM Stay behind and not overtake * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TO ALERT THE DRIVER Explanation




Sl.No Question * STAY BEHIND AND NOT OVERTAKE The driver may be unsure of the location of

a junction and suddenly turn. Be cautious. 518 YOU ARE ABOUT TO DRIVE HOME. YOU CANNOT

FIND THE GLASSES YOU NEED TO WEAR WHENDRIVING. YOU SHOULD

* DRIVE HOME SLOWLY, KEEPING TO QUIET ROADS Correct Answer * BORROW A FRIEND'S GLASSES AND DRIVE HOME Find a way of getting home without

driving. * DRIVE HOME AT NIGHT, SO THAT THE LIGHTS WILLHELP YOU Explanation * FIND A WAY OF GETTING HOME WITHOUTDRIVING. Don‟t be tempted to drive if you‟ve lost or

forgotten your glasses. It‟s obvious thatyou must be able to see clearly whendriving.

519 YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT FROM A MAIN ROADINTO A SIDE ROAD. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU

SHOULD * CANCEL YOUR RIGHT-TURN SIGNAL Correct Answer * SELECT FIRST GEAR Check for traffic overtaking on your right. * CHECK FOR TRAFFIC OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT Explanation * STOP AND SET THE HANDBRAKE If you wish to turn right into a side road,

take up your position in good time. Moveto the centre of the road when it‟s safe todo so. This will allow vehicles to pass youon the left. Early planning will show othertraffic what you intend to do. Motorcyclistsoften overtake, queues of vehicles. Alwaysmake that last check in the side rear viewmirror to avoid turning across their path.

520 YOU ARE TURNING LEFT AT A JUNCTION.PEDESTRIANS HAVE STARTED TO CROSS THEROAD. YOU SHOULD

* GO ON, GIVING THEM PLENTY OF ROOM Correct Answer * STOP AND WAVE AT THEM TO CROSS Give way to them * BLOW YOUR HORN AND PROCEED Explanation




Sl.No Question * GIVE WAY TO THEM If you‟re turning into a side road, you

should give way to pedestrians alreadycrossing. They have priority.Don‟t-1.Wave them across the road2.Sound your horn

3.Flash your lights4.Give any other misleading signal- otherroad users may misinterpret your signaland you might lead the pedestrian into adangerous situation.If a pedestrian is slow or indecisive bepatient and wait. Don‟t hurry them acrossby revving the engine.

521 A PEDESTRIAN STEPS OUT INTO THE ROAD JUSTAHEAD OF YOU. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO FIRST?

* SOUND YOUR HORN. Correct Answer * CHECK YOUR MIRROR Press the brake * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS Explanation * PRESS THE BRAKE Pedestrians, especially children, suddenly

appear from between parked vehicles.They may suddenly come on to the roadpresuming they would be seen. You mustanticipate such movements and keep yourvehicle under control.

522 WHY IS PASSING A LORRY MORE RISKY THANPASSING A CAR?

* LORRIES ARE LONGER THAN CARS. Correct Answer * LORRIES MAY SUDDENLY PULL UP Lorries are longer than cars. * THE BRAKES OF LORRIES ARE NOT AS GOOD Explanation * LORRIES CLIMB HILLS MORE SLOWLY Hazards to watch for includes

1.Oncoming traffic.2.Junctions3.Bends or dips, which could restrict yourview.4.Any signs or road markings prohibitingovertaking

Never begin to overtake unless you cansee that it‟s safe to complete themanoeuvre.

523 YOUR REAR WHEEL IS STUCK IN A PUDDLE.WHEN TAKING THE VEHICLE OUT YOU SHOULDUSE

* THE HIGHEST GEAR YOU CAN Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * THE LOWEST GEAR YOU CAN The lowest gear you can * A HIGH ENGINE SPEED Explanation * THE HANDBRAKE AND FOOTBRAKE TOGETHER When the rear wheel is stuck in puddle, the

wheel starts spinning. To take the vehicleout in this type of situation, select thelowest gear as it has the highest torquewhich helps wheels getting out of thepuddle. If there is a need, fill the puddlewith hard material like wooden sticks.

524 ANTI-LOCK BRAKES PREVENT WHEELS FROMLOCKING. THIS MEANS THE TYRES ARE LESSLIKELY TO

* SKID Correct Answer * AQUAPLANE Skid. * PUNCTURE Explanation * WEAR Skidding occurs when due to harsh braking

the wheels lock, to prevent this anti-lockbrake system (ABS) is being used in newgeneration cars. Electronic sensors detectwhen the wheels are about to lock sendsmessage to ECM(Electronic ControlModule), then ECM repeats the brakingprocess in spurts, reducing the risk of skidding.

525 YOU ARE TRAVELLLING ON A MOTORWAY ATNIGHT WITH OTHER VEHICLES JUST AHEAD OFYOU. WHICH LIGHTS SHOULD YOU HAVE ON?

* FRONT FOG LIGHTS Correct Answer * MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS Dipped headlights * SIDELIGHTS ONLY Explanation * DIPPED HEADLIGHTS If you‟re driving behind other traffic at

night on the motorway.1.Leave a two-second time gap2.Dip your headlights.Full beam will dazzle the driver ahead.Your light beam should fall short of thevehicle in front.

526 HOW WILL A POLICE OFFICER IN A PATROL

VEHICLE GET YOU TO STOP?

* FLASH THE HEADLIGHTS, INDICATE LEFT AND STOPON THE LEFT Correct Answer * WAIT UNTIL YOU STOP, THEN APPROACH YOU. Flash the headlights, indicate left and stop

on the left.




Sl.No Question * USE THE SIREN, OVERTAKE, CUT IN FRONT ANDSTOP. Explanation * PULL ALONGSIDE YOU, USE THE SIREN AND WAVEYOU TO STOP. You must obey signals given by the police.

If a police officer in a patrol vehicle wantsyou to stop he or she will indicate this

without causing danger to you or othertraffic. 527 YOU ARE DRIVING ON AN ICY ROAD. HOW CAN

YOU AVOID WHEELSPIN?

* USE THE HANDBRAKE IF THE WHEELS START TOSLIP. Correct Answer * BRAKE GENTLY AND REPEATEDLY. Drive at a slow speed in as high a gear as

possible. * DRIVE IN A LOW GEAR AT ALL TIMES. Explanation * DRIVE AT A SLOW SPEED IN AS HIGH A GEAR ASPOSSIBLE. If you‟re travelling on an icy road, extra

caution will be required to avoid any loss of control. You can reduce wheel spin bydriving.1.At a slow speed.2.In as high a gear as possible.

528 YOU ARE DRIVING IN A BUILT-UP AREA. YOUAPPROACH A SPEED HUMP. YOU SHOULD

* MOVE ACROSS TO THE LEFT-HAND SIDE OF THEROAD Correct Answer * WAIT FOR ANY PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS Slow your vehicle right down * SLOW YOUR VEHICLE RIGHT DOWN Explanation * STOP AND CHECK BOTH PAVEMENTS Many towns have speed humps to slow

down traffic. They‟re often where there arepedestrians, so

1.Slow right down when driving over them.2.Look out for pedestrians.

They might affect your steering andsuspension if you drive too fast.

529 A DRIVER PULLS OUT OF A SIDE ROAD IN FRONTOF YOU. YOU HAVE TO BRAKE HARD. YOUSHOULD

* IGNORE THE ERROR AND STAY CALM Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TO SHOW YOUR ANNOYANCE Ignore the error and stay calm. * SOUND YOUR HORN TO SHOW YOUR ANNOYANCE Explanation




Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE If you are driving or riding where there are

a no. of side roads, be alert. Driversapproaching or emerging from the sideroad might not be able to see you. Beespecially careful if there are a lot of parked vehicles.

If a vehicle does emerge & you have tostop quickly-1.Try to be tolerant2.Learn from experience

530 YOU ARE COMING UP TO A ROUNDABOUT. ACYCLIST IS SIGNALLING TO TURN RIGHT. WHATSHOULD YOU DO?

* OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT. Correct Answer * GIVE A HORN WARNING Give the cyclist plenty of room. * SIGNAL THE CYCLIST TO MOVE ACROSS Explanation * GIVE THE CYCLIST PLENTY OF ROOM If you‟re following a cyclist who‟s signaling

to turn right at a roundabout leave plentyof room. Give them space and time to getinto the correct lane.

531 BEFORE STARTING THE VEHICLE THE DRIVER SHOULD CHECK-

* IF THE NO. PLATES ARE CLEAN Correct Answer * TYRE CONDITION , PRESSURE & WHEEL NUT FORPROPER TIGHTENING. All of the above. * LEAKAGE OF FUEL, COOLANT OR OIL. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Before starting the vehicle, the driver

should do daily inspection of the vehiclelike checking engine oil level, tyrepressure, Nut bolts, leakage of any fluidetc.

532 WHICH IS ILLEGAL WHILE DRIVING A FOUR WHEELER VEHICLE?

* IMPROPER WORKING OF ALL LIGHTS & INDICATORS. Correct Answer * NOT USING SEAT BELTS. Both of the above. * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. Explanation * UNADJUSTED SIDE VIEW MIRROR. Under section 121 and section 138 of M.V.

Act 1988, it is mandatory to use indicatorsand seat belt respectively while drivingyour vehicle.




Sl.No Question 533 WHICH TYPE OF VEHICLE CAN BE MORE

DANGEROUS FOR DRIVING?

* WHICH HAS DUAL FUEL. Correct Answer * WHICH HAS LOW TYRE PRESSURE. Vehicle whose some controls are out of

your reach. * WHOSE SEATS ARE NOT COMFORTABLE. Explanation * VEHICLE WHOSE SOME CONTROLS ARE OUT OFYOUR REACH. You should have access to the vehicle

controls namely foot, hand and visual. If any of these controls are beyond yourreach then do not drive that vehicle, it mayprove dangerous.

534 WHICH OF THESE WILL INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF AN ACCIDENT?

* TRANSLUCENT WIND SCREEN OF YOUR VEHICLE. Correct Answer * VEHICLE WHOSE BRAKE LIGHTS ARE NOTWORKING. Translucent wind screen of your vehicle. * WOBBLING TYRES. Explanation * NOISY DASH BOARD. If you are driving at night or in poor

visibility, tinted or translucent wind screenwill reduce the efficiency of your vision, byreducing the amount of available lightreaching your eyes.

535 DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED-

* GIVES YOU A BETTER FUEL AVERAGE. Correct Answer * DOES NOT GIVE YOU SUFFICIENT TIME TO REACTTO HAZARDS. Does not give you sufficient time to react

to hazards. * TAKE LESS TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY. Explanation * WILL CAUSE LESS DAMAGE TO YOUR ENGINE. Speed is a relative term. You must aim at

a good average speed of travel. Driving athigh speed does not give you sufficientreaction time to observe hazards.

536

WHILE DRIVING YOU SHOULD ALWAYS KEEPTHE FOLLOWING IN MIND-

* CONDITION OF THE ROAD & WEATHER. Correct Answer * TYPE OF VEHICLE & TRAFFIC CONDITION. All of the above




Sl.No Question * YOUR OWN SKILL & CONCENTRATION. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE A driver should always be in good health

and state of mind before attempting todrive. You should also consider road & weather conditions as well as traffic

condition so as to drive safely and indefensive manner. 537 WHEN YOU ARE BEING OVERTAKEN OR PASSED

BY ANOTHER VEHICLE. DO NOT

* GIVE HAND SIGNALS. Correct Answer * REDUCE YOUR VEHICLE'S SPEED. Increase your speed. * USE HEAD LIGHTS. Explanation * INCREASE YOUR SPEED. When being overtaken or being passed by

another vehicle, do not increase the speedof your vehicle. This creates confusion forthe driver trying to overtake you. Do not inany way try to prevent the other vehiclefrom passing you.

538 DO NOT OVERTAKE

* WHEN THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU IS A SLOWMOVING VEHICLE. Correct Answer * ON MAJOR ROADS. When the vehicle behind you has begun to

overtake you. * IN A WELL LIT AREA AT NIGHT. Explanation * WHEN THE VEHICLE BEHIND YOU HAS BEGUN TOOVERTAKE YOU. Overtaking is a common practice, if the

vehicle in front of you is moving at a slowpace and you need to move faster. Neverovertake just for the sake of overtaking.Ask yourself if it is really essential. Do notattempt to overtake if you know that thevehicle behind you has begun to overtakeyou.

539 EVEN IF YOUR TRAFFIC SIGNAL GIVES YOU ACLEARWAY, YOU SHOULD-

* BE READY TO STOP. Correct Answer * NOT OBEY THEM IN EMERGENCY. Be observant for drivers who do not

respect traffic signals. * BE OBSERVANT FOR DRIVERS WHO DO NOTRESPECT TRAFFIC SIGNALS. Explanation




Sl.No Question * NOT GO IN FOGGY CONDITIONS. As you approach the light look into the

road you wish to take. Only proceed if yourexit road is clear. If the road is blockedthen hold back, even if you have to waitfor the next green signal.

540 IF THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSES TOO

MUCH, IT IS DUE TO:

* WORN BRAKE LINING Correct Answer * HIGH LEVEL OF BRAKE FLUID Worn brake lining * BRAKE PEDAL BOOT MISSING Explanation * HAND BRAKE NOT ADJUSTED If the brake lining has diminished due to

over use of the brakes, it will result in footbrake pedal being depressed too much forgetting the required degree of braking.

541 AS SHOWN IN FIGURE, VEHICLE ON WHICHSIDE CAN OVERTAKE -

* VEHICLES ADJACENT TO THE BROKEN LINE CANOVERTAKE. Correct Answer * VEHICLES WHICH ARE GOING STRAIGHT. Vehicles adjacent to the broken line can

overtake. * VEHICLES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DIVIDER CANOVERTAKE. Explanation * VEHICLES ADJACENT TO THE SOLID LINE CANOVERTAKE. It indicates separation of lanes where

overtaking is permitted with care for traffic

adjacent to the broken line, but prohibitedfor traffic adjacent to solid line.

542 WHAT IS A 'BLIND SPOT'?

* AN AREA COVERED BY YOUR RIGHT HAND MIRROR. Correct Answer * AN AREA NOT COVERED BY YOUR HEADLIGHTS. An area not seen in your mirrors. * AN AREA COVERED BY YOUR LEFT HAND MIRROR. Explanation * AN AREA NOT SEEN IN YOUR MIRRORS. Modern vehicles today provide the driver

with well positioned mirrors which areessential to driving safely. However, theycannot show every aspect of the scenebehind. It is essential that you are awareof this & check over your shoulder to seeany dangers not reflected in your mirrors.




Sl.No Question 543 WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE

VEHICLE IS NOT OVERLOADED?

* THE PASSENGERS. Correct Answer * THE MECHANIC OF THE VEHICLE. The driver of the vehicle * THE DRIVER OF THE VEHICLE. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Your vehicle must not be overloaded. This

will effect control and handlingcharacteristics. If the vehicle is overloadedand it causes an accident, the driver will beresponsible.

544 TO START MOUTH TO MOUTH RESPIRATION ONA CASUALTY YOU SHOULD

* TILT THEIR HEAD BACK. Correct Answer * PINCH THE NOSTRILS TOGETHER. All of the above. * CLEAR THE AIRWAY. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Use your finger to check for and remove

any obvious obstructions in the mouth. Itis important to ensure that the airways areclear.

545 YOU ARE DRIVING AT DUSK, YOU SHOULDSWITCH ON YOUR LIGHTS-

* EVEN WHEN STREET LIGHTS ARE LIT. Correct Answer * TO DAZZLE OTHER ROAD USERS Even when street lights are lit. * ONLY WHEN OTHERS HAVE DONE SO. Explanation * ONLY WHEN STREET LIGHTS ARE LIT. It can be necessary to turn on your lights,

when driving at dusk even when the streetlights are lit because their light may not begood enough for proper visibilty and alsowith your lights on, you will be seen easilyby other drivers.

546 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WET ROAD. HOW CAN

YOU TELL THAT THE VEHICLE ISAQUAPLANING ?

* THE ENGINE WILL STALL. Correct Answer * THE ENGINE NOISE WILL INCREASE. The steering will feel very light. * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY HEAVY. Explanation




Sl.No Question * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY LIGHT. If you drive at speed in very wet

conditions, your steering may suddenlyfeel „light‟. This means that the tyres havelifted off the surface of the road & areskating on the surface of water. This isknown as aquaplaning. Reduce speed but

don‟t brake until your steering returns to „normal feel‟ .

547 ON A FOGGY DAY YOU HAVE TO UNAVOIDABLYPARK YOUR VEHICLE ON THE ROAD. WHATSHOULD YOU DO?

* LEAVE HEADLGHTS ON Correct Answer * LEAVE SIDE LIGHTS ON Leave side lights on. * KEEP STONES/BRICKS AROUND YOUR VEHICLE Explanation * NONE OF THESE Ensure that your vehicle can be seen by

other traffic, park your car off the road in acar park or driveway to avoid the extra riskto other road users.

548 YOU ARE DRIVING IN WET WEATHER. YOUR VEHICLE BEGINS TO SLIDE. THIS IS DUE TO:

* FRICTION Correct Answer * SURFACE TENSION Aquaplaning * OSMOSIS Explanation * AQUAPLANING Water can build up between the tyres &

the road. This means that the tyres mightnot have contact with the road. Yourvehicle could slide on the film of water,causing the steering to feel light & you loseproper control.

549 IT IS IMPORTANT TO WEAR SUITABLE SHOESWHEN YOU ARE DRIVING. WHY IS THIS ?

* TO PREVENT WEAR ON PEDALS Correct Answer * TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF PEDALS. To maintain control of pedals. * TO ENABLE YOU TO ADJUST YOUR SEAT. Explanation * TO ENABLE YOU TO WALK FOR ASSISTANCE IFYOUR VEHICLE BREAKS DOWN. When you are driving or riding ensure that

you are wearing comfortable shoes.Comfortable shoes will ensure that youhave proper control of the pedals.




Sl.No Question 550 SECTION 119 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT

PERTAINS TO:

* LIMITS OF SPEED Correct Answer * VEHICLES WITH LEFT HAND DRIVE Obeying traffic signs * OBEYING TRAFFIC SIGNS Explanation * SAFETY MEASURES FOR DRIVERS & PILLIONRIDERS Under section – 119 of MV Act – every

driver of a motor vehicle shall drive thevehicle in conformity with any indicationgiven by mandatory traffic sign.

551 SECTION 184 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACTPERTAINS TO :

* DRUNKEN DRIVING. Correct Answer * DRIVING WHEN PHYSICALLY OR MENTALLY UNFIT. Dangerous driving. * DRIVING AT EXCESSIVE SPEED Explanation * DANGEROUS DRIVING. It is an offence under section -184 of MV

Act. 552 SECTION 185 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT

PERTAINS TO :

* DRUNKEN DRIVING

Correct Answer

* DRIVING AT EXCESSIVE SPEED Drunken driving * DUTY OF MOTOR VEHICLE OWNER TO FURNISHINFORMATION Explanation * DUTY OF DRIVER IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR INJURYTO A PERSON It is an offence under section -185 of MV

Act. 553 YOU MEET AN OBSTRUCTION ON YOUR SIDE OF

THE ROAD-YOU SHOULD

* CARRY ON, YOU HAVE PRIORITY. Correct Answer * YOU SHOULD WAVE ONCOMING VEHICLESTHROUGH. Give way to oncoming traffic. * GIVE WAY TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC. Explanation * ACCELERATE TO GET PAST FIRST. If you have to pass a parked vehicle on

your side of the road take care & give wayto oncoming traffic if there is not enoughroom for you both to continue safely.




Sl.No Question 554 UNDER WHICH SECTION CAN THE STATE

GOVERNMENT IMPOSE RESTRICTIONS ON THELADEN WEIGHT OF VEHICLES ON PUBLICROAD ? * 119 Correct Answer * 184 113 * 113 Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Section-113 seeks to empower the state

government to impose restrictions on theladen weight of vehicles to be driven onpublic roads.

555 UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DRIVER OF THEVEHICLE IS PROHIBITED TO LEAVE HIS VEHICLEIN DANGEROUS POSITION?

* 122 Correct Answer * 121 122 * 128 Explanation * 129 Section- 122 lays down that no motor

vehicle should be left or abandoned on thepublic road in a dangerous position or insuch a manner so as to causeinconvenience to other road users.

556 UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DUTY OF THEDRIVER IS TO PRODUCE LICENCE ANDCERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION?

* 131 Correct Answer * 130 130 * 182 Explanation * 181 Section- 130 requires the driver of a

motor vehicle to produce on demand by anofficer , the driving licence, registrationcertificate & permit in the case of transportvehicle.

557 UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DUTY OF THEDRIVER IS TO TAKE CERTAIN PRECUATIONS AT

UNGUARDED RAILWAY LEVEL CROSSINGS? * 130 Correct Answer * 129 131 * 128 Explanation




Sl.No Question * 185 186 * 186 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. If is an offence under section 186 MV Act.

562 WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT EMPOWERS APOLICE OFFICER TO IMPOUND A MOTOR VEHICLE DRIVEN WITHOUT R/C AND/OR PERMIT? * 132 Correct Answer * 194 207 * 146 Explanation * 207 Section 207 empowers a police officer to

impound a motor vehicle if he has reasonto believe that the vehicle is being drivenwithout registration or permit.

563 UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT CANYOU BE PENALISED FOR POLLUTING THEENVIRONMENT BY YOUR VEHICLE?

* 115 Correct Answer * 112 115(7)/190(2) * 146/196 Explanation * 115(7)/190(2) Under sec 190(2) any person who drives or

causes or allows to be driven in any publicplace a motor vehicle which violates thestandards prescribed in relation to roadsafety , control of noise & air pollution ,shall be punishable for the first offencewith a fine of Rs.1000/- and for anysubsequent offence with a fine of Rs.2000/-

564 UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V. ACT CANYOU BE PENALISED FOR DRIVING WITHOUTINSURANCE?

* 115(7)/190(2) Correct Answer * 112 146/196 * 33/177 Explanation * 146/196 Under sec 196 whoever drives a motor

vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicleto be driven in contravention of theprovisions of sec 146 ( driving uninsuredvehicle) shall be punishable withimprisonment which may extend upto 3months , or with fine which may extendupto Rs.1000/- , or with both.




Sl.No Question 565 WHICH SECTION PRESCRIBES FOR THE DRIVER

TO HAVE KNOWLEDGE OF CERTAIN SECTIONSOF THE M.V.ACT?

* 33/177 Correct Answer * 66/192 33/177 * 138 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under the rules of the road regulations,

C.M.V.R., 1989, rule 33, every driver mustbe conversant with the provisions of sections 112, 113, 121, 122, 125, 132,134, 185, 186, 194 and 207 of the motorvehicles act, 1988.

566 WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT PROHIBITSTHE DRIVER TO VIOLATE THE PERMITCONDITIONS?

* 66/192 Correct Answer * 33/177 66/192 * 138/177 Explanation * 146/196 No owner of a motor vehicle shall use or

permit the use of vehicle as a transportvehicle in any public place whether or notsuch vehicle is actually carrying anypassengers or goods save in accordancewith the conditions of the permit grantedor countersigned by a regional or state

transport authority. 567 IF YOU ARE NOT WEARING A SEAT BELT UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT YOU CAN BEPENALISED?

* 138/177 Correct Answer * 66/192 138/177 * 146/196 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Under section 138 of MV Act ,the state

government is allowed to make rules forcertain prescribed conditions. Keeping inview the said law, it has becomemandatory for all four wheeler drivers andthe front passengers to wear seat beltfailing which the offender shall be finedhundred rupees for the first offence andthree hundred rupees for the subsequentoffence.




Sl.No Question 568 WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT UNDER

SECTION 119/177?

* RS.200 Correct Answer * RS.100 Rs.100 * RS.300 Explanation * RS.500 Under section 119 of MV Act every driver

of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle inconformity with any indication given bymandatory traffic sign and in conformitywith the driving regulation made by thecentral Govt. and shall apply with alldirections given to him by any policeofficer engaged in the regulation of trafficin any public place.

569 DRIVING WITHOUT DISPLAYING NUMBER PLATEIS AN OFFENCE UNDER

* 119/117 Correct Answer * 122/177 50/177 * 50/177 Explanation * 129/177 The registration mark shall be displayed

both at the front and at the rear on allmotor vehicles clearly and legibly on aplain surface of a plate or part of the

vehicle not inclined to vertical by morethan thirty degrees, at the front facingdirect to the front and at the rear facingdirect to the rear.

570 VIOLATION OF STOP LINE IS AN OFFENCEUNDER WHICH SECTION OF DMVR

* 113(I)/177 Correct Answer * 113/177 113(I)/177 DMVR * 112/183 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE When any line is painted on or inlaid into

the surface of any road at the approach toa road junction or to a pedestrian crossingor otherwise, no driver shall drive a motorvehicle so that any part thereof projectsbeyond that line at any time when a signalto stop is being given by a police officer orby means of traffic control lights or bytemporary display of such sign.




Sl.No Question 571 ALLOWING UNAUTHORISED PERSON TO DRIVE

IS AN OFFENCE UNDER

* 5/180 MVA Correct Answer * 112/183 5/180 MVA * 120/190(2) CMVR Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section- 180 – whoever, being the

owner or person in charge of a motorvehicle, causes or permits, any otherperson who does not satisfy the provisionsof section 3 or section 4 to drive thevehicle shall be punishable withimprisonment for a term which may extendto three months, or with fine which mayextend to one thousand rupees, or withboth.

572 UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DRIVER ISPROHIBITED TO BLOW PRESSURE HORN?

* 119/177 Correct Answer * 184 96(1)/177 DMVR * 115/194 Explanation * 96(1)/177 DMVR Under section-96(1) : no driver of a motor

vehicle shall sound the horn or otherdevice for giving audible warning with

which the motor is equipped or shall causeor allow any other person to do so,continuously or to an extent beyond whatis necessary to ensure safety.

573 VIOLATION OF MANDATORY SIGNS ISPROHIBITED UNDER

* 119/177 Correct Answer * 115/194 119/177 * 7/177 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section – 119 – every driver of a

motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle inconformity with any indication given bymandatory traffic sign.




Sl.No Question 574 DISOBEYING LAWFUL DIRECTIONS IS AN

OFFENCE UNDER

* 132/179 MVA Correct Answer * 119/177 132/179 MVA * 39/192 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section-179 whoever willfully

disobeys any direction lawfully given byany person or authority empowered underthis act to give such direction, or obstructsany person or authority in the discharge of any functions which such person orauthority is required or empowered underthis act to discharge, shall, if no otherpenalty is provided for the offence bepunishable with fine which may extend to

five hundred rupees. 575 DRIVING WITHOUT LIGHT (AFTER SUNSET) IS

PROHIBITED UNDER

* 119/177 Correct Answer * 105/177 105/177 * 113/177 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section – 105 every motor vehicle

while in a public place during the period

between half an hour after sunset, andhalf an hour before sunrise and at anyother time where there is not sufficientlight to render clearly discernible personsand vehicle on the road at a distance of one hundred and fifty five meters ahead,shall carry headlamps kept lit and in anefficient condition.

576 USING OF COLOURED LIGHT ON MOTOR VEHICLE IS PROHIBITED UNDER SECTION

* 97(2)/177 DMVR Correct Answer * 84(2)/177 97(2)/177 DMVR * 132/179 Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section- 97(2) no motor vehicle

owner shall allow or fix any coloured lightin the front and on top of the roof otherthan the rear of the motor vehicle,provided that this provision shall not applyto the internal lighting of the vehicle or to

light, if displayed by a direction indicator. 577 WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT ONVIOLATION OF SECTION 112/183(1) MVA(FIRST OFFENCE)?

* RS.500 Correct Answer * RS.400 Rs.400 * RS.300 Explanation * RS.100 Under section 183 whosoever drives a

motor vehicle at a speed exceeding theprescribed limit for such vehicle will bepunished with the minimum of Rs.400 fine.

578 WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT ONVIOLATION OF SECTION 120/177 MVA ?

* RS.100 Correct Answer * RS.500 Rs.100 * RS.200 Explanation * RS.1000 Under section 120 no person shall drive or

cause or allow to be driven in any public

place any motor vehicle with a left-handsteering control unless it is equipped with amechanical or electrical signaling device of a prescribed nature and in working order.

579 WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT FOR DRIVING WITHOUT LICENCE?

* RS.500 Correct Answer * RS.1000 Rs.500 * RS.200 Explanation * RS.100 Under section 3/181 M.V.A. no person shall

drive a motor vehicle in any public placeunless he holds an effective driving licenceissued to him authorising him to drive thevehicle and disobeying this rule shall bepunishable with imprisonment for a termwhich may extend to three months, or withfine which may extend to five hundredrupees, or with both.




Sl.No Question 580 THE CHALLAN FOR DRIVING DANGEROUSLY FOR

FIRST OFFENCE IS

* RS.2000 Correct Answer * RS.1000 Rs.1000 * RS.500 Explanation * RS.400 It is an offence under section 184 of MV

Act. 581 USING 'UNREGISTERED VEHICLES' OR

DISPLAYING 'APPLIED FOR' IS AN OFFENCEUNDER?

* 39/192 MVA Correct Answer * 184 MVA 39/192 MVA * 115/194 MVA Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section – 39/192 M.V.A. no person

shall drive any motor vehicle and no ownerof a motor vehicle shall cause or permit thevehicle to be driven in any public place orin any other place unless the vehicle isregistered and the certificate of registrationof the vehicle has not been suspended orcancelled and the vehicle carries aregistration mark displayed in theprescribed manner.

582 THE CHALLAN FOR DRIVING DANGEROUSLY FOR

SECOND OFFENCE IS

* RS.1000 Correct Answer * RS.2000 Rs.2000 * RS.5000 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE It is an offence under section 184 of MV

Act. 583 WHAT IS THE MINIMUM COMPOUNDING

AMOUNT FOR RED LIGHT JUMPING?

* RS.500 Correct Answer * RS.300 Rs.100 * RS.100 Explanation




Sl.No Question * RS.1000 If is an offence under section – 119 MV

Act. 584 RED LIGHT JUMPING IS AN OFFENCE UNDER

SECTION

* 120/177 MVA Correct Answer * 119/177 MVA 119/177 MVA * 122/177 MVA Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section – 119 duty to obey traffic

signs – every driver of a motor vehicleshall drive the vehicle in conformity withthe driving regulation made by the centralgovernment and shall comply with alldirections given to time by any policeofficer engaged in the regulation of trafficin any public place. The penalty for thefirst offence is rupees one hundred and thesubsequent offences is rupees threehundred.

585 CARRYING PASSENGERS ON GOODS VEHICLESIS AN OFFENCE UNDER

* 84(2)/177 DMVR Correct Answer * 6(1)/177 84(2)/177 DMVR * 97(2)/177 Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE No person shall be carried in a goods

vehicle beyond the number for which thereis seating accommodation at the rate of thirty-eight centimeters for each person,not more than six persons in all in additionto the driver shall be carried in any goodsvehicle.

586 WHICH SECTION OF DMVR DEALS WITH MOTOR VEHICLES GIVING EXCESS SMOKE?

* 99(1)/177 DMVR Correct Answer * 86.1(5)/177 DMVR 99(1)/177 DMVR * 84(2)/177 DMVR Explanation




Sl.No Question * 23(1)/177 DMVR Air pollution by motor vehicles -Every

motor vehicle shall have to carry a valid „Pollution Under Control Certificate‟ issuedby the Transport Department or by anypollution checking centre, duly authorisedby the commissioner to carry out pollution

level checking from the exhaust of Non-Transport Motor vehicles (petrol drivenonly) and for the tuning of the same if required.

587 DRIVING BY A DRUNKEN PERSON OR BY APERSON UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF DRUGS ISAN OFFENCE UNDER SECTION-

* 185 Correct Answer * 186 185 * 184 Explanation * 183 Under section 185 – whoever, while

driving, or attempting to drive, a motorvehicle, has, in his blood, alcoholexceeding 30 mg per 100 ml. of blooddetected in a test by a breath analysershall be punishable for the first offencewith six months imprisonment or twothousand rupees fine or both and for asecond offence, if committed within threeyears, imprisonment of two years or threethousand rupees fine or both.

588 WHAT IS THE PENALTY/ PUNISHMENT FOR FIRST OFFENCE UNDER SECTION 185?

* RS.3000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT Correct Answer * RS.2000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT Rs.2000 and/or 6 months imprisonment * RS.5000 AND/OR 6 YEARS IMPRISONMENT Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section 185 – whoever, while

driving, or attempting to drive, a motorvehicle, has, in his blood, alcoholexceeding 30 mg per 100 ml. of blooddetected in a test by a breath analysershall be punishable for the first offencewith six months imprisonment or twothousand rupees fine or both and for asecond offence, if committed within threeyears, imprisonment of two years or threethousand rupees fine or both.

589 WHAT IS THE PENALTY / PUNISHMENT FOR SECOND OFFENCE WITHIN 3 YEARS UNDER SECTION 185?




Sl.No Question * RS.2000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT. Correct Answer * RS.3000 AND/OR 2 YEARS IMPRISONMENT. Rs.3000 and/or 2 years imprisonment. * RS. 3000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under ection 185 – whoever, while driving,

or attempting to drive, a motor vehicle,has, in his blood, alcohol exceeding 30 mgper 100 ml. of blood detected in a test by abreath analyser shall be punishable for thefirst offence with six months imprisonmentor two thousand rupees fine or both andfor a second offence, if committed withinthree years, imprisonment of two years orthree thousand rupees fine or both.

590 WHEN MAKING A SHORT STOP, FACING UPHILL,YOU SHOULD

* HOLD THE VEHICLE ON THE CLUTCH Correct Answer * HOLD THE VEHICLE ON THE FOOTBRAKE Apply the parking brake after stopping * SELECT NEUTRAL AND APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE Explanation * APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER STOPPING If you have to make a stop on an uphill

gradient, wait until the vehicle has come toa stop before applying the parking brake,

just as you would do normally. 591 AT 40 KMPH WHAT GAP SHOULD YOU MAINTAIN

FROM THE VEHICLE INFRONT, ON A DRY,LEVELROAD?

* ONE VEHICLE LENGTH Correct Answer * TWO VEHICLE LENGHTS A minimum two-second gap * A MINIMUM ONE-SECOND GAP Explanation * A MINIMUM TWO-SECOND GAP 'Tailgating' - travelling too close to the

vehicle in front - is a common and verydangerous practice. It often happens onmotorways. Don't do it. Tailgating is oftenthe cause of serious accidents. It'sessential that you understand the distanceit will take for you to stop if you have to doso in an emergency. Always leave a safetymargin.

592 YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. A CAR CUTS IN FRONT OF YOU. WHAT SHOULD YOUDO?

* ACCELERATE TO GET CLOSER TO THE CAR Correct Answer * GIVE A LONG BLAST ON THE HORN Drop back to leave the correct separation

distance




Sl.No Question * DROP BACK TO LEAVE THE CORRECT SEPARATIONDISTANCE Explanation * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS SEVERAL TIMES There are times when other drivers make

incorrect or ill-judged decisions. Betolerant and don't react aggressively orretaliate. Always consider the safety of

other road users, your passengers andyourself.

593 YOU SHOULD USE A MOBILE TELEPHONE ONLYWHEN YOU

* HAVE STOPPED AT A SAFE PLACE Correct Answer * ARE TRAVELLING SLOWLY Stopped in a safe place * ARE ON A MOTORWAY Explanation * ARE APPROACHING A LIGHT TRAFFIC If you have stopped your vehicle, then

you can concentrate on your telephonecall. Using your phone while driving candistract you and the vehicle can get out of control.

594 THE BUS LANE ON YOUR LEFT IS MEANT FOR

* BUSES ONLY Correct Answer * BICYCLES Buses & trucks * BUSES & TRUCKS Explanation * CARS & TWO WHEELERS The bus lane is meant for buses, trucks

and other light commerical vehicles. 595 IF A PERSON CARRYING A WHITE STICK WITH

RED RING IS CROSSING THE ROAD , WHATSHOULD YOU DO?

* HELP HIM CROSS THE ROAD Correct Answer * MAN HANDLE HIM Help him cross the road. * GIVE HIM LIFT Explanation * LET HIM GO UNNOTICED Give extra care to those road users or

passengers who require more time or helpto get on or off the vehicle. Recognise theirdisability and help them as much as youcan.

596 YOU ARE WAITING AT A T-JUNCTION. AVEHICLE IS COMING FROM THE RIGHT WITHTHE LEFT SIGNAL FLASHING. WHAT SHOULDYOU DO?




Sl.No Question * MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD Correct Answer * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THEJUNCTION Explanation * MOVE OUT SLOWLY Try to anticipate the actions of other road

users. Their signals might be misleading.When you are waiting at a junction, don'temerge until you're sure of theirintentions.

597 THE ROAD IS WET. WHY SHOULD YOU SLOWDOWN AS YOU APPROACH THIS PEDESTRIAN?

* BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ROAD MARKINGS Correct Answer * TO AVOID SPLASHING THEM To avoid splashing them * BECAUSE THEY HAVE PRIORITY Explanation * TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO CROSS Drive with consideration along wet roads

especially if pedestrians are walking orstanding near the kerb.

598 WHEEL NUTS SHOULD BE CHECKED SHORTLYAFTER

* DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL Correct Answer * INITIAL TIGHTENING Initial tightening * DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY Explanation * UNLOADING Always recheck wheel nuts shortly after

their initial tightening. Make sure they aretightened to the torque specified by themanufacturer.

599 YOU NOTICE THAT TWO WHEEL NUTS AREMISSING FROM ONE OF THE WHEELS. WHATSHOULD YOU DO?

* CONTINUE YOUR JOURNEY Correct Answer * DRIVE TO THE NEAREST TYRE DEPOT Park and phone for assistance * USE A NUT FROM ANOTHER WHEEL Explanation




Sl.No Question * PARK AND PHONE FOR ASSISTANCE If you notice any missing wheel nuts, park

and phone for assistance. It's essentialthat wheel fixings are tightened to thetorque specified by the manufacturer, withan approved calibrated torque wrench. Asa professional driver you must ensure that

your vehicle is in serviceable condition atall times. Checks should be made beforeyou leave on any journey, but make avisual check every time you start up againafter a rest stop. Don't take risks bydriving a defective vehicle, howeverimportant your journey may seem at thetime.

600 YOU ARE DRIVING IN FAST-MOVING TRAFFICALONG A MOTORWAY. THERE IS A STATIONARYQUEUE OF TRAFFIC AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOUDO? * MOVE TO THE HARD SHOULDER Correct Answer * CHANGE LANES Switch on your hazard warning lights * SWITCH ON YOUR REAR FOGLIGHTS Explanation * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS Traffic queues on the motorway are

becoming more common, whether due tothe sheer volume of traffic at peak times orto incidents. Keep well back from thevehicle in front so you'll be able to see theproblems ahead on the road. If you see aqueue of stationary traffic ahead, switchingon your hazard warning lights will warnthose behind you of the hazard ahead.

601 AS YOU ARE DRIVING, A GROUP OF HORSERIDERS COMES TOWARDS YOU. THE LEADING

RIDER'S HORSE SUDDENLY BECOMES NERVOUSOF YOUR PRESENCE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO? * BRAKE GENTLY TO A STOP UNTIL THEY HAVEPASSED Correct Answer * BRAKE QUICKLY TO A STOP, APPLYING THEPARKING BRAKE Brake gently to a stop until they have

passed * CONTINUE DRIVING,KEEPING WELL IN TO THENEARSIDE Explanation * INCREASE SPEED TO PASS THE RIDERS QUICKLY If you have to pass a group of riders on

horseback you must give them plenty of room. Try not to startle the animals - theriders might be learners and have limited

control. If any of the animals do becomeunsettled, you should brake gently andcome to a stop. A nervous animal isunpredictable; you should wait until theanimal is settled or has passed by. Otherroad users behind you might have limitedvision of the hazard, so good mirror workand early signalling will be required.




Sl.No Question 602 WHEN DRIVING IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE OF A

MOTORWAY YOU SEE MERGING VEHICLESTRAVELLING AT THE SAME SPEED AS YOU. YOUSHOULD- * TRY AND ACCELERATE PAST THEM Correct Answer * MOVE TO THE NEXT LANE IF SAFE & ALLOW THETRAFFIC TO MERGE BY ADJUSTING YOUR SPEED Move to the next lane if safe & allow the

traffic to merge by adjusting your speed * EXPECT THE TRAFFIC TO LET YOU PASS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Only change lanes if doing so will not be

inconvenient to other road users on themain carriageway . Merging drivers have aresponsibility to give way, if necessary,and not force their way into the maincarriageway. Planning ahead will ensurethat you are well prepared to deal withthese situations.

603 YOU ARE ABOUT TO PASS THIS CAR. WHAT ARE

THE MAIN HAZARDS YOU SHOULD BE AWAREOF?

* BRIGHT SUNSHINE REFLECTING OFF THE CARWINDSCREEN Correct Answer * THE DRIVER'S SIDE DOOR MAY SUDDENLY OPEN & THE PARKED CAR MAY MOVE OFF WITH NO WARNING The driver's side door may suddenly open

& the parked car may move off with nowarning.

* THE NARROW PAVEMENT ON THE RIGHT Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE You do not know what the driver of this car

will do. Be prepared for any hazard. Thedriver may not have seen you. Planningahead will allow you to be in the correctgear and at the correct speed to be able todeal safely with this hazard.

604 USING WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING FUELS IN ADIESEL ENGINE WOULD MOST HELP THEENVIRONMENT?

* ANTI-WAXING DIESEL Correct Answer * LOW SULPHUR DIESEL Low sulphur diesel * RED DIESEL Explanation * ANTI-FOAMING DIESEL Sulphur produces acidic gases. Diesel fuels

with lower sulphur content have beenproduced to lessen damage to theenvironment.

605 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING VEHICLE IS LEASTLIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY HIGH WINDS?




Sl.No Question * A Correct Answer * B B * C Explanation * D The car is the most stable of the vehicles

shown. All vehicles are affected bycrosswinds and buffeting from largervehicles. Don't be guilty of causingunnecessary turbulence when passingsmaller vehicles.

606 TURBULENCE IS CREATED BY LARGE VEHICLESTRAVELLING AT SPEED. THIS IS MOST LIKELYTO BE A DANGER TO

* CYCLISTS Correct Answer * PEDESTRIANS All of the above * MOTORCYCLISTS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Passing too close to any of the above will

create turbulence which will affect theirbalance or control. Don't be guilty of putting others in danger throughthoughtless or inconsiderate driving.

607 YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG THIS NARROWCOUNTRY ROAD. WHEN PASSING THE CYCLISTYOU SHOULD GO

* SLOWLY, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS Correct Answer * QUICKLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM Slowly, leaving plenty of room * SLOWLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM Explanation * QUICKLY, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS Look well ahead and only pull out if it is

safe. You will need to use all of the road topass the cyclist so be extra cautious andgive the cyclist plenty of room.

608 AS YOU APPROACH THIS BRIDGE YOU SHOULD

* SLOW DOWN Correct Answer * CONSIDER USING YOUR HORN All of the above * BEWARE OF PEDESTRIANS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You can't see over the bridge for oncoming

traffic so you must be cautious; slow rightdown. Consider the hidden hazards and beready to react if necessary.




Sl.No Question 609 WHEN MAY YOU NOT OVERTAKE FROM THE

LEFT?

* WHEN THE TRAFFIC IS MOVING SLOWLY INQUEUES. Correct Answer * ON A ONE-WAY STREET. On a free-flowing motorway or dual

carriageway. * ON A FREE-FLOWING MOTORWAY OR DUALCARRIAGEWAY. Explanation * WHEN THE CAR IN FRONT IS SIGNALLING TO TURNLEFT. You may only overtake on the left.

1.When traffic is moving slowly in queues2.When a vehicle ahead is positioned andindicating to turn right and there‟s room topass on the left.3.In a one-way street.Don‟t overtake on the left if the traffic on adual carriageway is flowing freely. Other

road users won‟t anticipate your action. 610 A BUS IS STOPPED AT A BUS STOP AHEAD OFYOU. ITS RIGHT-HAND INDICATOR ISFLASHING. YOU SHOULD

* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND SLOW DOWN Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY IF IT IS SAFE TO DOSO Slow down and give way if it is safe to do

so * SOUND YOUR HORN AND KEEP GOING Explanation * SLOW DOWN AND THEN SOUND YOUR HORN Give way to buses whenever you can do so

safely,especially when they signal to pull

away from bus stops. Look out for peopleleaving the bus and crossing the road.

611 YOU ARE FOLLOWING THIS BUS.YOU SHOULDKEEP WELL BACK FROM IT TO

* GIVE YOU A GOOD VIEW OF THE ROAD AHEAD Correct Answer * STOP FOLLOWING TRAFFIC FROM RUSHINGTHROUGH THE JUNCTION Stop following traffic from rushing through

the junction * PREVENT TRAFFIC BEHIND YOU FROM OVERTAKING Explanation * ALLOW YOU TO HURRY THROUGH THE TRAFFIC

LIGHTS IF THEY CHANGE By keeping well back you will increase your

width of vision around the rear of the bus.This will allow you to see further down theroad and be prepared for any hazards.

612 FOLLOWING THIS VEHICLE TOO CLOSELY ISUNWISE BECAUSE




Sl.No Question * YOUR BRAKES WILL OVERHEAT Correct Answer * YOUR VIEW AHEAD IS INCREASED Your view ahead is reduced * YOUR ENGINE WILL OVERHEAT Explanation * YOUR VIEW AHEAD IS REDUCED Staying back will increase your view of the

road ahead.This will help you to see anyhazards that might occur and allow youmore time to react.

613 YOU ENTER A ROAD WHERE THERE ARE ROADHUMPS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* MAINTAIN A REDUCED SPEED THROUGHOUT Correct Answer * ACCELERATE QUICKLY BETWEEN EACH ONE Maintain a reduced speed throughout * ALWAYS KEEP TO THE MAXIMUM LEGAL SPEED Explanation * DRIVE SLOWLY AT SCHOOL TIMINGS ONLY The humps are there for a reason - to

reduce the speed of the traffic. Don'taccelerate harshly between them as thismeans you will only have to brake harshlyto negotiate the next hump.

614 WHAT DOES THIS INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTMEAN WHEN LIT?

* VEHICLE PARKED ON THE ROAD Correct Answer * GEAR LEVER IN NEUTRAL Handbrake on * HANDBRAKE ON Explanation * HANDBRAKE OFF If you are not sure about any lights or

switches,check the vehicle manual. Youshould be aware that a light on theinstrument panel could be a warning aboutthe condition of your vehicle. Driving yourvehicle with hand brake on can lead tooverheating of brakes and clutch failure.

615 WHICH INSTRUMENT PANEL WARNING LIGHTWOULD SHOW THAT HEADLIGHTS ARE ON FULLBEAM?

* A Correct Answer * B A * C Explanation




Sl.No Question * D Don't use high beam if there is a possibility

of dazzling or blinding somebody, e.g.1. Oncoming traffic.2. When you drive close behind anothervehicle.3. During rain, because the refelecting light

will dazzle the other driver. 616 WHILE DRIVING, THIS WARNING LIGHT ONYOUR DASHBOARD COMES ON. IT MEANS?

* A FAULT IN THE BRAKING SYSTEM Correct Answer * THE ENGINE OIL IS LOW A fault in the braking system * A REAR LIGHT HAS FAILED Explanation * YOUR SEAT BELT IS NOT FASTENED Don't ignore this warning light. It could

have dangerous consequences. 617 CNG VEHICLE IS ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY

BECAUSE IT

* REDUCES NOISE POLLUTION Correct Answer * REDUCES EXHAUST EMISSIONS. All of the above * SAVES FUEL. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE CNG means compressed natural gas. It is

cheap and engines using it as a fuel areless noisy. It is an environment friendlygas because its combustion results in less

pollutants as produced by other fuels likediesel and petrol.

618 YOU ARE ON A GOOD, DRY ROAD SURFACE ANDYOUR VEHICLE HAS GOOD BRAKES AND TYRES.WHAT IS THE APPROX. OVERALL STOPPINGDISTANCE AT 60 KMPH * 23 METRES (75 FEET) Correct Answer * 53 METRES (175 FEET) 36 METRES (118 FEET) * 36 METRES (118 FEET) Explanation * 96 METRES (315 FEET) Factors that affect how long it takes you to

stop include* how fast you're going* whether you're travelling on thelevel,uphill or downhill* the weather and road conditions* the condition of tyres, brakes andsuspension* your reaction times.




Sl.No Question 619 WHEN APPROACHING A RIGHT-HAND CURVE

YOU SHOULD KEEP WELL TO THE LEFT. WHY ISTHIS?

* TO IMPROVE YOUR VIEW OF THE ROAD Correct Answer * TO OVERCOME THE EFFECT OF THE ROAD'S SLOPE To improve your view of the road * TO LET FASTER TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND OVERTAKE Explanation * TO BE POSITIONED SAFELY IF YOU SKID Doing this will give you an earlier view

around the bend and enable you to see anyhazards sooner.

620 YOU ARE ON A FAST OPEN ROAD IN GOODCONDITIONS. FOR SAFETY, THE DISTANCEBETWEEN YOU AND THE VEHICLE IN FRONTSHOULD BE- * A TWO-SECOND TIME GAP Correct Answer * ONE CAR LENGTH A two-second time gap * 2 METRES (6 FEET 6 INCHES) Explanation * TWO CAR LENGTHS One useful method of checking that you've

allowed enough room between you and thevehicle in front is the 'two-second rule'.You should allow a two-second time gap asa safe separation distance. Begin by saying'only a fool breaks the two-second rule'when the vehicle in front passes a fixedpoint. You shouldn't reach that point beforeyou finish saying this. If you do, you'retravelling too close and should drop back.

621 YOU ARE DRIVING IN HEAVY RAIN. YOUR STEERING SUDDENLY BECOMES VERY LIGHT.YOU SHOULD

* STEER TOWARDS THE SIDE OF THE ROAD Correct Answer * APPLY GENTLE ACCELERATION Ease off the accelerator * BRAKE FIRMLY TO REDUCE SPEED Explanation * EASE OFF THE ACCELERATOR Braking harshly in this situation could

cause the tyres to lift off the road surfaceand the wheels to lock, which will result inloss of control . If your vehicle is fitted withan anti-lock braking system (ABS) and itstarts to slide on the wet road surface,apply and maintain maximum force to thebrake pedal.




Sl.No Question 622 YOU ARE ON A LONG, DOWNHILL SLOPE. WHAT

SHOULD YOU DO TO HELP CONTROL THE SPEEDOF YOUR VEHICLE?

* SELECT NEUTRAL Correct Answer * SELECT A LOWER GEAR Select a lower gear * GRIP THE HANDBRAKE FIRMLY Explanation * APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE GENTLY Selecting a low gear when travelling

downhill will help you to control yourspeed. The engine will assist the brakesand prevent your vehicle gathering speed.

623 HOW CAN YOU TELL IF YOU ARE DRIVING ONICE?

* THE TYRES MAKE A RUMBLING NOISE Correct Answer * THE TYRES MAKE HARDLY ANY NOISE & THESTEERING BECOMES LIGHTER The tyres make hardly any noise & the

steering becomes lighter. * THE STEERING BECOMES HEAVIER Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Drive extremely carefully when the roads

are icy. When travelling on ice, tyres makevirtually no noise and steering feels light,because of low road friction.

624 WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD SHOWN IN THISPICTURE?

* VEHICLE TURNING RIGHT Correct Answer * VEHICLE TAKING U-TURN The cyclist crossing the road. * THE CYCLIST CROSSING THE ROAD Explanation * PARKED CARS AROUND THE CORNER Look at the picture carefully and try to

imagine you're there. The cyclist in thispicture isn't crossing the road in thecorrect place. You must be able to dealwith the unexpected, especially whenyou're planning your approach to ahazardous junction. There will be severalthings to think about on your approach so

look well ahead to give yourself time todeal with them.

625 WHICH ROAD USER HAS CAUSED A HAZARD?

* THE PARKED CAR (ARROWED A) Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * THE PEDESTRIAN WAITING TO CROSS (ARROWEDB) The parked car (arrowed a) * THE MOVING CAR (ARROWED C) Explanation * THE CAR TURNING (ARROWED D) The car has parked on the approach to a

pedestrian crossing. Parking there will

1.Block the view for pedestrians wishing tocross the road2.Restrict the view of the crossing fortraffic approaching.

626 THE LEFT HAND PAVEMENT IS CLOSED DUE TOSTREET REPAIRS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* WATCH OUT FOR PEDESTRIANS WALKING IN THEROAD. Correct Answer * USE YOUR RIGHT HAND MIRROR MORE OFTEN WATCH OUT FOR PEDESTRIANS WALKING

IN THE ROAD. * SPEED UP TO GET PAST THE ROAD WORKSQUICKER Explanation * POSITION CLOSE TO THE LEFT HAND KERB Where street repairs have closed off

pavements, proceed carefully and slowly aspedestrians might have to walk in theroad.

627 WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE CAR APPROACHING THE CROSSING DO?

* CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED Correct Answer * SOUND THE HORN Slow down and get ready to stop. * DRIVE THROUGH QUICKLY Explanation * SLOW DOWN AND GET READY TO STOP Look well ahead to see if any hazards are

developing. This will give you more time todeal with them in the correct way. Theman in the picture is clearly intending tocross the road. You should be travelling ata speed that allows you to check yourmirror, slow down and stop in good time.You shouldn't brake harshly.

628 WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE WHITE CAR DO?

* WAVE THE PEDESTRIAN WHO ARE WAITING TOCROSS Correct Answer * WAIT FOR THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE ROAD TOCROSS Wait for the pedestrian in the road to

cross. * QUICKLY DRIVE BEHIND THE PEDESTRIAN ON THEROAD Explanation




Sl.No Question * TELL THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE ROAD SHE SHOULDNOT HAVE CROSSED Always give way to pedestrians, don't get

impatient, some people might take longerto cross the road. Don't hurry them, theymight have poor eyesight or not be able tohear traffic approaching.

629

WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE RED CAR (ARROWED) DO?

* SOUND THE HORN TO TELL OTHER DRIVERSWHERE HE IS Correct Answer * SQUEEZE THROUGH THE GAP Wait untill the car blocking the way has

moved. * WAVE THE DRIVER OF THE WHITE CAR TO GO ON Explanation * WAIT UNTILL THE CAR BLOCKING THE WAY HASMOVED If you're in slow-moving traffic think ahead

so that you don't block junctions or stopothers progress. Don't

1.Force others to give way to you.2.Sound the horn to gain priority3.Flash your lights to gain or give priority4.Give any other misleading signal.

630 THE DRIVER OF WHICH CAR HAS CAUSED AHAZARD?

* CAR A Correct Answer * CAR B Car A * CAR C Explanation * CAR D The driver of car A has blocked the way of

approaching vehicle. It has also blockedthe view of the other vehicle trying toemerge. When dealing with busy junctionsconsider the other road users around you.Your actions must not put any other driveror rider at risk.

631 WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD THE DRIVER OF THE RED CAR (ARROWED) MUST BE AWARE OF?

* GLARE FROM THE SUN MAY AFFECT THE DRIVER'S

VISION Correct Answer

* THE WHITE CAR MAY STOP SUDDENLY The bus may move out into the road. * THE BUS MAY MOVE OUT INTO THE ROAD Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE You should try to anticipate the actions of

the other road users around you. Thedriver of the red car should be prepared forthe bus which may pull out in front of it.




Sl.No Question 632 IN HEAVY MOTORWAY TRAFFIC YOU ARE BEING

FOLLOWED CLOSELY BY THE VEHICLE BEHIND.HOW CAN YOU LOWER THE RISK OF ANACCIDENT? * INCREASE YOUR DISTANCE FROM THE VEHICLE INFRONT Correct Answer * TAP YOUR FOOT ON THE BRAKE PEDAL SHARPLY Increase your distance from the vehicle in

front. * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS Explanation * MOVE ONTO THE HARD SHOULDER AND STOP Don't follow too close to the vehicle in

front. If a driver behind seems to be'pushing' you, increase your distance fromthe vehicle in front by slowing downgently. This will lessen the risk of anaccident involving several vehicles.

633 WHAT DOES THE SOLID WHITE LINE AT THESIDE OF THE ROAD INDICATE?

* TRAFFIC LIGHTS AHEAD Correct Answer * EDGE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY Edge of the carriageway. * FOOTPATH ON THE LEFT Explanation * CYCLE PATH This road marking gives you a warning.

This is especially useful in bad weatherwhen visibility is restricted.

634 YOU SEE THIS SIGN AHEAD. YOU SHOULDEXPECT THE ROAD TO

* GO STEEPLY UPHILL Correct Answer * GO STEEPLY DOWNHILL Bend sharply to the left. * BEND SHARPLY TO THE LEFT Explanation * BEND SHARPLY TO THE RIGHT Adjust your speed in good time so that you

are able to select the correct gear for thebend. Going too fast into the bend will leadto lack of control.

635 YOU ARE APPROACHING THIS CYCLIST. YOUSHOULD

* OVERTAKE BEFORE THE CYCLIST GETS TO THEJUNCTION Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AT THE CYCLIST Slow down and allow the cyclist to turn. * SLOW DOWN AND ALLOW THE CYCLIST TO TURN Explanation




Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST ON THE LEFT-HAND SIDE Keep well back and allow the cyclist room

to take up the correct position for the turn.Don't get too close behind or try tosqueeze past.

636 WHY MUST YOU TAKE EXTRA CARE WHENTURNING RIGHT AT THIS JUNCTION?

* ROAD SURFACE IS POOR Correct Answer * FOOTPATHS ARE NARROW There is reduced visibility. * ROAD MARKINGS ARE FAINT Explanation * THERE IS REDUCED VISIBILITY You may have to pull forward slowly until

you can see down the road. Be aware thatthe traffic approaching the junction can'tsee you either. If you don't know that it'sclear, don't go.

637 BECAUSE OF ITS SIZE AND DESIGN A LARGEVEHICLE WILL HAVE

* LESS BLIND SPOTS THAN SMALLER VEHICLES. Correct Answer * MORE BLIND SPOTS THAN SMALLER VEHICLES. More blind spots than smaller vehicles. * THE SAME BLIND SPOTS AS SMALLER VEHICLES. Explanation * NO BLIND SPOTS AT ALL . Because of large length and design of large

vehicles the drivers of these vehiclesshould make good use of the mirrors whiledriving, which will help them in eliminating

the possibility of being unaware of avehicle in their blind spot areas.

638 YOU ARE BEHIND THIS CYCLIST. WHEN THETRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGE, WHAT SHOULD YOUDO?

* TRY TO MOVE OFF BEFORE THE CYCLIST Correct Answer * ALLOW THE CYCLIST TIME AND ROOM Allow the cyclist time and room. * TURN RIGHT BUT GIVE THE CYCLIST ROOM Explanation * TAP YOUR HORN AND DRIVE THROUGH FIRST Hold back and allow the cyclists to move

off. 639 YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS THIS LEFT HANDBEND. WHAT DANGERS SHOULD YOU BE AWAREOF?

* A VEHICLE OVERTAKING YOU Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * NO WHITE LINES IN THE CENTRE OF THE ROAD Pedestrians walking towards you. * NO SIGN TO WARN YOU OF THE BEND Explanation * PEDESTRIANS WALKING TOWARDS YOU Pedestrians walking on a road with no

pavement will walk against the direction of the traffic. You can't see around this bend;there may be hidden dangers. Alwaysconsider this so you give yourself time toreact to them.

640 WHEN APPROACHING THIS BRIDGE YOUSHOULD GIVE WAY TO

* BICYCLES Correct Answer * BUSES Buses. * MOTORCYCLES Explanation * CARS A double-decker bus will have to take up a

position in the centre of the road so that itcan clear the bridge. There is normally asign to indicate this. Look well down theroad, through the bridge and consider thatyou may have to stop and give way to anybus approaching.

641 WHAT TYPE OF VEHICLE COULD YOU EXPECT TOMEET IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD?

* LORRY Correct Answer * BICYCLE Lorry. * CAR Explanation * MOTORCYCLE A large vehicle might have to take up all

the road to allow the top of the vehicle toclear the bridge. The arch of the bridge isat its highest point in the centre.

642 WHY SHOULD THE JUNCTION ON THE LEFT BEKEPT CLEAR?

* TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO ENTER AND EMERGE Correct Answer * TO ALLOW THE BUS TO REVERSE To allow vehicles to enter and emerge. * TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO MAKE A 'U' TURN Explanation * TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO PARK If you are waiting in traffic look well down

the queue. Judge stopping so that you areable to leave a gap allowing traffic to flowin and out of the junction.




Sl.No Question 643 WHEN THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGE TO GREEN,

THE WHITE CAR SHOULD

* WAIT FOR THE CYCLIST TO PULL AWAY Correct Answer * MOVE OFF QUICKLY AND TURN IN FRONT OF THECYCLIST Wait for the cyclist to pull away. * MOVE CLOSE UP TO THE CYCLIST TO BEAT THELIGHTS Explanation * SOUND THE HORN TO WARN THE CYCLIST Before you move away check all around,

cyclists often filter along the nearside of waiting traffic. Allow the cyclist to move off safely.

644 YOU INTEND TO TURN LEFT AT THE TRAFFICLIGHTS. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD

* CHECK YOUR RIGHT MIRROR Correct Answer * MOVE CLOSE UP TO THE WHITE CAR Check for bicycles on your left. * STRADDLE THE LANES Explanation * CHECK FOR BICYCLES ON YOUR LEFT This is especially important if you have

been stationary and are about to move off.Cyclists do often try to filter past vehiclesin this way. You should always check yournear side.

645 YOU SHOULD REDUCE YOUR SPEED WHENDRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD BECAUSE

* THERE IS A STAGGERED JUNCTION AHEAD Correct Answer * THERE IS A LOW BRIDGE AHEAD There is a staggered junction ahead * THERE IS A CHANGE IN THE ROAD SURFACE Explanation * THE ROAD AHEAD NARROWS Traffic could be turning off to the left or

right ahead of you. They will be slowingright down or stopping to allow oncomingtraffic to clear. Be prepared for thissituation as you might have to slow downor stop behind them.

646 YOU ARE DRIVING AT 60 KMPH. AS YOUAPPROACH THIS HAZARD YOU SHOULD-

* MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED Correct Answer * REDUCE YOUR SPEED Reduce your speed.




Sl.No Question * TAKE THE NEXT RIGHT TURN Explanation * TAKE THE NEXT LEFT TURN There could be stationary traffic ahead,

waiting to turn right. Other traffic could beemerging and they will take time to gatherspeed.

647 AT THIS BLIND JUNCTION YOU MUST STOP

* BEHIND THE LINE, THEN EDGE FORWARD TO SEECLEARLY Correct Answer * BEYOND THE LINE AT A POINT WHERE YOU CANSEE CLEARLY Behind the line, then edge forward to see

clearly. * ONLY IF THERE IS TRAFFIC ON THE MAIN ROAD Explanation * ONLY IF YOU ARE TURNING TO THE RIGHT The stop sign has been put here because it

is a dangerous junction. You must stop. Itwill not be possible to assess the situationon the move, however slowly.

648 YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. THEDRIVER ON THE LEFT IS REVERSING FROM ADRIVEWAY. YOU SHOULD-

* MOVE TO THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROAD Correct Answer * DRIVE THROUGH AS YOU HAVE PRIORITY Sound your horn and be prepared to stop. * SOUND YOUR HORN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP Explanation * SPEED UP AND DRIVE THROUGH QUICKLY White lights at the rear of a car show that

it is about to reverse. Sound your horn as

a warning and reduce your speed as aprecaution.

649 YOU SEE A HORSE RIDER AS YOU APPROACH AROUNDABOUT. THEY ARE SIGNALLING RIGHTBUT KEEPING WELL TO THE LEFT. YOU SHOULD-

* PROCEED AS NORMAL Correct Answer * KEEP CLOSE TO THEM Stay well back. * CUT IN FRONT OF THEM Explanation * STAY WELL BACK Allow the riders to enter and exit the

roundabout in their own time. Don't driveup close behind or alongside them, thiscould disturb the horses.

650 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A CYCLIST. YOU WISH TOTURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD-




Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST BEFORE THE JUNCTION Correct Answer * PULL ALONGSIDE THE CYCLIST AND STAY LEVELUNTIL AFTER THE JUNCTION Hold back until the cyclist has passed the

junction. * HOLD BACK UNTIL THE CYCLIST HAS PASSED THEJUNCTION Explanation * GO AROUND THE CYCLIST ON THE JUNCTION Make allowances for cyclists. Allow them

plenty of room. If you're following a cyclistbe aware that they also have to deal withhazards. They might swerve or changedirection suddenly to avoid uneven roadsurfaces.

651 YOU ARE AT A ROAD JUNCTION, TURNING INTOA MINOR ROAD. THERE ARE PEDESTRIANSCROSSING THE MINOR ROAD. YOU SHOULD-

* STOP AND WAVE THE PEDESTRIANS ACROSS Correct Answer * SOUND YOUR HORN TO LET THE PEDESTRIANSKNOW THAT YOU ARE THERE Give way to the pedestrians who are

already crossing. * GIVE WAY TO THE PEDESTRIANS WHO AREALREADY CROSSING Explanation * CARRY ON; THE PEDESTRIANS SHOULD GIVE WAYTO YOU Always look into the road you're turning

into. If there are pedestrians crossing, beconsiderate, but don't wave or signal tothem to cross. Signal your intention to turnas you approach.

652 YOU ARE APPROACHING THIS ROUNDABOUTAND SEE THE CYCLIST SIGNAL RIGHT. WHY ISTHE CYCLIST KEEPING TO THE LEFT?

* IT IS QUICKER ROUTE FOR THE CYCLIST Correct Answer * THE CYCLIST IS GOING TO TURN LEFT INSTEAD The cyclist is slower and more vulnerable. * THE CYCLIST THINKS THE HIGHWAY CODE DOESNOT APPLY TO BICYCLES Explanation * THE CYCLIST IS SLOWER AND MORE VULNERABLE Cycling in today's heavy traffic can be

hazardous. Some cyclists may not feelhappy about crossing the path of traffic totake up a position in an outside lane. Beaware of this and understand that,although in the left-hand lane, the cyclistmight be turning right.

653 YOU ARE DRIVING IN TOWN. THERE IS A BUS ATTHE BUS STOP ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE

ROAD. WHY SHOULD YOU BE CAREFUL? * THE BUS MAY HAVE BROKEN DOWN Correct Answer * PEDESTRIANS MAY COME FROM BEHIND THE BUS Pedestrians may come from behind the

bus. * THE BUS MAY MOVE OFF SUDDENLY Explanation




Sl.No Question * THE BUS MAY REMAIN STATIONARY If you see a bus ahead watch out for

pedestrians. They may not be able to seeyou if they're crossing from behind thebus.

654 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LARGE ARTICULATEDVEHICLE. IT IS GOING TO TURN LEFT INTO A

NARROW ROAD. WHAT ACTION SHOULD YOUTAKE? * MOVE OUT AND OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT Correct Answer * PASS ON THE LEFT AS THE VEHICLE MOVES OUT Be prepared to stop behind. * BE PREPARED TO STOP BEHIND Explanation * OVERTAKE QUICKLY BEFORE THE LORRY MOVESOUT Lorries are larger and longer than other

vehicles. This will affect their position whenapproaching junctions - especially whenturning left. They need more room so thatthey don't cut in and mount the kerb whenturning.

655 IT IS VERY WINDY. YOU ARE BEHIND AMOTORCYCLIST WHO IS OVERTAKING A HIGH-SIDED VEHICLE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* OVERTAKE THE MOTORCYCLIST IMMEDIATELY Correct Answer * KEEP WELL BACK Keep well back. * STAY LEVEL WITH THE MOTORCYCLIST Explanation * KEEP CLOSE TO THE MOTORCYCLIST Motorcyclists are affected more by windy

weather than other vehicles. Keep wellback as they could be blown off course.

656 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LONG VEHICLE. ITAPPROACHES A CROSSROADS AND SIGNALSLEFT, BUT MOVES OUT TO THE RIGHT. YOUSHOULD- * GET CLOSER IN ORDER TO PASS IT QUICKLY Correct Answer * STAY WELL BACK AND GIVE IT ROOM Stay well back and give it room. * ASSUME THE SIGNAL IS WRONG AND IT IS REALLYTURNING RIGHT Explanation * OVERTAKE AS IT STARTS TO SLOW DOWN Approaching a left turn a lorry may swing

out to the right. This is to allow the rearwheels to clear the kerb as it turns. If yousee a gap on the nearside don't try to filterthrough.

657 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LONG VEHICLEAPPROACHING A CROSSROADS. THE DRIVER SIGNALS RIGHT BUT MOVES CLOSE TO THE LEFT -HAND KERB. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO? * WARN THE DRIVER OF THE WRONG SIGNAL Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * WAIT BEHIND THE LONG VEHICLE Wait behind the long vehicle. * REPORT THE DRIVER TO THE POLICE Explanation * OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT-HAND SIDE When a long vehicle is going to turn right it

may need to keep close to the left-handkerb. This is to prevent the rear end of thetrailer cutting the corner. You need to beaware of how long vehicles behave in suchsituations. Don't overtake the lorrybecause it could turn as you're alongside.Stay behind and give plenty of room.

658 YOU ARE APPROACHING A MINI-ROUNDABOUT.THE LONG VEHICLE IN FRONT IS SIGNALLINGLEFT BUT POSITIONED OVER TO THE RIGHT.YOU SHOULD- * SOUND YOUR HORN Correct Answer * OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT Keep well back. * FOLLOW THE SAME COURSE AS THE LORRY Explanation * KEEP WELL BACK At mini-roundabouts there isn't much room

for a long vehicle to manoeuvre. It willhave to swing out wide so that it cancomplete the turn safely. Keep well backand allow plenty of room. Don't move upalongside it.

659 YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LARGE LORRY ON A WETROAD. SPRAY MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO SEE. YOUSHOULD

* DROP BACK UNTIL YOU CAN SEE BETTER Correct Answer * PUT YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON FULL BEAM Drop back until you can see better. * KEEP CLOSE TO THE LORRY, AWAY FROM THESPRAY Explanation * SPEED UP AND OVERTAKE QUICKLY In the wet, large vehicles may throw up a

lot of spray. This will make it difficult tosee ahead. Dropping back further will1.Move you out of the spray and so allowyou to see further2.Increase your separation distance. Ittakes longer to stop on wet roads and youneed to allow more room.Don't1.Get up close behind

2.Overtake, unless you can see the wayahead is clear. 660 YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. WHAT

SHOULD YOU BE PREPARED TO DO?

* SOUND YOUR HORN AND CONTINUE Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY Slow down and give way. * REPORT THE DRIVER TO THE POLICE Explanation * SQUEEZE THROUGH THE GAP Large vehicles may need more road space

at times. Be prepared to stop and wait if avehicle needs more time and road room toturn.

661 YOU MAY DRIVE WITH FRONT FOG LIGHTSSWITCHED ON

* WHEN VISIBILITY IS LESS THAN 100 METRES (328FEET) Correct Answer * AT ANY TIME TO BE NOTICED When visibility is less than 100 metres

(328 feet). * INSTEAD OF HEADLIGHTS ON HIGH SPEED ROADS Explanation * WHEN DAZZLED BY THE LIGHTS OF ONCOMINGVEHICLES Consider if the distance you are able to see

is more than 100 metre (328 feet). Turnoff your fog lights as the weatherimproves.

662 YOU ARE DRIVING IN FOG. WHY SHOULD YOUKEEP WELL BACK FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT?

* IN CASE IT CHANGES DIRECTION SUDDENLY Correct Answer * IN CASE ITS FOG LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU In case it stops suddenly. * IN CASE IT STOPS SUDDENLY Explanation * IN CASE ITS BRAKE LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU If you're following another road user in fog

stay well back. The driver in front won't beable to see hazards until they're close andmight brake suddenly. You'll need a goodseparation distance as the road surface islikely to be wet and slippery.

663 YOU ARE DRIVING WITH YOUR FRONT FOGLIGHTS SWITCHED ON. EARLIER FOG HAS NOWCLEARED. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* LEAVE THEM ON IF OTHER DRIVERS HAVE THEIRLIGHTS ON Correct Answer * SWITCH THEM OFF AS LONG AS VISIBILITYREMAINS GOOD Switch them off as long as visibilityremains good. * FLASH THEM TO WARN ONCOMING TRAFFIC THATIT IS FOGGY Explanation * DRIVE WITH THEM ON, INSTEAD OF YOURHEADLIGHTS Switch off your fog lights if the weather

improves, but be prepared to use themagain if visibility reduces to less than 100metres (328 feet).




Sl.No Question 664 A BASIC RULE WHEN ON HIGHWAYS IS

* USE THE LANE THAT HAS LEAST TRAFFIC Correct Answer * KEEP TO THE LEFT LANE UNLESS OVERTAKING Keep to the left lane unless overtaking. * OVERTAKE ON THE SIDE THAT IS CLEAREST Explanation * TRY TO KEEP ABOVE 50 MPH TO PREVENTCONGESTION When you've overtaken, move back into

the left-hand lane as soon as it's safe to doso. Don‟t cut across in front of the vehiclethat you're overtaking

665 YOU MEET AN OBSTRUCTION ON YOUR SIDE OFTHE ROAD. YOU SHOULD-

* CARRY ON .YOU HAVE PRIORITY Correct Answer * GIVE WAY TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC Give way to oncoming traffic. * WAVE ONCOMING VEHICLES THROUGH Explanation * ACCELERATE TO GET PAST FIRST If you have to pass a parked vehicle on

your side of the road take care. Give wayto oncoming traffic if there isn't enoughroom for you both to continue safely.

666 YOU ARE REVERSING YOUR VEHICLE INTO ASIDE ROAD. WHEN WOULD THE GREATESTHAZARD TO PASSING TRAFFIC OCCUR?

* AFTER YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE MANOEUVRE Correct Answer * JUST BEFORE YOU ACTUALLY BEGIN TOMANOEUVRE When the front of your vehicle swings out. * AFTER YOU HAVE ENTERED THE SIDE ROAD Explanation * WHEN THE FRONT OF YOUR VEHICLE SWINGS OUT Always check road and traffic conditions in

all directions. Act on what you see and waitif you need to.

667 YOU ARE APPROACHING A ZEBRA CROSSINGWHERE PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING. WHICHARM SIGNAL MIGHT YOU GIVE?

* A Correct Answer * B A * C Explanation




Sl.No Question * D A 'slowing down' signal will indicate your

intentions to oncoming and followingvehicles. Be aware that pedestrians mightstart to cross as soon as they see thissignal.

668 THE WHITE LINE ALONG THE SIDE OF THE ROAD

* SHOWS THE EDGE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY Correct Answer * SHOWS THE APPROACH TO A HAZARD Shows the edge of the carriageway. * MEANS NO PARKING Explanation * MEANS NO OVERTAKING This is found at the edge of the road other

than at junctions. This mark the limits of the main carriageway, upto which a drivercan safely venture.

669 YOU ARE WAITING AT A T-JUNCTION. AVEHICLE IS COMING FROM THE RIGHT WITHTHE LEFT SIGNAL FLASHING. WHAT SHOULDYOU DO? * MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD Correct Answer * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THEJUNCTION Explanation * MOVE OUT SLOWLY Other road users may give misleading

signals. When you're waiting at a junctiondon't emerge until you're sure of their

intentions. Pulling out safely calls foraccurate judgement. 670 YOU ARRIVE AT AN ACCIDENT WHERE

SOMEONE IS SUFFERING FROM SEVERE BURNS.WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WOULD HELP?

* DOUSE THE BURNS WITH COLD WATER Correct Answer * REMOVE ANYTHING STUCK TO THE BURNS Douse the burns with cold water. * BURST BLISTERS THAT FORM ON THE BURNS Explanation * APPLY OINTMENT TO THE BURNS Cold water will cool the burning tissue,

prevent further damage, reduce swellingand alleviate pain.

671 A VEHICLE HAS ROLLED OVER AND CAUGHTFIRE. THE DRIVER'S HANDS AND ARMS HAVEBEEN BURNED. YOU SHOULD NOT

* DOUSE THE BURNS WITH COLD WATER Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * LAY THE CASUALTY DOWN Remove anything sticking to the burns. * REMOVE SMOULDERING CLOTHING Explanation * REMOVE ANYTHING STICKING TO THE BURNS Do not remove anything sticking to the

burn. You may cause further damage andintroduce infection into the wound.

672 WHILE DRIVING YOU APPROACH A LARGEPUDDLE THAT IS CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HANDKERB. PEDESTRIANS ARE CLOSE TO THE WATER.YOU SHOULD- * IGNORE THE PUDDLE Correct Answer * BRAKE SUDDENLY AND SOUND YOUR HORN Slow down before the puddle & try to avoid

splashing the pedestrians * SLOW DOWN BEFORE THE PUDDLE & TRY TO AVOIDSPLASHING THE PEDESTRIANS Explanation * WAVE AT THE PEDESTRIANS TO KEEP BACK The effects of your vehicle driving through

a puddle will be to throw water onto thepavement. If there are pedestrians closeby they could be splashed with the water.Be considerate. If possible avoid drivingthrough it.

673 CATALYTIC CONVERTER WILL GET DAMAGED IFWE USE

* RICH (AIR-FUEL) MIXTURE Correct Answer * LEAN MIXTURE Rich (air-fuel) mixture. * BOTH A & B Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Rich (air fuel) mixture damages the

catalysts like platinum, palladium andrhodium present in the catalytic converter.

674 AIR POLLUTION EFFECTS

* HUMAN BEINGS Correct Answer * PLANTS All of the above. * ANIMALS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Air pollution damages the organs of living

beings like respiratory system, promotesanimal diseases and affects thephotosynthesis process in plants.




Sl.No Question * SMOKING (CIGARETTES ETC.) Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Man‟s ill health today can be attributed to

the different types of pollution he issubjected to in the environment he lives,works and travels. Automobile pollution,

one of the major causes of atmosphericpollution is directly threatening the Indianmetros.

679 CAUSES OF AUTOMOBILE POLLUTION IS / ARE

* POOR MAINTENANCE Correct Answer * OVER LOADING OF VEHICLES All of the above * FREQUENT TRAFFIC JAMS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE The condition of engine, quality of fuel,

overloading, poor maintanence andfrequent traffic jams are some of thefactors that contribute to vehicularpollution.

680 DEPLETION OF ATMOSPHERIC OZONE LAYER ISDUE TO

* CHLORO FLORO CARBON Correct Answer * OXYGEN Chloro Floro Carbon * CARBON DIOXIDE Explanation * CARBON MONOXIDE Florinated hydrocarbon propellants

released from spray cans, refrigerantequipment, drift upward in the atmospherecauses damage to the ozone layer, thuspermitting a greater proportion of the solarultraviolet radiation to reach the earth‟ssurface, with serious consequences tohealth.

681 MAJOR CONSTITUENT OF AIR POLLUTION BYVEHICLES IS

* CARBON MONOXIDE Correct Answer * SULPHER DIOXIDE Carbon Monoxide. * HYDROCARBONS Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE A colourless, almost odourless gas, formula

CO. It is produced, by the incompletecombustion of fuel in automobile engines.




Sl.No Question 682 IN ORDER TO KEEP FOCUSSED WHILE DRIVING

YOU SHOULD

* KEEP YOUR EYES MOVING; SCAN THE ENTIREDRIVING SCENE. Correct Answer * PULL OVER AND STOP IF YOU NEED TO TALK ON ACELL PHONE. All of the above. * KEEP PREDICTING WHAT WILL HAPPEN NEXT, ANDPLAN YOUR MOVES. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. To be able to drive safely, you must have

100 percent concentration. It is infact thebasis of good driving. If you let your mindwander even for a moment, it may lead toan accident. When feeling tired, unwell,upset, annoyed or distracted, avoiddriving.

683 IN ORDER TO STAY AWAKE WHILE DRIVING ON

A LONG TRIP, YOU CAN

* SING OR TALK TO YOURSELF. Correct Answer * TAKE A NAP AT A REST STOP. All of the above. * EAT MODERATELY. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. As soon as you are tired or sleepy, stop at

a rest area or off the road and take a shortwalk. Have a cup of tea or coffee, and alight snack. If that does not work, find aplace to rest.

684 WHAT IS THE REASON FOR TYRE WEARINGFROM THE CENTRE?

* OVER INFLATION. Correct Answer * UNDER INFLATION. Over inflation. * IMPROPER WHEEL ALIGNMENT Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE When the tyre is over inflated the centre

of the tyre is more in contact with theroad than the sides of the tyre. This

results in tyre wearing from the centre. 685 WHEN ENGINE OIL IS TO BE CHANGED

* THE ENGINE SHOULD BE HOT. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * THE ENGINE SHOULD BE COLD The engine should be hot. * TEMPERATURE OF THE ENGINE DOES NOT MATTER Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Engine oil should be changed , when it is

hot because the oil becomes thin and itsviscosity decreases so that all the oil in thecylinder block comes out along with thedirty particles like metal dust due to wearand tear of parts.

686 WHAT IS THE REASON FOR EXCESSIVE ENGINEOIL CONSUMPTION?

* WORN OR WEAK PISTON RINGS. Correct Answer * INCORRECT WHEEL ALIGNMENT. Worn or weak piston rings. * CHOKED OIL FILTER. Explanation * UNDER INFLATION. Oil consumption in an engine is controlled

principally by the use of slotted oil scraperrings in the piston. If piston rings are wornor weak, this will result in burning of engine oil above the piston and henceresults in loss of engine oil and smoke fromthe exhaust.

687 OUT OF THE FOLLOWING, WHAT IS/ARE THEREASONS FOR LOW OIL PRESSURE IN YOUR VEHICLE?

* LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL. Correct Answer * DEFECTIVE OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. All of the above * WORN CRANKSHAFT BEARING. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Low oil pressure can result due to low level

of oil, wrong grade of oil, malfunctioning of oil pump, defective oil pressure relief valveor worn out crankshaft bearing. Low oilpressure can lead to engine failure due toimproper lubrication to various engineparts.

688 WHICH LUBRICANT SHOULD BE USED ONBATTERY TERMINALS TO AVOID SULPHATIONON THEM?

* GREASE. Correct Answer * OIL. Petroleum jelly * PETROLEUM JELLY. Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Use of petroleum jelly on battery terminals

cuts off the contact of terminal with theatmosphere which prevents sulphation onthe terminals, keep battery terminal cleanof sulphation. Use luke warm water forcleaning, sulphated terminals.

689 HOW SHOULD YOU CLEAN THE SULPHATION ONBATTERY TERMINALS?

* WITH COLD WATER. Correct Answer * WITH WARM WATER. With warm water * WITH DISTILLED WATER. Explanation * WITH TAP WATER Cleaning the sulphated battery terminal

with warm water breaks the hard depositof sulphur easily.

690 HOW WILL YOU ADJUST THE PERCENTAGE OFCARBON MONOXIDE EMISSION IN ACARBURETOR VEHICLE?

* BY ADJUSTING THE RPM. Correct Answer * BY ADJUSTING THE IGNITION TIMING. By adjusting the mixture screw. * BY ADJUSTING THE MIXTURE SCREW. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. The mixture screw in the carburetor

controls the air-fuel ratio. If the richmixture goes to the engine cylinder it willresult in unburnt gases emitting from the

exhaust resulting in pollution of environment by gases like carbonmonoxide.

691 WHICH LEADS TO HIGHER FUELCONSUMPTION?

* INCORRECT VALVE CLEARANCE (TAPPETADJUSTMENT) Correct Answer * UNDER INFLATION. All of the above. * CHOKED AIR FILTER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Fuel consumption can be reduced by

correcting the valve clearance. If the valveremains open at the wrong time , it willresult in loss of compression. This resultsin loss of fuel. Similarly choked air filtermeans dusty air going into the cylinderwhich results in incomplete combustion.Under inflated tyres result in load onengine which means more requirement of fuel by the engine.




Sl.No Question 692 WHAT IS THE FUNCTION OF RADIATOR CAP IN

COOLING SYSTEM?

* TO MAINTAIN PRESSURE INSIDE THE RADIATOR. Correct Answer * TO COOL DOWN WATER OR COOLANT INSIDE THERADIATOR. To maintain pressure inside the radiator * TO CIRCULATE WATER OR COOLANT IN THEENGINE. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. The radiator cap is an important part of the

cooling system. By maintaining a highpressure, it increases the boiling point,eliminates steam pockets, minimisesevaporation, releases expanded coolant inthe reservoir bottle and sucks back coolantfrom the reservoir automatically throughits inbuilt pressure and vacuum valve.

693

WHAT IS THE REASON FOR TYRE WEARINGFROM CORNERS ?

* OVER INFLATION. Correct Answer * UNDER INFLATION. Under inflation. * IMPROPER WHEEL ALIGNMENT. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. When the tyre is under inflated the sides of

the tyre are more in contact with the roadthan the centre of the tyre. This results intyre wearing from the sides.

694 WHAT WILL HAPPEN IF THE WHEELS ARE NOTPROPERLY BALANCED?

* VEHICLE PULLING TO THE RIGHT. Correct Answer * VEHICLE PULLING TO THE LEFT. Steering wobbling. * STEERING WOBBLING. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Wobbling or vibration in steering at specific

high speeds is due to front wheels notbalanced. In this case you should seek

garage assistance for balancing the tyre onwheel balancing machine. 695 WHAT SHOULD BE THE PROCEDURE TO TEST THE

BATTERY OF YOUR VEHICLE?

* BY SHORTING BOTH THE TERMINALS. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * BY HYDROMETER. By hydrometer * BY TACHOMETER. Explanation * BY ODOMETER. Hydrometer is used for checking specific

gravity of each cell. It should be 1.28 incase of a fully charged baterry. If thespecific gravity of the battery is at lowerside it can lead to starting problem of thevehicle.

696 YOU SHOULD NEVER COAST IN NEUTRALBECAUSE

* YOU NEED TO BE IN GEAR TO SAFELY CONTROLYOUR VEHICLE. Correct Answer * YOU CAN'T STOP THE CAR WHILE IN NEUTRAL. Both a & b are correct. * BOTH A & B ARE CORRECT. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Coasting in neutral is the condition when

the vehicle is free wheeling. This reducesthe driver‟s control of the vehicle. Whenyou coast, the engine can‟t drive thewheels to pull you through a corner.Coasting also prevents the engine brakingfrom holding the car back.

697 IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE YOUR TYRES ARE INGOOD CONDITION, YOU SHOULD

* CHECK THEM REGULARLY FOR PROPER INFLATION. Correct Answer * CHECK FOR ADEQUATE TREAD. All of the above. * MAKE SURE ALL FOUR TYRES DON'T HAVE CUTS ONTHEIR SIDE WALLS. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. If your tyres don‟t have enough air in them

they will drag against the surface of theroad. This makes the steering feel heavy.Regular checks of tyre pressures canprevent these effects. Tyres must have agood depth of tread and should not havecuts on their side walls.

698 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVEL AS PER IS 3028 ARE

* 85 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE(4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 82 dB (A) FORPASSENGER CARS

Correct Answer * 89 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE(4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 82 dB (A) FORPASSENGER CARS

89 dB(a) for passenger/commercial vehicle(4000 to 12000kg gvw)82 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER CARS




Sl.No Question * 82 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE(4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 85 dB (A) FOR PASSENGERCARS

Explanation * 91 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE(4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 89 dB (A) FOR PASSENGERCARS

Noise disturbs the mental equilibrium andconcentration of the driver as well as otherroad users. You as a driver also have a

responsibility to help reduce noisepollution.

699 MAJOR SOURCE OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTIONIS

* INDUSTRIAL Correct Answer * VEHICULAR Vehicular * THERMAL POWER PLANT Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE 64% of the air pollution is due to exhaust

emissions from vehicles. The increasednumber of vehicles has lead to increase inenvironment pollution. Transport is anessential part of modern life, but we shouldnot ignore its environmental consequences.

700 WHAT ARE THE BASIC RULES OF FIRST AID?

* REACH THE ACCIDENT SPOT QUICKLY. Correct Answer * BE CALM, METHODICAL AND QUICK. All of the above. * GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION IF REQUIRED. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. To prevent the deterioration of the

condition of the victim, it is required togive and follow the basic rules of first aid.

701 AN INCISED WOUND IS CAUSED BY

* MACHINERY Correct Answer * STABS. Sharp objects. * SHARP OBJECTS. Explanation * BLUNT OBJECTS. Incised wound means a wound which is

more in length than the depth. This can becaused only by a sharp object like knife orblade.




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Vehicles having petrol engines with

carburator have choke which reduces theair-fuel ratio allowing a richer mixture,which in turn helps in cold starting of theengine.

706 THE NEED TO TOP-UP A BATTERY AT FREQUENT

INTERVALS INDICATES THAT THE

* BATTERY IS BEING OVERCHARGED Correct Answer * BATTERY IS BEING UNDER CHARGED Battery is being overcharged. * BOTH A & B Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE When the battery requires frequent topping

up by water it means that the alternator ismalfunctioning which results inoverheating of battery plates which in turnevaporates the electrolyte.

707 A 12 V LEAD ACID BATTERY CONSISTS OF

* 6 CELLS. Correct Answer * 12 CELLS. 6 cells. * 4 CELLS. Explanation * 8 CELLS. A car battery has 6 cells, each cell has a

potential difference of 2.1 volt. The roundfigure of potential difference of 6 cells in a

single battery comes to about 12 volt. 708 THE TYPE OF ENGINE USED IN MOST MOTOR

CARS IS

* INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE Correct Answer * EXTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE Internal combustion. * WANKEL ENGINE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE In internal combustion engine, combustion

of the fuel with oxygen of the air occurs

within the cylinder of the engine. It canfurther be categorized into gas engine,petrol engine and diesel engine. Mostlycars use either petrol or diesel as fueltherefore they can be called an I.C. engine.




Sl.No Question 709 ENGINE WILL MISFIRE DUE TO WHICH OF THE

REASONS?

* IF ANY OF THE SPARK PLUGS IS DEFECTIVE. Correct Answer * DEFECTIVE HIGH TENSION CORDS. All of the above. * ADULTERATED FUEL. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Engine misfire is nothing but engine

missing. It is due to defective HT cords andspark plug. It is also a result of adulteratedfuel. To avoid this symptom in yourvehicle, you should check all electricalconnections, clean the plugs and use purefuel. The other possible reasons of enginemisfire could be faulty ignition timing,incorrect air - fuel ratio.

710 WHY IS TYRE ROTATION NECESSARY?

* TO AVOID ABNORMAL WEAR AND TEAR OF TYRES. Correct Answer * TO MAINTAIN WHEEL BALANCING. To avoid abnormal wear and tear of tyres. * TO MAINTAIN WHEEL ALIGNMENT. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Tyre rotation is necessary to

1.Increase the life of tyre2.To have uniform wear of all tyres.Tyre rotation should be done as and when

specified by manufacturer 711 TO GET THE BEST MILEAGE OUT OF THEVEHICLE, YOU SHOULD DRIVE AT A SPEED OF:

* 70-80 KMPH Correct Answer * 30-35 KMPH 45-55 kmph * 45-55 KMPH Explanation * 60-70 KMPH Always drive at an average speed of 45-55

kmph in top gear, if road conditionpermits. Running too fast or too slow, willincrease fuel consumption.

712 YOU CAN SAVE FUEL BY REGULAR

* WASHING OF THE VEHICLE Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * TUNING OF THE VEHICLE Tuning of the vehicle. * POLISHING OF THE VEHICLE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Always keep the vehicle properly tuned up

to get maximum fuel efficiency. Tuningmeans clean spark plugs(in case of petrol& cng vehicles), adjustment of r.p.m. andignition timing/FIP timing, clean air filterand proper tyre pressure.

713 INCORRECT GEAR SHIFTING MAY LEAD TO

* HIGHER FUEL CONSUMPTION Correct Answer * LOWER FUEL CONSUMPTION Higher fuel consumption * NORMAL FUEL CONSUMPTION Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Incorrect gear shifting lead to loss of fuel

unnecessary. When the road conditionpermits, run the vehicle in top gear to getbenefit of overdrive provided in top gears.Low gears should only be used for gettingthe vehicle into motion and the higher gearshould be shifted into as soon as speed of the vehicle would allow smooth operationof engine in that gear.

714 HOW WILL YOU WARM UP THE VEHICLE AFTER IT HAS BEEN PARKED FOR TOO LONG?

* ACCELERATE WHILE IDLING Correct Answer * USE THE CHOKE LONGER THAN NECESSARY Drive in low gear till the engine warms up * DRIVE IN LOW GEAR TILL THE ENGINE WARMS UP Explanation * REACH THE TOP GEAR AS SOON AS YOU TAKE OFF During cold starting, engine requires rich

fuel mixture till it gets warm. To furtherincrease the temperature of the engine sothat it does not misfire, you should drive inlow gear. Driving in low gear enables richmixture to enter the engine which helps inbringing the engine to normal workingtemperature .

715 WHAT IS THE BEST METHOD TO DRIVE YOUR

VEHICLE FOR GOOD FUEL EFFICIENCY?

* USE BRAKES FREQUENTLY Correct Answer * WHILE BRAKING, ANTICIPATE STOPS While braking, anticipate stops * SLAM ON THE BRAKES Explanation




Sl.No Question * DO NOT SYNCHRONISE THE GEAR ANDACCELERATOR Avoid unnecessary braking. Keep the car

speed very well planned and anticipatestops to avoid harsh braking.

716 HOW DOES BRAKE BINDING AFFECT FUEL

EFFICIENCY?

* WHEELS DO NOT ROTATE FREELY Correct Answer * IT RESTRICTS WHEEL ROTATION All of the above * ENGINE CONSUMES MORE FUEL IN ORDER TOOVERCOME RESISTANCE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Brake binding is one of the reasons

generally overlooked. Immediately afteryour journey touch the wheel rim, if it iswarm it is okay, if it is hot, brakes arebinding. Brake drag not only put extra loadon engine resulting in high fuel

consumption but can also be a reason foraccident, due to poor brakes.

717 WHAT IS MEANT BY CLUTCH RIDING?

* KEEPING YOUR FOOT ON THE CLUTCH WHILEDRIVING Correct Answer * NOT USING THE CLUTCH WHILE CHANGING GEAR Keeping your foot on the clutch while

driving. * KEEPING YOUR FOOT OFF THE CLUTCH WHILEDRIVING Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Some of the drivers are in habit of keeping

their foot on clutch pedal. This is known asclutch riding. It is a bad habit even if yourest your foot on clutch pedal, it will resultin slippage of clutch resulting in more fuelconsumption, premature wear and tear of clutch plate and overheating of engine.

718 HOW SHOULD YOU STOP WHEN GOING UP THEGRADIENT?

* USING CLUTCH & FOOTBRAKE Correct Answer * USING ONLY GEARS Use the hand brake * SWITHING OFF THE ENGINE Explanation




Sl.No Question * USING THE HAND BRAKE The hand brake is a supplement to the foot

brake and is used while stopping andstarting on a slope. Contrary to the footbrake that is used to slow down or stop amoving vehicle, the handbrake is used tosecure the stationary vehicle from

movement. 719 WHICH OF THESE MAY AFFECT FUEL EFFICIENCYADVERSLY?

* CLEAN AIR FILTER Correct Answer * HUMIDITY IN THE ATMOSPHERE Choked air filter * CHOKED AIR FILTER Explanation * REGULAR CLEANING OF THE AIR FILTER When the air cleaner becomes clogged with

dust, there will be restricted flow of freshair to engine, thus fuel consumption willincrease.

720 UNDER INFLATED TYRES AFFECT

* LIFE OF THE ENGINE Correct Answer * FUEL EFFICIENCY All of the above * LIFE OF THE TYRE Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Underinflated tyres lead to decrease in life

of tyres. In case of underinflated tyre, its

shoulder will bulge out, later on causingcrack in the shoulder and it will wear atcorners. The function of tyres is to carryload of the vehicle. Truly speaking, thecompressed air in the tyre tube carries theweight of the vehicle and load in it. If theair is less it will affect the fuel efficiencyand life of the engine.

721 IF THE BATTERY OF YOUR VEHICLE GETSOVERCHARGED, WHAT COULD BE DEFECTIVE?

* ENGINE Correct Answer * BATTERY Alternator. * STARTER Explanation




Sl.No Question * ALTERNATOR If the battery is being overcharged, there

may be fault in the voltage regulator of thealternator. The function of voltageregulator is to cut off the supply of currentto the battery when it is fully charged. If the voltage regulator is faulty it will not

stop the current flow to the battery and thebattery will get overcharged. 722 WHY IS WHEEL ROTATION NECESSARY?

* IT INCREASES THE LIFE OF TYRES Correct Answer * IT DECREASES THE LIFE OF THE TYRES It increases the life of the tyre. * IT LEADS TO BALDING OF TYRES Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE To avoid unbalanced wear of tyres always

rotate the wheels by changing their fittingposition after every 5,000 kms. Thisincreases the life of tyres.

723 IF THE VEHICLE DOESN'T START IN ONEGO,AND YOU TRY STARTING THE VEHICLEAGAIN & AGAIN, WHAT GETS AFFECTED?

* ALTERNATOR Correct Answer * BATTERY Battery * AC COMPRESSOR Explanation * IGNITION SYSTEM Whenever we self start the engine, a large

amount of electrical energy starts flowingfrom the battery to the starter motor. If the engine does not start and wecontinuously crank the engine, all thecurrent flows from the battery resulting indischarging of the battery. Never crank theengine for more than 5 secs.

724 WHAT WILL HAPPEN WHEN THE RADIATOR CAPIS DEFECTIVE?

* ENGINE OVERHEATING Correct Answer * ENGINE MISSING Engine overheating * CHOKED RADIATOR Explanation * ENGINE SEIZE If the radiator cap is defective, the

pressure and vacuum valve will not workproperly. This results in overheating of engine.




Sl.No Question 725 FUNCTION OF A/C IS

* TO COOL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT. Correct Answer * DEHUMIDIFY AIR Both a and b * HUMIDIFY AIR Explanation * BOTH A AND B The function of A/C is to absorb moisture

in the vehicle‟s cabin so as to decrease thehumidity level. As also it cools the airpresent in the cabin to bring cooling effectto the passengers.

726 OVERDRIVE IS USUALLY ASSOCIATED WITH

* FIRST & SECOND GEAR. Correct Answer * SECOND AND THIRD GEAR. FOURTH / FIFTH GEAR * REVERSE AND FIRST Explanation * FOURTH / FIFTH GEAR At intermediate and high vehicle speeds, it

is sometimes desirable to have thetransmission output shaft turn faster thanthe clutch gear and engine crankshaft.Therefore, some transmissions aredesigned with gears that provide anoverdrive ratio. A transmission is inoverdrive when the transmission output

shaft is turning faster than thetransmission input shaft, or clutch gear. 727 NYLON TYRES GENERATE EXCESSIVE HEAT

WHEN USED ON HIGHWAYS & RESULT IN TYREBURST.

* FALSE Correct Answer * TRUE False * Explanation * Heating of tyres is mainly due to

overspeeding, overloading or low depth of the tread of the tyre, but driving withinsafe speed limits will not result in tyreburst.

728 WHAT SHOULD YOU NOT DO, TO INCREASE TYRELIFE?




Sl.No Question * DRIVE OVER POT HOLES Correct Answer * BRAKE OR STOP SUDDENLY All of the above * USE OLD OR REPAIRED TUBES FOR NEW TYRES Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Life of tyre depends basically on the care

you take.1.Never overload the vehicle2.Place the luggage in the centre3.Keep tyres properly inflated.4.Avoid fast running on rough roads.5.Avoid use of harsh brakes.6.Do not use old tubes and tyres with lesstread.

729 IDLING FOR TOO LONG RESULTS IN

* DECREASED FUEL CONSUMPTION Correct Answer * AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION Increased fuel consumption. * INCREASED ENGINE LIFE Explanation * INCREASED FUEL CONSUMPTION Idling for too long wastes the precious fuel,

as the mechanical energy developed byengine is not being converted into anyuseful work. This increases fuelconsumption.

730 WHICH TYPE OF ENGINE OIL CAN CAUSEINCREASE IN FUEL CONSUMPTION?

* OIL HAVING HIGHER VISCOSITY THANRECOMMENDED Correct Answer * USING OIL OTHER THAN THAT RECOMMENDED BYTHE MANUFACTURER All of the above. * USING THE ENGINE OIL FOR LONGER DURATIONTHAN RECOMMENDED Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Always change engine oil as specified by

manufacturer. Never take loose oil. It canbe reclaimed oil with poor lubricatingqualities.

731 WHICH OF THESE CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT FUELEFFICIENCY?

* OVERLOADING Correct Answer * UNDERLOADING Overloading. * LOADING AS PER THE CAPACITY OF THE VEHICLE Explanation




Sl.No Question * ALL OF THE ABOVE Overloading of the vehicle means piston

has to overwork than its specified capacity.This results in wear and tear of piston,piston rings and cylinder. This decreasesthe compression in cylinder and results inhigher fuel consumption.

732 IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE BETTER FUELEFFICIENCY, YOU SHOULD

* HAVE THE VEHICLE SERVICED AT REGULARINTERVALS Correct Answer * PLAN YOUR ROUTE All of the above. * USE RECOMMENDED GRADE OF OIL Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Tips on better fuel efficiency are

1.Always plan your journey and avoidcongested route.

2.Have the vehicle serviced for changingengine oil and tuning of engine every 5000kms or as specified.3.Always use engine oil which is specifiedby manufacturer.

733 HOW OFTEN SHOULD YOU GET THE VEHICLESERVICED?

* EVERY 5000 KMS Correct Answer * EVERY 10000 KMS As recommended by the manufacturer. * EVERY 15000 KMS Explanation * AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER Frequency of servicing of vehicle varies

according to the model and manufacturerof the vehicle. Always refer to the servicemanual for free and paid services.

734 HOW SHOULD YOU DRIVE THE VEHICLE WHENNEW TYRES HAVE JUST BEEN FITTED?

* AS NORMAL Correct Answer * VERY FAST Carefully. * VERY SLOWLY Explanation * CAREFULLY As vehicle with new tyres have smooth

surface . They are more prone to skiddingin the event of emergency braking. Drivethe vehicle with new tyres carefully so thatthe tyres can become rough and a goodcontact is established between road andthe tyre.




Sl.No Question 735 THERE IS VIBRATION ON YOUR STEERING

WHEEL AS YOU DRIVE. WHAT IS THE PROBABLECAUSE?

* LOW LEVEL OF ENGINE OIL. Correct Answer * LOW LEVEL OF COOLANT. Unbalanced wheels. * UNBALANCED WHEELS. Explanation * BALDING OF TYRES. Unbalanced wheels are due to unbalanced

forces acting on the wheel. This results intyre wobbling and jerks. These jerks aretransmitted from the wheels through thetie rod to the steering. This results invibration of the steering wheel.

736 YOUR VEHICLE PULLS TO ONE SIDE WHENBRAKING. WHY?

* BRAKES INEFFECTIVE AND NOT PROPERLYADJUSTED. Correct Answer * LOW LEVEL OF BRAKE FLUID. Brakes ineffective and not properly

adjusted. * LEAKAGE OF BRAKE FLUID. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Vehicle pulls to one side. This can be due

to1.Grease or oil on brake linings.2.Tyre not properly inflated.3.Loose bearing etc.

737 LEADED PETROL MUST NOT BE USED INVEHICLES FITTED WITH A CATALYTICCONVERTER BECAUSE

* IT IMPROVES ENGINE LIFE. Correct Answer * IT IMPROVES FUEL EFFICIENCY. Leaded petrol can damage the catalytic

converter. * IT DECREASES EMMISSIONS. Explanation * LEADED PETROL CAN DAMAGE THE CATALYTICCONVERTER The leaded petrol can react with the

catalysts present in the catalytic converterand choke the system. Therefore unleadedpetrol should be used in the vehicles fitted

with catalytic converter. 738 YOU ARE DRIVING IN FALLING SNOW AND THE

WIPERS ARE NOT CLEARING THE WIND SCREEN.WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

* BE PREPARED TO CLEAR THE WIND SCREENYOURSELF. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * SWITCH ON THE DEFROSTER. Be prepared to clear the wind screen

yourself. * SWITCH ON THE A/C. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Before you set off you should ensure that

you can see clearly through all windows.

Don‟t be lazy and just rely on the wipers toclear the front and rear, this will leavedangerous blind spots. If you need to, pullup safely and clear the windscreenyourself.

739 WHEN MAY A DRIVER LEND HIS DRIVINGLICENCE TO ANOTHER PERSON?

* FOR DRIVING LESSONS. Correct Answer * AT NO TIME. At no time. * FOR IDENTIFICATION ONLY. Explanation * IF THE PERSON IS WELL KNOWN TO HIM. It is illegal to lend your driving licence to

another person as it may invitepunishment or fine from the governmentauthority.

740 IF YOUR VEHICLE HITS A PEDESTRIAN YOUSHOULD

* IDENTIFY YOURSELF AND LEAVE. Correct Answer * HELP THE PERSON AND CALL AN AMBULANCE. Help the injured person, identify yourself

and then report to the police. * HELP THE INJURED PERSON, IDENTIFY YOURSELFAND THEN REPORT TO THE POLICE. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE As a responsible driver you should help the

injured person by giving him first aid andcalling ambulance so as to give himmedical aid as soon as possible.

741 STICKERS, POSTERS AND OTHER NON-OFFICIALITEMS MAY NOT BE PLACED ON THEWINDSHIELD OF AN AUTOMOBILE BECAUSE :-

* IT IS UNLAWFUL TO ADVERTISE IN THIS WAY. Correct Answer * THEY OBSTRUCT THE DRIVER'S VISION. They obstruct the driver's vision. * OTHER DRIVERS CANNOT SEE YOU. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Not only stickers, posters and other non-

official items pasted on the windshieldobstruct the driver‟s vision but also restricthis view at the corners. This may result inan accident.




Sl.No Question 742 A PERSON HAVING DRIVING LICENCE

SUSPENDED OR CANCELLED MAY

* DRIVE IN AN EMERGENCY. Correct Answer * DRIVE ONLY WHEN A VALID DRIVING LICENCEHOLDER IS WITH HIM. Not drive under any conditions. * NOT DRIVE UNDER ANY CONDITIONS. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. A suspended or cancelled licence is invalid

according to the motor vehicle Act . Drivingwith such kind of licence is an offence.

743 IF A PERSON'S DRIVING LICENCE VALIDITYPERIOD IS OVER, HE CAN DRIVE WITHOUTRENEWAL OF MOTOR DRIVING LICENCE FOR

* TEN DAYS. Correct Answer * TWENTY DAYS. Zero days. * ZERO DAYS. Explanation * TWENTY FIVE DAYS. A person cannot drive a motor vehicle after

expiry of the licence. He will be fined undersection 3/181.

744 ANY PERSON MAY HOLD

* MAXIMUM 3 LICENCES AT A TIME, ONE FOR EACHCLASS. Correct Answer * ONLY ONE LICENCE. Only one licence. * ANY NUMBER OF LICENCES HOWEVER EACHLICENCE MUST AUTHORISE ONLY ONE CLASS OFMOTOR VEHICLE FOR DRIVING.

Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. A person is eligible to hold only one licence

except the fact that he can haveendorsement of different category of motorvehicles in the same licence.

745 LENDING OF A MOTOR VEHICLE TO A PERSONFOR DRIVING, WHO IS NOT HOLDING A VALIDLICENCE IS :-

* NOT AN OFFENCE SINCE THE BORROWER ISSOLELY RESPONSIBLE. Correct Answer * A SERIOUS OFFENCE. A serious offence. * AN OFFENCE ONLY WHEN VEHICLE IS INVOLVED INAN ACCIDENT. Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Allowing unauthorised person to drive your

vehicle is an offence under section 5/180M.V. Act 1988.

746 FITTING EXTRA LIGHTS ON THE VEHICLE,

OTHER THAN THE STANDARD LIGHTS:-

* NEEDS NO PERMISSION OF THE AUTHORITIES IFTHE LIGHTS HELP TO ILLUMINATE THE ROAD ANDREDUCE ACCIDENTS.

Correct Answer * ARE AS PER THE LAW ONLY IF THE LIGHTS AREFITTED AT THE BOTTOM PART OF THE VEHICLE. Are not as per the law, unless authorised

specifically by the authorities. * ARE NOT AS PER THE LAW, UNLESS AUTHORISEDSPECIFICALLY BY THE AUTHORITIES. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Use of coloured or extra lights on motor

vehicle is an offence under section 97(2)/177 DMVR. The fine is Rs.100/-

747

DRIVING A VEHICLE HAVING POLLUTIONVALUES ABOVE THE LIMIT SPECIFIED BY THELAW:-

* IS PERMITTED ONLY IN EMERGENCY. Correct Answer * IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE LAW. Is an offence under the law. * IS LIABLE FOR A STRICT WARNING FROMAUTHORITIES. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Driving a vehicle emitting polluted gases

above the specified limit under the law isan offence under section 115(7)/190(2)and the minimum fine is Rs.1000/-

748 FITMENT OF A MULTITONED HORN TO A MOTOR VEHICLE:-

* IS PERMITTED ONLY IN EMERGENCY. Correct Answer * IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE LAW AS IT CAUSESNOISE POLLUTION. Is an offence under the law as it causes

noise pollution. * IS LIABLE FOR A STRICT WARNING FROMAUTHORITIES. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Blowing of multi toned or pressure horn is

an offence under section 96(1)/177 DMVR

and the minimum fine is Rs.100/- 749 HOW TO MANAGE A PATIENT WHO IS

UNCONSCIOUS ?

* ENSURE FREE SUPPLY OF AIR Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * LOOSEN CLOTHINGCHEST AND WAIST. All of the Above * IF WEATHER IS COLD, WRAP BLANKETS AROUNDTHE BODY. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Any interference with the normal

functioning of the brain and the nerves

brings about loss of sensibility orunconsciousness. An unconscious stateindicates not only that there might besome disease or injury of the brain butserious injuries and diseases elsewhere inthe body.

750 BLEEDING CAN BE CONTROLLED BY

* APPLYING ICE Correct Answer * PRESSING THE POINT OF BLEEDING WITH PALMS All of the above. * TIGHTENING THE POINT WITH CLEAN CLOTH Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE External pressure helps in clot formation

readily. Ice causes constriction of bloodvessels thereby occluding the cut end of the vessel.

751 THE AIM OF FIRST AID IS

* TO SAVE LIFE. Correct Answer * TO PROMOTE RECOVERY. All of the above. * TO PREVENT WORSENING OF VICTIM'S CONDITION. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. The aim of first aid is to stabilize the

worsening condition before he or she getsproper medical institutional attention.

752 HOW WOULD YOU REMOVE THE CLOTHING OFAN INJURED PATIENT?

* STRIP THE PATIENT Correct Answer * DESTROY CLOTHING Cut the clothing through the seam * CUT THE CLOTHING THROUGH THE SEAM Explanation




Sl.No Question * MASS OF FOREIGN BODY LIKE ARTIFICIAL TEETHIN AIR PASSAGE. All are correct. * WATER GETTING IN THE AIR PASSAGE. Explanation * ALL ARE CORRECT. Suffocation means obstruction in the free

flow of air while breathing which is

necessary for oxygen supply. 757 SIGNS OF SUFFOCATION ARE

* VIOLENT COUGH Correct Answer * BREATHLESSNESS. All of the above. * TEARS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. In this state, body tries to overcome the

obstruction which results in violent cough

and difficulty in breathing and stressresulting in tears. 758 THE AIMS OF FIRST AID IN CASE OF FRACTURE

ARE ALL EXCEPT

* TO PREVENT FURTHER DAMAGE. Correct Answer * TO REDUCE PAIN. To apply plaster/slab. * TO MAKE THE PATIENT COMFORTABLE. Explanation * TO APPLY PLASTER/SLAB. Applying plaster or slab is a clinical

procedure which is carried out afterperforming X-ray of that organ underexpert hand.

759 WHAT IS/ARE THE MAIN AIM (S) OF THE FIRSTAID?

* TO SAVE LIFE Correct Answer * TO PROMOTE RECOVERY All of the above. * TO PREVENT WORSENING OF THE CASUALTY'SCONDTION Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. First Aid is based on scientific medicine andsurgery. It is skilled assistance. The first

aider should observe carefully, think clearlyand act quickly.

760 THE TYPE OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT NEEDED TOCHARGE A BATTERY IS




Sl.No Question * ALTERNATING CURRENT Correct Answer * DIRECT CURRENT. Direct current. * BOTH Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. A battery generates D.C. current after a

chemical reaction takes place in it.Therefore it needs D.C. current for itscharging which is supplied by thealternator.

Note: Alternator actually generates ACcurrent which is converted into DC currentwith the help of inbuilt rectifiers in it.

761 TROUBLE IN CATALYTIC CONVERTER ISINDICATED BY

* HIGH CO AND HC LEVEL. Correct Answer * HIGH RPM. High CO and HC level. * INEFFICIENT BRAKING. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Catalytic converters are designed to reduce

toxic emissions by up to 90%. If thepercentage of emissions like CO and HCare high, it means that it may be due todamaged/chocked catalytic converter

762 ENGINE OVERHEATING IS A RESULT OF

* DISCHARGED BATTERY. Correct Answer * AIR IN THE BRAKE SYSTEM. Choked radiator. * CHOKED RADIATOR. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Engine overheating is mainly due to

improper circulation of coolant in thecooling system. If the radiator gets chokeddue to rusting or dirt, it will not supplycoolant to the engine resulting inoverheating of engine.Overheating can also be caused by:1. Defective themostat valve.2. Coolant leakage.3. Defective water pump.

4. Rusted Engine block.5. Loose fan belt. etc.

763 A LOOSE BATTERY CLAMP COULD CAUSE

* AN OVERCHARGED BATTERY. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * ALL OF THE ABOVE Prolonged alcohol consumption leads to

contraction of liver and break in thecontinuity of innermost layer of stomach .

767 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING CONTAINS LEAST

AMOUNT OF ETHYL ALCOHOL?

* RUM Correct Answer * WHISKY Beer. * BEER Explanation * BRANDY Beer contains 5%-8% of ethyl alcohol and

it is one of the frequently consumedbeverages.

768 ALCOHOL MAY RESULT IN

* IRRITABILITY Correct Answer * LOOSE TEMPER All of the above. * ANGER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcohol adversely affects the functioning of

brain. It results in loss of control overemotions and temper.

769 WHO ARE MORE OFTEN INVOLVED INACCIDENTS DUE TO DRINKING?

* MEN Correct Answer * WOMEN Women * CHILDREN Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Women easily lose control on themselves

after consuming alcohol and are moreprone to accidents while driving.

770 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ORGANS IS ONE OFTHE FIRST TO BE AFFECTED BY ALCOHOL?

* STOMACH Correct Answer * LIVER Brain * BRAIN Explanation




Sl.No Question * HEART The functions of the brain to be earliest

affected are decision making and self control.

771 ALCOHOL AFFECTS

* DECISION MAKING Correct Answer * SELF CONTROL All of the above * THINKING Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Brain has a control over all the functions of

the body and when it is influenced byalcohol then it results in imbalancefunctioning of the body.

772 CONSEQUENCES OF LIVER CONTRACTION AFTER PROLONGED USE OF ALCOHOL ARE:

* BLOODY DIARRHOEA Correct Answer * VOMITTING OF BLOOD Both * BOTH Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE The blood filled enlarged and tensed

vessels get ruptured resulting in bloodystools and vomiting of blood.

773 EFFECTS OF ALCOHOLISM ARE

* DRIVING VERY FAST Correct Answer * REDUCED ABILITY TO COPE WITH EMERGENCIES All of the above * REDUCED ALERTNESS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcoholism not only induces over

confidence but also reduces the decisionmaking and ability to tackle theanticipatory emergencies.

774 THE EFFECT OF ONE PEG OF WINE REMAINS INTHE BODY FOR

* 4 HOURS Correct Answer * 8 HOURS 4 hours * 2 HOURS Explanation




Sl.No Question * 12 HOURS One peg of wine is about 60-70 ml and the

effect of which remains in the body for fourhours .This will influence the brainfunctions.

775 ALCOHOL MAY RESULT IN

* HOSTILE BEHAVIOUR Correct Answer * INDECISION All of the above * VIOLENT BEHAVIOUR Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcoholism leads to loss of all inhibitions in

a man which makes him violent andhostile. Also it affects decision making.

776 LONG TERM IMPACTS OF ALCOHOLCONSUMPTION ARE

* BURNING SENSATION IN THE STOMACH Correct Answer * ULCER IN THE STOMACH All of the above * CANCER OF THE STOMACH Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Prolonged use of alcohol leads to breaking

of inner layer of stomach i.e. ulceration inthe stomach and if these ulcers are nottaken care of, it may convert into cancer of the stomach.

777

ALCOHOL MAY AFFECT ADVERSELY BY

* REDUCING ALERTNESS Correct Answer * AFFECTING VISION All of the above * LOSS OF DECISION MAKING Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcohol consumption adversely affects the

functioning of brain which are essential forperforming the movements and functioningof the body such as decision making,

alertness, vision etc. 778 PROLONGED USE OF ALCOHOL MAY CAUSE

* SKIN DISEASES Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * BLURRING OF VISION All of the above * BURNING SENSATION IN THE CHEST Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Alcohol consumption leads to reflux of acid

of the stomach in the food pipe which leadsto burning sensation in the chest and alsothere is increased acidity in the stomach.

779 AT WHAT SPEED CAN HYDROPLANING OCCUR

* AT 15 KMPH. Correct Answer * AT 30 KMPH. At 30 kmph. * AT 50 KMPH. Explanation * AT 65 KMPH. If hydroplaning occurs, the steering of the

vehicle becomes free and the front tyres

stop rotating and start slipping. To preventhydroplaning drive slowly if the road aheadof you has stationary logged water andalso stop acceleration.

780 WHAT ARE THE SYMPTOMS OF A DRUNKDRIVER?

* WEAVING BETWEEN LANES. Correct Answer * DRIVING SLOWER THAN THE NORMAL TRAFFICFLOW. All of the above. * QUICK AND SUDDEN STOPS.

Explanation

* ALL OF THE ABOVE. Alcohol is a depressant that slows down

the mental processes. It makes you lessalert and at the same time gives you astrong but false sense of confidence.

781 ALCOHOL IS

* A STIMULANT. Correct Answer * A DEPRESSANT. A depressant. * A PAIN RELIEVER. Explanation * AN ANTIHISTAMINE. Alcoholism depresses the mental functions

thereby leading to sluggishness andslowing of the movements.




Sl.No Question 782 WHAT FACTOR(S) DETERMINE A PERSON'S

BLOOD ALCOHOL CONTENT (BAC)?

* HOW MUCH ALCOHOL YOU DRINK. Correct Answer * HOW FAST YOU DRINK. All of the above. * HOW MUCH YOU WEIGH. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. After consuming an alcoholic beverage,

your blood alcohol concentration (BAC) willbegin to increase. While your body weightmakes some difference, no one is immuneto the effects of alcohol. BAC is determinedby four factors: quantity, body weight,time and amount of food taken before orwhile you are drinking.

783 IF A COLLISION IS UNAVOIDABLE, YOUSHOULD:

* CHOOSE TO HIT SOMETHING THAT'S STANDINGSTILL RATHER THAN SOMETHING MOVING TOWARDSYOU.

Correct Answer * IF YOU HAVE TO HIT ANYTHING, TRY TO MAKE IT AGLANCING BLOW OR A SIDESWIPE. All of the above. * CHOOSE TO HIT SOMETHING THAT WILL GIVE WAYRATHER THAN SOMETHING THAT'S RIGID. Explanation * Any OF THE ABOVE. In case a collision is unavoidable, the

driver should steer into the direction wheremaximum amount of impact is absorbed bythe body of the vehicle and not transmittedto the people inside. Also a head oncollision can be converted into a sidecollision by sideswipe to minimise impactof collision.

784 MATCH THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE WITHEVENT "HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL TIGHTLY .TAKE YOUR FOOT OFF THE ACCELERATOR ANDBRAKE LIGHTLY. PULL OFF THE ROAD IFPOSSIBLE". * A BRAKE FAILURE. Correct Answer * JAMMED ACCELERATOR PEDAL. Tyre blowout. * DRIVING OFF THE PAVEMENT. Explanation * TYRE BLOWOUT. Blow out is the sudden bursting or

collapsing of tyre. In the rear tyre blowout, hold the steering wheel firmly andkeep on straight course. Pump the brakesbut do not brake hard. In front tyre blowout, brake lightly and keep both handstightly on steering wheel to make thevehicle go straight.




Sl.No Question 785 SPEED LIMIT SIGNS INDICATE THE MAXIMUM

SPEED DURING IDEAL CONDITIONS.

* TRUE. Correct Answer * FALSE. True. * Explanation * The speed limit sign shows the speed limit

that the driver must not exceed. 786 INCREASING YOUR SPEED HAS WHAT EFFECT

ON STOPPING DISTANCE?

* NO DIFFERENCE IN STOPPING DISTANCE. Correct Answer * THE MORE THE SPEED THE LESSER THE STOPPINGDISTANCE The more the speed the more the stopping

distance * THE MORE THE SPEED THE MORE THE STOPPINGDISTANCE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Before a vehicle actually stops, it covers a

reaction distance and a braking distance.Higher the speed, more will be the brakingdistance (so the stopping distance) & vice-versa.

787 PERCEPTION DISTANCE IS :

* THE DISTANCE TRAVELLED FROM THE TIME YOURBRAIN TELLS YOUR FOOT TO MOVE FROM THEACCELERATOR UNTIL YOUR FOOT IS ACTUALLYPUSHING THE BRAKE PEDAL.

Correct Answer

* THE DISTANCE TRAVELLED FROM THE TIME YOUREYES SEE A HAZARD UNTIL THE TIME YOUR BRAINRECOGNIZES THE HAZARD.

The distance travelled from the time youreyes see a hazard until the time your brainrecognizes the hazards.

* THE DISTANCE IT TAKES TO STOP ONCE THEBRAKES ARE APPLIED. Explanation * THE DISTANCE YOU TRAVEL FROM THE TIME YOUPERCEIVE A HAZARD UNTIL THE VEHICLE STOPS. Perception distance is the distance

travelled from the time your eyes see ahazard and send the signal to your brainwhich senses the danger or potential

hazard by reacting to it. 788 IF THE CHARGING LIGHT REMAINS ON AFTER

STARTING THE VEHICLE, IT INDICATES

* ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS LOW. Correct Answer




Sl.No Question * ALTERNATOR IS NOT WORKING PROPERLY. Alternator is not working properly. * ENGINE IS OVERHEATING. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. If the battery charging light is „on‟ after

starting the vehicle, it means that thebattery is not getting current from thealternator for charging itself. This may bedue to malfunctioning of the alternator.

789 WHILE STARTING WHICH OF THE FOLLOWINGTHINGS SHOULD BE DONE

* GEAR SHOULD BE IN NEUTRAL. Correct Answer * PARKING BRAKE SHOULD BE ON. All of the above. * CLUTCH PEDAL SHOULD BE DEPRESSED. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Starting the car safely requires some

precautionary things to be kept in mind1.Feel the gear and bring it in neutral.2.Depress the clutch pedal so as to put lessload on the self starter.

790 WHILE STARTING YOUR CAR THE ENGINESTALLS. WHAT COULD BE THE REASON(S) ?

* WRONG GEAR SELECTION. Correct Answer * IMPROPER CO-ORDINATION BETWEENACCELERATOR AND CLUTCH. All of the above. * PARKING BRAKE ON.

Explanation

* ALL OF THE ABOVE. Starting your car needs some skill. At first

you engage the lowest gear then bringdown the hand/parking brake and thenrelease the clutch in synchronization withthe accelerator. If you do not follow thesepoints it may result in stalling of yourengine.

791 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF TACHOMETER IN ACAR?

* TO SHOW THE ENGINE RPM.

Correct Answer

* TO MEASURE THE EXACT DISTANCE OF A TRIP. To show the engine RPM. * TO SHOW THE TYRE PRESSURE. Explanation




Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Tachometer is now installed in most

modern cars. This meter indicates theengine speed in revolutions per minute(rpm). This indication supports you inplanning correct gear selections foreconomic fuel consumption. The

tachometer indicates the maximum saferpm of the engine. 792 IN ORDER TO KEEP FROM GETTING ANGRY OR

UPSET WHILE DRIVING, YOU SHOULD

* PLAN YOUR ROUTE AHEAD OF TIME TO AVOIDTRAFFIC. Correct Answer * ANALYZE STRESSFUL DRIVING SITUATIONS ANDPLAN HOW YOU WILL REACT NEXT TIME YOUENCOUNTER THEM.

All of the above. * ALLOW YOURSELF PLENTY OF TIME TO REACH

YOUR DESTINATION. Explanation

* ALL OF THE ABOVE. A driver should always be in a good healthand state of mind, before attempting todrive. If you are driving a long distance,plan your journey time carefully with stopsenroute. Anger, sorrow, stress or simplybeing upset, also affect your driving ability.Make sure you are relaxed, fit and alertwhenever you drive.

793 CONSUMING ONE GLASS OF BEER BEFOREDRIVING IS

* NEVER A PROBLEM; THERE IS NOT MUCH ALCOHOLIN ONE GLASS OF BEER. Correct Answer * OK IF YOU HAVE A CUP OF COFFEE AS WELL. Problematic for some people and can cause

impairment. * PROBLEMATIC FOR SOME PEOPLE AND CAN CAUSEIMPAIRMENT. Explanation * OK IF YOU HAVE EATEN A LARGE MEAL. Drinking alcohol reduces the ability to drive

safely. Sometimes drinking only one glassof beer can impair your mental processaccording to your capacity to consumealcohol.

794 IF YOU HAVE A CLOSE CALL AND ALMOST GETINTO AN ACCIDENT, YOU SHOULD:

* THINK ABOUT HOW YOU CAN DRIVE MORE SAFELYSO IT DOESN'T HAPPEN AGAIN. Correct Answer * AVOID THAT SITUATION IN THE FUTURE. Think about how you can drive more safely

so it doesn't happen again. * DO NOT BOTHER ABOUT IT; REMEMBER THATOTHER DRIVERS ARE USUALLY TO BLAME. Explanation




Sl.No Question * PAT YOURSELF ON THE BACK FOR NOT GETTINGINVOLVED IN THE ACCIDENT. Learning from your driving experiences

always gives you the confidence whiledriving. Learning from your mistakes helpyou to avoid accidents in future.

795 USING MORE THAN ONE PARKING SPOT IS

* EXPECTED IF YOU HAVE A NICE CAR. Correct Answer * SOMETHING THAT MAY ENCOURAGE AGGRESSIONIN OTHER DRIVERS. Something that may encourage

aggression in other drivers. * ACCEPTABLE IF THERE AREN'T MANY OTHER CARSIN THE PARKING LOT. Explanation * ONE WAY OF PROTECTING YOUR CAR. Always use one parking slot per car. It will

not only enable other drivers to park theircar easily but it will also become easy foryou to move away from the parking slot.

796 WHAT IS THE CAUSE OF WHEEL WOBBLING?

* BEND RIM Correct Answer * WORN OUT TYRES All of the above. * WHEEL IS UNBALANCED Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Wheel wobbling is due to front wheels not

balanced, bulge in tyres and worn steeringparts. Seek garage assistance to rectifythis problem.

797 CAN WE USE BOTH RADIAL & BIAS TYRE ON THESAME VEHICLE?

* YES. Correct Answer * NO. Yes, but not on the same axle. * YES, BUT NOT ON THE SAME AXLE. Explanation * ALL THE ABOVE ARE CORRECT. Using different types of tyre on the same

axle may unbalance the vehicle and reducethe grip of tyres on road.

798 WHICH OF THESE SHOULD YOU DO WHENPASSING SHEEP ON A ROAD?

* DRIVE VERY SLOWLY. Correct Answer * ALLOW PLENTY OF ROOM. All of the above.




Sl.No Question * BE READY TO STOP. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. If you see animals on the road ahead slow

down and be ready to stop. Animals areeasily frightened by1.Noise

2.Vehicles passing too close to them.Stop if signaled to do so by the person incharge. Switch off your engine if theanimals are taking a long time to clear theroad.

799 AT ROADWORKS MOTORCYCLISTS MIGHTSWERVE TO AVOID POTHOLES. YOU SHOULD

* GIVE THEM EXTRA ROOM. Correct Answer * KEEP ALONGSIDE THEM. Give them extra room. * TRY TO PASS THEM. Explanation * STAY CLOSE BEHIND THEM. Potholes are more dangerous for two

wheeler riders like motorcyclists as thevehicle can easily get unbalanced andoverturn. Anticipation of potholes by themotorcyclists is difficult therefore they mayswerve instantly. Don‟t pass riders tooclosely as this may cause them to losebalance. Always leave as much room asyou would for a car, and don‟t cut in.

800 WHY IS IT NECESSARY TO SHOULDER-CHECKWHEN CHANGING LANES?

* JUST TO BE EXTRA-CAUTIOUS. Correct Answer * NO MATTER HOW YOU ADJUST YOUR MIRRORS,YOU WILL ALWAYS HAVE BLIND SPOTS. No matter how you adjust your mirrors,

you will always have blind spots. * IT STRECHES OUT YOUR NECK WHILE DRIVING. Explanation * IT GIVES YOU AN EXCUSE TO CHECK OUT THEPEOPLE IN THE NEXT CAR. Changing lanes is difficult especially in

dense traffic. Using mirrors may help youbut you should also shoulder check for thetraffic behind you. This will help youanticipate dangers behind you.

801 A SIGN INDICATING THAT SCHOOL CHILDRENMAY BE PRESENT AND THAT IS ACCOMPANIEDBY A 30 KM/H SPEED LIMIT MEANS YOU MUST

SLOW DOWN TO 30 KM/H AT WHAT TIME? * ALL THE TIME. Correct Answer * DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS. Between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M. on school days. * BETWEEN 8 AM AND 5 PM ON SCHOOL DAYS. Explanation




Sl.No Question * BETWEEN 8 AM AND 5 PM MONDAY TO FRIDAY. Generally schools are open between 8 A.M.

and 5 P.M. During this time period youmay find school children on the roads.Take care for them and always stop yourvehicle to give them priority to cross theroads.

802 WHICH OF THESE ROAD USERS IS MOVING INWRONG LANE?

* A Correct Answer * B 1 * C Explanation * D As centre lane is for cars, two wheelers &

three wheelers but the blue car (A) ismoving in left lane so it is moving in wronglane.

803 WHICH OF THESE ARE TRUE FOR PEDESTRIANS

* PEDESTRIANS ARE TO USE SIDEWALKS WHENEVERTHEY ARE SAFELY AVAILABLE Correct Answer * WHEN SIDEWALKS ARE UNAVAILABLE,PEDESTRIANS MUST WALK FACING TRAFFIC * PEDESTRIANS MUST OBEY TRAFFIC SIGNALSAND/OR TRAFFIC OFFICERS Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE At crosswalks where there isn't a traffic

control signal or officer, pedestrians havethe right-of-way.

804 THE RIGHT OF WAY SHOULD BE GIVEN TO

* POLICE VEHICLES Correct Answer * BUSES * EMERGENCY VEHICLES Explanation * TWO WHEELERS Emergency vehicles such as Fire brigade

and ambulance must be given right of way.

805 FOG LAMPS ARE USED

* AT NIGHT Correct Answer * INSTEAD OF PARKING LIGHTS




Sl.No Question * ON HIGHWAYS Explanation * WHEN THERE IS MIST Use fog lights if visibility is 100 metres or

less, but remember to switch them off when visibility improves.

806 ZEBRA CROSSING IS MEANT FOR

* PEDESTRIANS Correct Answer * EMERGENCY VEHICLES * SLOW MOVING VEHICLES Explanation * STOPPING THE VEHICLE A zebra crossing is a type of pedestrian

crossing .The crossing is characterised bylongitudinal stripes on the road, parallel tothe flow of the traffic, alternately whiteand black. Pedestrians always have right of way on a zebra crossing

807 BOARDING AND ALIGHTING WHILE THEVEHICLE IS IN MOTION

* IS PERMITTED FOR BUSES Correct Answer * IS PROHIBITED FOR ALL TYPES OF VEHICLES * IS PROHIBITED FOR BUSES Explanation * IS PERMITTED FOR PASSENGER VEHICLES It can be dangerous and may lead to

accident or injury. 808 WHEN REFUELLING IS BEING DONE

* SMOKING IS NOT ALLOWED Correct Answer * ENGINE MUST BE ON * STUDENTS ARE NOT ALLOWED. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Smoking while the vehicle is being

refuelled can be dangerous and may leadto fire

809 WHICH HAND SIGNAL IS USED FOR 'U' TURN

* LEFT TURN SIGNAL Correct Answer * SLOW DOWN SIGNAL




Sl.No Question * RIGHT TURN SIGNAL Explanation * SPECAL 'U' TURN SIGNAL There is no separate signal for 'U' turn. The

'right turn' signal should be used for 'U'turn

810 U' TURN IS PROHIBITED ON

* A ROAD WITH A 'NO U TURN' SIGN Correct Answer * A BUSY ROAD * A ROAD WHERE SAFETY MAY BE COMPROMISED Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE U' turn cannot be made at traffic lights,

highways, where there is a 'No U turn sign'or if 'U' turn disrupts traffic.

811 MORE THAN TWO PERSONS ON A TWO WHEELER

IS

* ALLOWED WHEN TRAFFIC DENSITY IS LOW Correct Answer * VIOLATION OF LAW * ALLOWED IN SOME PLACES Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Not only is it unsafe , it is also a violation

of the law. 812 USING UNREGISTERED VEHICLE IN PUBLIC

PLACES IS

* ILLEGAL Correct Answer * LEGAL * ALLOWED IN SOME PLACES Explanation * ANY OF THE ABOVE The vehicle can be driven or allowed to be

driven in public place only after registrationby registering authority as under theprovision of section 39 of motor vehicle Act1988.

813 WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS BEING OVERTAKEN

* YOU CAN INCREASE SPEED WITH CARE Correct Answer * YOU CAN CHANGE LANES * YOU SHOULD MOVE TO OVERTAKING LANE Explanation




Sl.No Question * DO NOT INCREASE SPEED Do not try to overtake unless it is very

necessary for you to do so.Do not overtakeon narrow roads at a bridge and at placeswhere overtaking is prohibited. Neverovertake unless you are sure that you cando so without endangering yourself or any-

one else.Never accelerate when beingovertaken. Overtake only on the right,unless the driver in front of you hassignaled that he is turning right.

814 WHICH OF THESE SHOULD YOU DO EVERY DAY

* TYRE ROTATION Correct Answer * CHANGING ENGINE OIL * CHECKING ENGINE OIL AND COOLANT LEVEL

Explanation

* ALL OF THE ABOVE Daily inspection of car must be the

responsibility of the driver 815 YOU ARE APPROACHING A NARROW BRIDGE.

ANOTHER VEHICLE FROM THE OPPOSITEDIRECTION IS ALREADY ON THE BRIDGE. YOUSHOULD * INCREASE OUR SPEED AND TRY TO CROSS THEBRIDGE QUICKLY Correct Answer * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS * WAIT TILL THE OTHER VEHICLE HAS CROSSED THE

BRIDGE AND THEN PROCEED Explanation

* SOUND HORN AND DRIVE THROUGH Give right of way to the vehicle alread onthe narrow bridge.

816 WHEN A VEHICLE ARRIVES AT AN UNGUARDEDRAILWAY CROSSING

* THE DRIVER MUST SOUND HORN AND DRIVETHROUGH Correct Answer * THE DRIVER MUST SWITCH ON THE HEADLIGHTSAND DRIVE * THE DRIVER MUST GET OUT OF THE VEHICLE AND

CHECK FOR ANY APPROACHING TRAIN AND THENPASS.

Explanation




Sl.No Question * THE DRIVER MUST CHECK WITH THE RAILWAYAUTHORITIES ABOUT TRAIN TIMINGS Section 131 of the Motor Vehicle Act states

that every driver of any motor vehicle atthe approach of any unguarded railwaylevel crossing shall cause the vehicle tostop and the driver of the vehicle shallwalk up to the level crossing and ensure

that no train or trolly is approaching fromeither side and then pilot the motor vehicleacross such level crossing The driver shallnot change the gear while crossing thelevel crossing.

817 PEDESTRIANS MUST NOT CROSS THE ROADNEAR TO A BEND OR FROM BEHIND A VEHICLEBECAUSE

* THEY MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RUN ACROSS THEROAD Correct Answer * THEY MAY CAUSE INCONVENIENCE TO THEPEDESTRIANS * CHILDREN MAY FEEL SCARED Explanation * DRIVERS OF OTHER VEHICLES MAY NOT BE ABLETO SEE THE PERSON CROSSING THE ROAD Drivers may not be able to see pedestrians

emerging from behind parked vehicles orcrossing near a bend. Hence it is unsafe forthem to do so.

818 THE SEATING CAPACITY OF A PRIVATE VEHICLEIS GIVEN IN

* THE REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE Correct Answer * PERMIT

* PUCC Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE The vehicle registration certificate bears

the model, make, engine no, chasis no,year of manufacture, type of fuel, seatingcapacity etc.

819 WHEN USING HAND SIGNALS:

* ONE NEED NOT CHECK MIRRORS. Correct Answer * ONE NEED NOT CHECK BLIND SPOTS. * BOTH OF THE ABOVE ARE INCORRECT Explanation * BOTH OF THE ABOVE ARE CORRECT. Mirror check as well as blind spot check

have to be followed while using handsignals.




Sl.No Question 820 THE MIRROR SIGNAL MANEUVER PRINCIPLE

WITH BLIND SPOT CHECK IS USED DURING:

* WHILE TURNING RIGHT. Correct Answer * LANE CHANGING * OVERTAKING Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE Blind spots are areas not visible in the

rear /side view mirror. Always checkthoroughly for traffic behind/alongsidebefore turning, changing lanes orovertaking

821 WHICH FACTORS WILL NOT IMPROVE YOUR VEHICLES FUEL EFFICIENCY.

* GETTING YOUR VEHICLES SERVICED REGULARLY. Correct Answer * USING CORRECT AMOUNT OF TYRE PRESSURE * REDUCING SPEED AND GENTLE BRAKING. Explanation * RAPID ACCELERATION. Rapid acceleration causes more fuel

consumption in vehicle. 822 UNDER INFLATED TYRES AFFECT

* BRAKING Correct Answer * ENGINE PERFORMANCE * BATTERY LIFE Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE Braking is not as effective in case of under

inflated tyres. 823 IT HAS BEEN RAINING HEAVILY,THERE MAY BE

FLOODING ON ROADS,YOU MUST

* CHECK IF YOU HAVE ENOUGH PETROL. Correct Answer * CHECK YOUR WIPERS * PLAN A ROUTE. Explanation * AVOID TRAVELLING IF YOU CAN Avoid driving if possible. There may be

water logging, making it difficult for you toreach your destination. Rains are oftenaccompanied by vehicles breaking down onthe roads and leading to traffic jams.




Sl.No Question 824 WHICH FACTOR IS MOST COMMON CAUSE OF

SKIDDING?

* WET ROADS Correct Answer * OIL SLEEK ON ROADS * POT HOLED ROADS Explanation

Traffic Rules and Signs

Documents

Transcript of Traffic Rules and Signs